« Back
Generated:
Post last updated:
so glad you came to visit
greenverse quackity on the dream smp
Permalink Mark Unread

Q would kind of like to be literally anywhere except for here at this party.

Not that he's, you know, going to do anything about that. He's a professional. He's good at his job. He can handle a party. 

George and Dream seem to have kissed and made up from whatever was going on at Tubbo's victory tour; certainly they're a package deal now. George is going easy on the flirting this time, which is in some ways nice and in some ways obnoxious, Quackity was sort of counting on him to make this enough of a game to be bearable. It's an occupational hazard of counting on George for anything but, like, still. 

His primary solace is that this is the end of the night, and once he's done being here he's done with his appointments for the day and he can go home. Watching Dream's body language, the way he keeps glancing back at one of the Capitolite guests, Q guesses he and George can't say the same. 

"I have caffeine pills if you want them," he mutters when they find a quiet moment. Dream isn't going to take him up on it because he never does but the offer's the important part. 

"...nah," says Dream, but after enough of a pause that he might have been tempted. "I'm good." 

Q shrugs. "Well, offer's open, man." 

And he turns and works the crowd and smiles and smiles and smiles, and at the end of the night he gets home and throws on his warmest jacket and goes to take off his makeup even though he's that sort of horrible fast-exhausted that happens when you're running on stims and fumes and he'd really rather just crash directly into bed, and-- hey, what the fuck--

 

 

Quackity_V68 joined the game.

Permalink Mark Unread

“What the fuck.”

Ugh. He already has an awful headache from dealing with Wilbur and Tubbo and whoever else wants to threaten his nation—

—it doesn’t matter. He has a job to do.

<Quackity> WHAT THE FUCK

<Quackity> Foolish I swear to God if you’re pulling another prank

<ItsFundy> what 

<FoolishG> don’t look at me I didn’t do anything

(The other Quackity’s phone buzzes.)

Permalink Mark Unread

His pager's still in his pocket, along with everything else he typically keeps in his pockets. At least he hadn't taken his shoes off yet. He'd even put on a jacket, since he was staying in for the rest of the night and the room was cold. Really, it could be much worse! 

<Quackity_V68> for whatever it's worth I have no idea what's going on either 

<Quackity_V68> where even is this

Permalink Mark Unread

(He's in a forest, or at least what once was a forest; there are walls around him, of stone and dirt and wood and some other materials he doesn't recognize, one of which appears to be on fire? There are occasional heapings and outcroppings to let you climb over the walls, but it does take climbing. It's also extremely ugly.)

<BadBoyHalo> O_o

<KarlJacobs> Dream SMP

Permalink Mark Unread

<Quackity_V68> cool cool cool

Quietly, he's grateful that his Games weren't in a forest. He has no idea where he is and Karl (??) seems to think 'Dream SMP' should mean something to him; he doesn't need to additionally be fighting off a panic attack. 

Okay. Climbing over the walls. He can do that. They didn't even put him in heels.

It could, he reminds himself, be worse.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aside from the forest, he can see a strange structure in the distance, the outline of a rectangular...portal?...in obsidian, glowing purple inside. It looks like there's a path by it, too. (If he goes towards it he'll also start to see more structures: houses, towers, stone and wood paths.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. Okay. This might as well happen. Maybe on the other side there'll be people, and he can at least try to figure out what's even happening. Through the portal it is. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The other side is... very red, and very hot. There are fewer signs of civilization here than there were on the other side. A strange sort of reddish rock which he recognizes as the one that he was unable to identify in the walls is everywhere here; in the distance he can see lava and... vaguely humanoid pigs?

Near him there are stone paths in the air. The ones that lead to nearby things seem to lead to... other portals?

Permalink Mark Unread

Wonderful, a word which here means fuck this. He's just gonna try portals at random until he finds another person. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Is he looking for humans only, or also humanoids? If he's including humanoids here's one: within a castle-y structure, there is an 8-foot-tall bipedal something in glowing purple armor tending to a small patch of wheat.

Permalink Mark Unread

Humanoid works. Humanoid raises additional questions but it's not like it's more impossible than everything else. 

Q plasters on a professional-grade friendly smile and approaches. "Hi!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

The being does a double take. (It--they?--are also not making eye contact.) "Oh, um, hi, Quackity!" They--he?--hold out a chocolate chip cookie like a peace offering.

Permalink Mark Unread

Might have to do with the other person here apparently named Quackity. Might just be that everyone and their sister knows what he looks like. Probably not that second thing, he's almost one hundred percent sure at this point that they're not in Panem. 

He will... accept the chocolate chip cookie peace offering, and not eat it yet. "--this might be weird but where are we." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The... cookie outpost? Outside Las Nevadas? It's, um, in the Dream SMP, sort of?" ...Squint. "Did something happen?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know of any of the proper nouns you just said. Something presumably happened but fuck if I know what. --and, uh, sorry, but I didn't catch your name." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, sorry, um-- Ranboo. I'm Ranboo. You, uh, look a lot like someone I know. ...Fewer scars."

Permalink Mark Unread

That professional smile again. He is so friendly and polite and pleased to be here. Fuck, he should have taken more caffeine while he was alone. "Ranboo! Nice to meet you. I don't suppose there's any chance you've heard of Panem, or know where the Dream SMP is in relation to there?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Nice..to…meet…you…too…? I— no?” 

Permalink Mark Unread

Is Ranboo just always that hesitant or is this something Q's doing. --well, either way. "Yeah, okay, fair enough, if I've never heard of your geography you've probably never heard of mine either. Thanks anyway." 

Pause. "Different question, do you happen to know where the nearest place a person could sleep would be." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Las Nevadas miiight have a bed? Sorry, I could probably get you one if you'd rather stay here and wait but I don't have one down right now. Or if you are good to go farther I know farther places that definitely have beds?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He is not making extremely skittish guy buy him a bed. There are limits. He can keep running on stims, it won't kill him, just suck. 

"I can take my chances with Las Nevadas, but thanks for the offer. ...which direction do I go to get to Las Nevadas." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Point. "It's, uh, past the big sign? Can't miss it. Quackity--uh, the, other Quackity--might ask you for a toll to get in. He doesn't take cookies, either, I tried. Sorry."

(The view from the window.)

Permalink Mark Unread

...in his defense he is running on fumes and stims. "...right. Awesome. Thanks, man." 

 

To Las Nevadas. He doesn't have anything to pay a toll with except, well, the obvious, and he'd rather it not come to that, but here's hoping. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Manning the toll booth is... someone who looks exactly like him.

Well, not exactly. The biggest difference is that he has an ugly-looking scar running from his chin to his eyebrow, cutting through his left eye and leaving it cloudy-white. He's also a bit taller, a bit broader, and he's wearing a starched button-up with suspenders and a neckerchief.

He's leaning, deliberately casual, against the side of the tunnel between Ranboo's cookie outpost and Las Nevadas. He doesn't move when the other Quackity approaches, although his eyes narrow slightly. "Foolish, this isn't funny, man. I know you've been messing with people but you can't pull that sort of shit with me."

Permalink Mark Unread

Fact: Q is quite pretty, in the way of someone who has a nice face and also separately has a stylist team and is wearing a significant amount of makeup. He looks a little younger than this other Quackity, but not a lot younger; he's thinner, enough that it makes a difference to his face. He has no visible scars. 

Fact: Q is dressed like he recently left a particularly objectifying cocktail party, in sheer red and shiny gold. He is, on top of this, wearing a brown jacket that's much too large for him and doesn't go with anything else he has on. He did not take off his makeup before landing on the Dream SMP. 

Fact: Q has been doing things for the last eighteen hours and was supposed to finally be done and allowed to go to bed almost an hour ago. 

"I'm sorry," he says, and he's not even trying not to sound totally fucking exhausted anymore, "it's not a joke. I don't know either, man." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You know what? You're right. You're right, it's not a joke. You can tell because I'm not fucking laughing." He stands up straight, in the middle of the tunnel, blocking the other Quackity's path entirely. He summons, seemingly out of thin air, a pair of blood-covered shears, and then vanishes them again to summon and hold a glowing purple axe. (If the other Quackity is trained in weapons, he'll know that it's a good axe, and also that this Quackity absolutely does not know how to handle it.) "I don't know who the fuck you think you are, coming here dressed as--what? as a, a fucking parody? But it isn't fucking funny or cute or whatever you think it is. Get the fuck out of my country before I give you a scar to match your costume."

Permalink Mark Unread

Unfortunately, Q's only weapons training is watching the Games every year, and he's not exactly taking notes on the combat form. He is vaguely aware that axes aren't usually glowing purple. 

He would like to have something enormously clever and also convincing to say. However, see above re: exhaustion, stims and fumes, etcetera. "Man," he says, "I am way too fucking tired for death threats. And I think to be a parody I'd have to know who you are." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Quackity steps forward, forward, crowding the other man's space. He smiles and tries to calm his voice into a mimicry of a salesman giving a pitch and doesn't put the axe away. "You know what you're doing? You're disrespecting me. Now, I don't know who you are, but I don't like when people disrespect me. I--look, I like to think I can be reasonable. Okay? I can be reasonable. I don't want to hurt you. I'm tired too, alright? So how about, instead of talking back to me, you go home and--whatever sick fucking prank you think you're doing, you cut that shit out. And then tomorrow, maybe you come back and we can talk this through like fucking adults."

Permalink Mark Unread

What space. Does Quackity strike you as the sort of person who is generally allowed to have personal space. Admittedly, getting this close to him would usually be a different kind of threat, and he should really shut up right the fuck now, but never let it be said that he isn't fucking stupid. 

"Do-- what do you even think is the prank here? Are you used to a world where people can just go home and put a different face on! Are you imagining that is a thing I can do!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know Foolish has been wearing Wilbur and Dream's faces, got them off DreamXD. I don't know how the fuck you're doing my voice but you're doing something and-- you know what? I'm tired of you talking back to me. Get out of my country."

He brings the axe down onto the other man's shoulder. He's not trying to kill, just to--injure him, scare him off, show him that he means business. 

Unfortunately, he doesn't have control of the axe, and the other Quackity is tired and weak and not wearing any armor.

Quackity_V68 was slain by Quackity.

Quackity_V68 doesn't leave a body behind, just a pile of items. So... hopefully it wasn't a canon death, at least.

Permalink Mark Unread

He drops:
- Wil's Earbuds (Borrowed), a tangle of purple cords;
- Quackity's ID, a small piece of rectangular plastic saying that its holder is Quackity, Victor of the 68th Hunger Games, District 10, associated with the Victor Affairs fund tied to this twelve-digit number;
- Assorted Drugs, a box full of pills of a variety of colors and sizes;
- Schlatt's Jacket, a brown leather jacket lined with wool, which smells like someone smoked in it quite a lot but hasn't done so in more than a year;
- Notes, a folded-up piece of paper on which "note 2 self: do the thing for T, dipshit" is written;
- a cookie.

He keeps his pager and the non-jacket clothes. 

 

Back at the incredibly ugly not-quite-forest, Quackity yells "FUCK" at the top of his lungs, and then gets to climbing the walls again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

What the fuck.

The president of Las Nevadas, who had been looking through the other man's stuff, drops Wil's Earbuds (Borrowed) and Schlatt's Jacket back on the ground like they burned him. 

Whatever. He's made his point. Quackity_V68 has five minutes to get his stuff back; this Quackity's not touching it. He turns on his heel and walks back into his country.

Permalink Mark Unread

This time at least Quackity knows exactly where he's going; he ignores the buildings and the other portals and Ranboo's castle and heads straight to Las Nevadas. Picks up his jacket, puts it back on, and shoves everything else back into his pockets. 

...and then he's left staring at Las Nevadas.

He doesn't, in fact, have anywhere else to go. He is at this point kind of dead on his feet. He could tell Ranboo that actually things came up please can he stay at the castle; he could pop more caffeine and keep walking in a different direction. 

Or he could just curl up in the tollbooth and go the fuck to sleep. 

 

Yeah, okay, when you put it like that. He curls up in the tollbooth, under the jacket which he has (fucker), and he goes the fuck to sleep. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The other Quackity calls Foolish in for a meeting, interrogates him until he's mostly satisfied that it wasn't him, at which point he sends Foolish away to find who the hell it was and pours himself a drink. 

He doesn't sleep much, these days. A little bit, enough that he's not dead on his feet. But he has to keep an eye on his country, with Wilbur's Paradise to the left and Eret's pyramid to the right and Tubbo's military fucking outpost right in front of it, with people walking up to his gates speaking in his voice and wearing coats named Schlatt's Jacket. (With Sapnap and Karl still--God knows where.) He drowses a little, with the help of the alcohol, but the nightmares get him back up and pacing soon enough, and he's awake most of the night. When the sun starts to come up he goes up the elevator in the Needle to watch it. Tommy's voice haunts him (--a good place to jump off and end it all--) and he tries to push it out of his mind. He's not as much of a fucking coward as Wilbur. Besides, he wants to live.

Still. He can't stop thinking of it. How he and Wilbur had both rushed to pull Tommy away from the edge. Jesus, the poor kid. 

He changes into new clothes not long after; Ranboo and whoever-the-fuck the new guy was may cause problems at night but Wilbur and Tubbo get up early, and he needs to be ready. (Not too ready. He can't give them--especially Wilbur--the impression that he cares too much, that he's easily riled up, defensive, overcompensating, weak. So he puts on new clothes and waits inside for news, doesn't go out to meet it himself yet.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Ughhhhhhhhhhhhh fuck Q slept through his alarm, didn't he. And he forgot to take his makeup off, his prep team will be annoyed about that, and-- 

wait why's he on the ground, what the fuck kind of choices and decisions--

He opens his eyes.

Right. Okay. Not just an incredibly weird dream. Something weirder. Possibly something worse, he hasn't decided yet. 

 

Quackity is probably not going to be allowed to stay in Las Nevadas. He isn't even totally sure he wants to stay in Las Nevadas; what seems appealing late at night after three back-to-back engagements and a bunch of wandering is distinctly less so in the daylight, especially now that he's had a minute to properly consider getting threatened with a battleaxe. (Relatedly: what the fuck.) 

He gets up. He brushes the sand off of himself as best he can, which is not very well. He leaves the tollbooth, and looks around. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Las Nevadas: it has buildings. And sand. And snow. And a fountain. And a huge sign that says LAS NEVADAS.

The buildings include:
- a strip club, or at least a building advertising itself as one; it seems empty
- a restaurant, which does have someone (...something? it's humanoid but acts more like a machine than a person) behind the counter, advertising food in exchange for emeralds
- a tall tower with a column of water in the middle
- a particularly large and glittery building with the doors barred
- a small white building, open to the air
- something planned and outlined in stone on the ground but not yet built

Outside of Las Nevadas is Ranboo's castle, which has two main buildings and a courtyard; the courtyard has a few small farms and chests scattered around it.

Permalink Mark Unread

He doesn't have emeralds. He has a combination ID/debit card, which is probably not accepted as legal tender outside of Panem. 

...eh, he'll give it a shot anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

The person(?) behind the counter just looks uncomprehendingly at it and then at him.

(There's also a chest in the room behind the counter; if he wanted to, he could just steal.)

Permalink Mark Unread

You know what? Sure. He'll just steal. Thank you, person(?) behind the counter for not objecting to or impeding his stealing. 

He will also eat the cookie he got from Ranboo, since he's eating now. Thank you, Ranboo. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The chest: has burgers in it. Hooray for theft!

(They’re solidly mediocre burgers. Maybe a bit below average. The cookie is actively good; not phenomenal, it’s dry and stale, but definitely homemade.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Hey, man, food is food. Probably shouldn't stick around here once he's eaten, though, staying in other Quackity's front yard just sounds like it's asking for problems— let's check out the forest over this way? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Across the river but before the forest starts in earnest, there’s a short stone ?column? with a circle in the middle and a wider base, like:

 |
o
 | 

Just past it is a small stone building labeled Fort Big. A blond teenage boy wearing a red and white baseball shirt, who Quackity may recognize as Tommy, the friend Tubbo volunteered for, is running around; he stops and waves when he sees Quackity approach. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep, he sure does recognize Tommy. He's Tubbo's best friend, and they've been neighbors for eight months now, and Tommy does not exactly make himself difficult to get to know. It's just, like, oh shit, you know? 

Or, like, this makes sense, right. If there's an alternate version of Quackity, it stands to reason that there are alternate versions of other people also. Including, potentially, people he knows. Except--

--No, actually, he's not doing this right now. Shut the fuck up. He waves back at Tommy. 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Eyyyyyyy big Q!”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hi, Tommy." He's close enough that the lack of scar will probably be obvious now?? Wow he is not looking forward to explaining his deal over and over. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Tommy’s not going to ask why Quackity is down a scar, that just seems rude. Things happen. If he wants to talk about it he will. “And what are you doing today in Paradise, my friend?”

Permalink Mark Unread

...yeah okay of course the universe has conspired to make him use his words. Why would he expect anything else. "Is that what this is called? I'm, uh, kind of new to... everywhere." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hey, Wilbur named it, not me. I'm just the messenger. I am immune to bullets."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Course you are. Completely bulletproof. --but no actually I meant that I found the ...Dream SMP... yesterday and I don't know where anything is." 

He is just simply not going to think about Wilbur. Or other-Wilbur having set up right outside other-Quackity's property. Or anything else along those lines! 

Permalink Mark Unread

Tommy makes a confused noise somewhere between "HUUUUHHHH?" and "WHAAAAAAAAT?", as though he is trying to say both at the same time.

He takes a moment to consider.

"...So you don't remember anything? Like, not the cartel, not the sewers--"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I was not here for those things. There's a guy who looks like me in Las Nevadas who I'm guessing was, but we didn't get much of a chance to talk." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"So you're, like, not big Q...?" Pause. "Kinda weird that you look like him then, innit?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Same name and everything. I don't fucking know, man." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"So you're, like, his evil clone? I'm gonna be honest, that's kind of pog."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I'd like to think I'm not his evil clone. But, like, sure, I guess." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That is exactly what an evil clone would say." Pause. "Unless we have the evil clone and you're the good one from another universe come to see the terrible, terrible things that could have been."

Permalink Mark Unread

He's a fucking professional. 

 

"I guess we'll find out!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, if you are the evil clone, I would appreciate it if you would not kill me, because I am me. I promise I will not tell anyone your evil secrets."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would never even consider it. You are, after all, you. And immune to bullets." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"This is true. You shoot me and the bullets will just slide right off of me like fish." (He's got a chestplate and pants of the glowing purple armor, but no helmet, and instead of boots he's got ratty white tennis shoes.) "I'm like a fucking waterslide for bullets."

Permalink Mark Unread

Apparently metal is sometimes glowing and purple around here. Someone who isn't Quackity might be able to infer things from that.

"Course you are," he agrees. Steps back so he can get a slightly more proper look around Paradise. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's, uh, small. The stone building and stone...pillar?...are the two major things, and they're both tiny in comparison to everything in Las Nevadas. The stone building has a single chest in it; inside the chest is... more stone. There's also a hole labeled "prisoner hole" and surrounded by iron bars, which is... empty.

Near the building is a tree stump with a sign attached, which reads "rest in peace, Ghostbur :("; near the small pillar is a... jukebox? record player? something like that.

That's... approximately it.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's empty. There is nobody in the prisoner hole. There's nobody there. It might even be a joke, he hasn't seen a single person who might plausibly be a peacekeeper-- although he's also only seen three people-- 

 

This place has Tommy and, apparently, also Wilbur. Maybe he should start drawing an actual map at some point, if he finds a pen. Maybe he should try to find Wil.

Or maybe he should shut the fuck up and figure out how to be fucking normal before he has to field more questions. 

Permalink Mark Unread

(Tommy is still talking, though it's mostly to himself at this point. There are no fish in paradise, he scared them all off, women want him fish fear him, and women fish, well, he doesn't even want to get into what's going on with the women fish. He is different from Wilbur because he would never marry a fish even if she were a woman. He has so many wives he has to say ladies, ladies, please, you are all beautiful but I have a shovel at home. He is so glad she is safe again, safe with him, this is proof that gambling actually has no bad consequences because you can just go back and get your stuff back, all those PSAs were just fake news...

It doesn't seem like he's stopping anytime soon, although Quackity is welcome to interrupt him.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Quackity does not actually want to interrupt him. Quackity mostly wants his brain to shut the fuck up. This might not really be in the cards but hey he can try. 

...in the meantime, it's kind of nice, just existing quietly in a place with another person. No being threatened with an axe, nobody terrified of the entire concept of him. 'S like having roommates again. He could happily spend some time waiting here. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It doesn't take that long for Wilbur to show up. "Tommy! I was thinking, maybe we can--"

Permalink Mark Unread

--He stops abruptly when he sees Quackity before resuming walking. He's feigning nonchalance about it and failing terribly. "--Oh, hello, Big Q. You look... different."

Permalink Mark Unread

Quackity is abruptly much more aware than he'd like to be that he's still dressed like a fucking party favor. 

Probably Wilbur just means the scar, though. This Wilbur also doesn't have any obvious scars; it's weird, Q has never actually seen his Wilbur without them. 

 

"Hi, Wil. Tommy's theory is that I'm your Quackity's evil clone, which seems kind of far-fetched but I don't exactly have any better ideas. Good to see you, man." 

That last bit is either an understatement or a flat-out lie. What is a feeling and which one is he having, he has no idea. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The scar, yes, but also the--everything. Not the clothes, they're a little unusual but not that unusual for Quackity--this Quackity is a bit thinner, shorter, younger, and he's pretty sure he's wearing makeup. Other than the hair, he looks more like the Quackity who had been Schlatt's vice president and less like the Quackity who told him not to enter Las Nevadas.

"Are you scared of me?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...uh, no? Should I be?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a beat of silence. Tommy takes in the situation and decides to take it as his cue. "Obviously you should be scared of us, bitch! We're big men and we're going to make the best damn city this world has ever seen!"

Wilbur had better fucking thank him for this later. (Tommy already knows that he's not going to.)

Permalink Mark Unread

...yeah, okay, he'll take that bait. Maybe he's just stupid but oh well. He laughs, easy, unworried. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur smiles too. "You're interesting. I like that."

Permalink Mark Unread

It is a deliberate choice to take that at face value. "Thank you!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"So, Quackity number two, what's being an evil clone like? Should I be preparing to hide you from stray mad scientists?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mad scientists in my experience are actually really nice! Very into making things out of spare bits of wire. Since I got here the greatest threat to my person has been Quackity number one, who seemed to think he was being parodied and didn't believe me when I tried to tell him that my face just looks like this and I can't actually go home and change it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He said that about me too, you know. He'll get over it."

(Wilbur shoots Tommy a surprised look, which Tommy ignores.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good to hear, I think? If he hits me with an axe about it again I'll be annoyed." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He hit you with an axe?"

Wilbur is vaguely aware that he should probably sound sympathetic rather than excited. He's even trying, a little bit. Not very well.

Permalink Mark Unread

Probably he should not think that's cute. It just— it reminds him of home, okay. He likes Wilbur. A Wilbur. 

Fuck, he misses Wilbur. 

Shut up. 

"I mean, it didn't take or anything, and I got my stuff back? I'm not totally sure what he was even expecting to happen, honestly." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Well, it still hurt, didn’t it?” Sympathetic. Sympathetic sympathetic sympathetic. Not jealous or excited or eager or even afraid. Sympathetic

(Already, he can’t imagine anything except for how Quackity’s axe would feel, cutting through him. Not enough for a death, he doesn’t want to die again, he doesn’t, doesn’t want to risk going back to that fucking train station— but, but, fuck, if imagining Quackity like that doesn’t do something for him—)

Permalink Mark Unread

"You are so fucking weird," he says, openly affectionate. (Shut up shut up shut UP.) "But if you wanna get hit with an axe that bad I am sure that by our powers combined we can make that happen." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Tommy is instantly in between Wilbur and Quackity, his own axe drawn on Quackity. “Don’t you fucking dare.”

Permalink Mark Unread

“It’s not— it wasn’t— you can put the axe away, Tommy.”

Permalink Mark Unread

“Shut up,” he says, but he puts the axe away. He doesn’t move, though, eyes locked with Quackity’s.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Joking! I'm unarmed, I'm sorry--" 

 

It is probably, like, bad, or something, how ninety percent of his brain has been replaced with shaky flight-or-freeze panic, notes the other ten percent. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Tommy eyes him warily for another moment and then relaxes, steps back. “Sorry, mate,” he mutters to Quackity, and then turns to glare at Wilbur. 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Awwwwwww, Tommy, you caaaaare! Isn’t he adorable?” His voice is pitched for babytalk. 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Fuck off,” Tommy says, but the heat is gone from his voice. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aha. Yeah. Very cute." He has maybe thirty percent of his brain running now? Having the weapon put away helped a lot. He sounds like he is maybe not really processing the words coming out of his mouth, which is correct, he isn't. 

He hadn't acted like this when other-Quackity threatened him, and that axe actually hit. Is he just fucking stupid, is that his problem? Maybe it is. Fuck. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Tommy squints at Quackity and then hands him a piece of bread. “Have some pity bread.”

Permalink Mark Unread

 

This is strange enough behavior from someone who just threatened you that it does, at least, get him to the point of being approximately all in running order.

Like hell is he going to go back to cracking jokes with Wilbur after that, though. He will take and eat pity bread. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Tommy socks Wilbur in the shoulder (light, playful). “Now look what you did, he’s eating fuckin’ pity bread.”

Permalink Mark Unread

“You’re the one who threatened him. Besides, nothing wrong with a bit of pity bread every once in a while.”

Permalink Mark Unread

“Yeah there is, it’s fuckin’—pity bread. You’re just a fuckin’ idiot.”

Permalink Mark Unread

Affectionate eyeroll. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Quackity shrugs. "Hey, food is food, man." 

He actually kind of sounds normal! Low standards are a joy. 

Permalink Mark Unread

“No. No. Absolutely not. Do you also put grape jelly on your sausage, like, oh, food is food! No!!!”

Permalink Mark Unread

You did that.”

Permalink Mark Unread

“Yeah, when I was eight.”

Permalink Mark Unread

“Look, I’m in favor of your food crimes, but unless you’ve changed a lot in the past seven months—”

Permalink Mark Unread

“You’re changing the subject. Don’t listen to him, Quackity, he’s changing the subject. Everything I do with food is perfectly legal and I would never accept anything out of pity.”

Permalink Mark Unread

Quackity, who is alive because of sponsor gifts, thinks, sure you wouldn't. 

"Duly noted. Absolutely no pity food for you, Tommy." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Thank you. See, Wilbur, Quackity knows what’s up.”

Permalink Mark Unread

Gaining a new appreciation for why Tubbo volunteered for this kid. He is not fucking saying that. Couldn't drag it out of him with a draft horse.

Instead he casts around for a change of subject. Almost any change of subject would be good. Not flirting with Wilbur, brain, we are watching our fucking mouth around Tommy please and thank you.

"I— man, this is weird. In some sense I have known you both for ages and in some sense I met you, like, today." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Wait, do I have an evil clone too? That’d be awesome, we would do so many crimes together.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would not say you have an evil clone. I would say you have a regular clone. He has never to my knowledge done anything evil. He names all of his and Tubbo's bees." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Someone can be evil and name bees. You can’t just assume someone’s not evil because they name bees. That’s, I mean, that’s Tubbo’s whole career plan. Name bees, do crime.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay but I have no reason to think he is evil! You can't just assume someone's evil because they're your clone!"

Permalink Mark Unread

“You’re right. I’ve been very unfair to clones. I have— I have made a severe and continuous lapse in my judgement, and I don’t expect to be forgiven—” He struggles to get through the sentence, interrupting himself repeatedly with laughs. (Wilbur is laughing too, and looking at Tommy as though the kid hung the stars.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"As a member of the clone community, I think we all need to hold each other accountable for, for clonephobic viewpoints, and--"

Yeah okay he isn't finishing this sentence either. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You know, it's kinda fucked up that you don't know you're a clone until you meet someone who looks like you. Anyone could be a clone and not know it. Mmmm. AMONGUS."

Permalink Mark Unread

...yep, nope, context is totally unenlightening on this one. "Among us being.........?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"SUS. SUS. AMONGUS. IMPOSTER. SUS."

Permalink Mark Unread

When Wilbur gets himself to a point of "mostly composed and not interrupting himself with surprisingly high-pitched heehees", which admittedly takes a while: "A game, it was really popular for a while."

Permalink Mark Unread

It is very weird watching this. Especially what with the thing where the Wilbur and Tommy he knows have probably never spoken.

"Thank you. I still don't have any idea what either of you are talking about but in a more enlightened way this time." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Tommy does an over-the-top, theatrical bow. "Thank you, thank you, I am so good at enlightening. I walk into a dark room and suddenly it is full of torches because I am illuminating. I'm not lit, though, that's a different thing. Am I lit? No no, don't use drugs, that's what I always say."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That is--that is just a lie. You literally--we literally started a drug van together." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, well, in Pogtopia--"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Don't you dare fucking talk about Pogtopia with me. I've changed. I was in that bloody train station for thirteen years--thirteen and a half years--I fucking, I apologized! I did your shit, Tommy! I'm not the, the villain, anymore!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, well--"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Shut up, Tommy." There's a vicious edge to Wilbur's voice. He puts a wooden platform down in front of Tommy, between him and Quackity, and stands on it, blocking them altogether. He was already taller than Tommy--6'5 to Tommy's 6'3--but now he towers. "And Quackity, this Quackity, he'll--"

(Tommy puts down a matching stepstool, this one out of stone; Wilbur puts down a matching one, now two steps above Tommy, and glares at him, hard, before turning back to Quackity.)

"Listen, Quackity, I want to apologize. I feel like--I feel like we got off on the wrong foot. I don't know what exactly I did wrong since we met, but I can tell I--I fucked up something. And I want to remedy that! I'm sorry. I promise to, to change. To be better. I can change! I can be--I can be better."

(Tommy puts down another stone step while Wilbur's not looking at him. Wilbur glares again.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sorry, sorry, just trying to hear you better."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's not for you, it's for Quackity. And Quackity's still on the ground. Mine down, Tommy." Tommy doesn't move. "Mine down. That's an order." Tommy, reluctantly, does; Wilbur does too, so that he's back to only being one step above the ground. He turns back to Quackity. "Quackity. Quackity, look at me. I'm-- I'm sorry, alright? I want to get to know you better. As yourself, not just as--as Quackity's evil clone. And whatever I did, I promise, I want to make things right with you." He stops and looks at Quackity expectantly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ahaha.

What the fuck.

 

 

"...well, you can start by getting the fuck down." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur, in lieu of a more normal reaction like "getting back on the ground", kneels.

Permalink Mark Unread

If his Wilbur was doing this, it would be a bit. They've done this, as a bit; they did it a lot when Quackity was new enough at this that it would have been weird and uncomfortable to joke about him kneeling. If his Wilbur was doing this, it would be friendly, and it would be a joke, and it wouldn't matter, and if Quackity wanted to put that joke down and do something else he would be able to ask for that. He has asked for that. 

Imagine it's your Wilbur. You are comfortable with your Wilbur. You can ask for things from your Wilbur when you need them. You know you can do that; you've done it before. Also, be fucking normal. 

 

"...I meant get off the stepstool. Please." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wilbur--"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Shut the fuck up, Tommy. I'm just asking a simple question. Quackity's a big boy, I'm not making him answer. I'm just asking a question."

Permalink Mark Unread

It's Wilbur it's Wilbur it's Wilbur it's Wilbur you can ask you can ask you can ask-- 

"Because I do not like it when you make yourself physically more imposing when you're mad. So if you want to make things right with me, I need you to stop fucking doing that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay. Thank you, Quackity." Aaaand he is standing on the ground now. He's still taller than Quackity, significantly, but he can always kneel again. "So were you lying when you said you weren't afraid of me, or is that new?"

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Man, if I was afraid of you I wouldn't have asked you for shit." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Hm.” Wilbur tilts his head slightly. “So you’re still saying you’re not afraid of me. But you were afraid, weren’t you? Just now but earlier, too, when you said you would hit me with an axe except Tommy wouldn’t let you. You were acting like you were afraid.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"--yes. It freaks me out when we're talking and suddenly someone's pointing a weapon at me. Is that what you're flipping your shit about?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Wouldn’t say that. Curious, maybe. Having a friendly conversation.” He spreads his hands out, palms up. “No weapons here. Promise. That was one of the first laws I made, did you know that? Got abandoned early during the first war.”

Permalink Mark Unread

He's still a little shaky but he's coming down from it. He's normal. He's being so goddamn normal. 

(That went fine. That went fine. That went fine!!!!) 

"...nope, did not know that, and I can't say I'd ever imagined you'd be in a position to make laws. And, uh, the country I'm from hasn't had a war in seventy years." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“—Seventy years?”

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank fucking god for topics that are not 'whether or not Quackity is afraid.'

"Seventy years. Coming up on seventy-one, in a few months." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“…How?”

Permalink Mark Unread

They're in the woods, there probably aren't any mics around, but he can't check or ask or it'll be obvious there's something he doesn't want them hearing—

—wait, would that even matter, nobody here knows what Panem is, and Panem maps sure don't know where the Dream SMP is— 

—no. shut up. SHUT UP. 

 

 

"...I mean," he says, very carefully nonchalant about it (and by now he does a very good impression of nonchalance), "there's been, like, violence since then? But nobody who would want to pick a fight with the Capitol stands an actual chance, so— not war, not really." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Sounds like the Capitol’s lucky Technoblade isn’t in your world.” Pause. “My clone, what side is he on?”

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"...no, we have a Technoblade. Other you is— Wilbur, there aren't sides. That's not a thing." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shrug. “You said there was violence. I’ve died for a hopeless cause before.” Then the rest of the sentence catches up to him. “—you have a Technoblade? How big even is the Capitol? Or is he helping them, is that why no one can touch it?”

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, this is a completely different sort of not really feeling present in his body than usual. 

"The population of Panem-- that's the whole country-- is forty-five million and something. The population of the Capitol is, I think it was around a million? I could be wrong about that, it's been a while. The size of the military is classified, I could try to ballpark it if I had the budgets in front of me but I don't, it's at least a couple hundred thousand and it's probably not much more than a million.

I don't know Technoblade, I don't know his political leanings, maybe he has them, I doubt he's providing much military support. Please do not make me speculate on any treason my loved ones may or may not be doing." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Million?"

Okay. He is... recalibrating. He had figured the military had to be at least a hundred people, if Techno couldn't do anything, but-- wow. That is a lot of people.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay. Wow. That's even bigger than hypixel, I reckon. ...I guess I've gotten a hundred thousand viewers before but that's not, like-- I should probably shut up before I offend somebody."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. It's-- yeah."

There's a lot more that could be said. Saying it-- feels a little too much like a point of no return.

Permalink Mark Unread

"L'Manberg was, what, five people? Me, you, Tubbo, my little furry son--Eret--no, six, wasn't Jack Manifold or someone there? --You get the picture."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Your— your son?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Fundy, yeah." (It sounds like it's maybe a bit of a sore spot for him. He doesn't look that much older than the Wilbur Quackity knows? His face looks mid-twenties, although there's premature white streaked through his hair.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. There's white streaked through his Wilbur's hair, too, following the scar from his skin grafts. 

He... isn't totally sure he wants to poke at that. Wil went to quite some effort to make sure his marriage wouldn't, couldn't, produce any children. 

"...other Wilbur doesn't have kids. —also I don't see how you could possibly have a country with six people in it, six people is not a country it is a house." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We mostly had our own houses. Well. I didn't. Tommy did." He scowls at the ground and kicks a rock as though it personally offended him. "Anyway, Las Nevadas" --gestures-- "is the same, might even be less people."

(Las Nevadas does not look, to someone who's used to non-minecraft worlds, like the sort of area with six-maybe-less citizens. There aren't really houses, sure, but the buildings are plenty big. That said, it's definitely true that Quackity hasn't really... seen.... any.... people, in it, other than other-Quackity and the one ?person? behind the counter of the restaurant.)

Permalink Mark Unread

He will take Wilbur's lead in not going down the Fundy-related conversational path.

"Isn't Las Nevadas also, like, one guy's personal property? The way he talked about it, it definitely sounded like it was other-Quackity's personal property." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Kind of? I am pretty sure he has citizens."

Permalink Mark Unread

"He does, yeah. Slime and Foolish, at least, I know 'cause they took Linda and then I took Slime so Foolish made a trade for Linda back but I scammed him 'cause I'm a big man."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, no, I'm not calling that a country either. I'm willing to be consistent on this." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shrug. “Feel free to take it up with him. I’ve left my days of presidency behind me.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hm. I think I will not do that." 

Pause. 

They are still, he reminds himself, in the middle of the woods. They are in, as far as he can tell, an alternate universe. Nobody it would be dangerous to be heard by can possibly be listening. That doesn't mean it's a good idea to speculate about treason— if nothing else he might go back the same inexplicable way he came, and he'd still remember even if nobody heard— but— 

"...and good for you, man."

It's... maybe a little too emphatic. Oh well. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, that almost makes Wilbur feel bad about how much it is Not The Whole Truth. Telling the full truth probably would’ve been worse, though, so. And this Quackity doesn’t think L’Manberg was a country anyway! So it’s fine.

“Thanks, man. Means a lot. Like I said. I’ve changed a lot.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"'S kind of weird thinking of it as something you can just-- put down and walk away from. But, I don't know, it sure seems better than our way."

Permalink Mark Unread

“That’s the ideal, right? Everyone shall sit under their own vine and fig tree and no one shall make them afraid. Peaceful transfer of power. Not that I— I don’t know if I’d go so far as to say I put it down and walked away. That’s not really—the kind of person I am. …Was.”

Permalink Mark Unread

And no one shall make them afraid. There's definitely a story there but next time he's alone he is going to cry about that, he can feel it. 

"That's—" 

His voice breaks. Fuck. 

Permalink Mark Unread

…He’s torn between ‘what did I do this time, I didn’t even talk much about the bad part’ and ‘is this how everyone feels around me?’ “Well. It’s in the past now.”

Permalink Mark Unread

Normal. We are being fucking normal. He can't even lean on professional skills for this part; not being present for the conversation would be easier but it would also be strictly worse. What a ripoff. 

"I admit to being curious what happened but you don't, like, have to answer that if you don't wanna," which is not even slightly about governmental philosophy or Quackity's backstory, and is a relatively normal opportunity to mention that he won't be bothered about not getting an answer. Also it just kind of sounds like Wilbur is fishing to be asked. 

Permalink Mark Unread

“I blew it up. L’Manberg. Because I, I lost the election. And then Phil killed me. —I mean, don’t get me wrong, that me, he deserved it. But I’m glad to be back.”

Permalink Mark Unread

That's so... specific. Like, it's not identical to what went down at the end of his Wilbur's games, not by a long shot, but the similarities are— striking. If Q was looking for a distraction from governmental philosophies that make him cry, he's found it. 

He does not particularly look more afraid of Wilbur, for whatever that's worth; he actually looks less afraid of him than he has since the attempt at apologizing. 

"...huh." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay, what's the punchline."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Right, yeah, context, sorry— so, Wil and I are both Hunger Games victors. When he was in the arena his mentor was Phil, and— his whole thing was very much, playing to the cameras and the sponsors rather than to the other competitors? Anyway, he asked Phil for the parts to make a bomb, and he got them, and then he blew up himself and the other four remaining tributes, and he extremely improbably survived the explosion, and that's how he won.

And, like— it's not the same, right, there are some important differences there. But it's weirdly specific." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, I bet he hated that."

Permalink Mark Unread

Shrug. "Couldn't say, he doesn't really talk about it. He'd made his peace with it by the time I met him but that was five years later." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Five years'd probably do it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Seven, now! Almost eight.

...I kind of wonder if other-Quackity has some absurdly specific event that matches up weirdly well with something I did even though our circumstances were completely different, but I'm pretty sure if I asked I would not get a helpful answer." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ran against me for president? Worked with Schlatt? Not sure when he started Las Nevadas but" --sweeping gesture at Las Nevadas-- "that happened, at some point."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You could not fucking pay me enough to run for president, holy shit— wait no nevermind, your countries only have six people and the sitting president sometimes loses, I could see myself doing that actually. Doesn't obviously match up with anything, though." His hands go into the pockets of his jacket. "I guess if you said I worked with Schlatt that would not be wrong exactly."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Schlatt won the presidency. You were his vice." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"—okay, that on the other hand is just cursed." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're not wrong."

Permalink Mark Unread

"My situation, to be clear, was not that cursed. He was my mentor, he handled sponsorships and shit when I was in the arena, he's the reason I'm alive but he was never, like— in charge of anything." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I dunno, man, Schlatt as a mentor sounds pretty fucking cursed to me. Maybe if he's just handling sponsorships, hey, whatever works."

Permalink Mark Unread

His hands go deeper into his pockets. "Eh. It went fine." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Did he still have a heart attack and die, or did it go better than that?”

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Liver failure, and it took about four months to actually kill him. By the end of it I think a heart attack would've been a mercy." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“I mean, I wasn’t that close to him at the time, maybe his liver was failing. He died of natural causes, despite my best efforts to the contrary.”

Permalink Mark Unread

He doesn't make any sort of face about that, but he wants to. "Ah. Yeah, it was natural causes. Little more than a year ago." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Less than a year ago here. More if you’re me.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"How's that work?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

“When you’re dead, it— time goes slower. Nothing changes there but time, time still passes. It’s a month for every day, or thereabouts. Ask anyone else, I spent six months there, but my count was thirteen and a half years.”

Permalink Mark Unread

Thirteen and a half years ago, Quackity hadn't turned six yet. His older sister was twelve. Wil was eleven, not even reaping age. George was fourteen, still in the academy. Tubbo was three. 

"Fuck, man." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“It wasn’t… I don’t want to go back there. I— fucking, anything else. Fucking anything, man. Just no more of that fucking train station.”

Permalink Mark Unread

'Totally inordinate amounts of train station', mark that one down on the list of things that don't match up exactly but are eerily rhyming. 

"Do you want, like— a hug, or something," is what he actually says. It seems strictly more helpful. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Deep breath. Deeeeeeeep breath.

 

"Yes, please," he says, very quietly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. He can have one.

Working around the height difference is by this point something like second nature, and he's several years' worth of familiar with how Wilbur does and does not want to be touched. That's probably not all applicable to a different person with a different history but hopefully it's similar enough. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This Wilbur holds himself very still at first, before slowly, deliberately moving his arms to reciprocate the hug. His grip is barely-there at first, steadily getting stronger until he's squeezing Quackity quite hard.

"Thank you," he says, when he lets go. He's smiling; his eyes are more than a little wet. "I--thank you, I needed that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I-- think I did too." Fuck, is he tearing up too? He is. Oh well. He smiles up at Wilbur anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

Tommy pokes his head back from wherever he had wandered off to. "ARE YOU TWO DONE KISSING OR WHATEVER."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We weren't kissing, stop being ridiculous." Pause. Eyebrow raise at Quackity. "Unless...?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"EW. GROSS. GOODBYE AGAIN."

Permalink Mark Unread

(Fond laugh-smile directed towards Tommy's back, once he's far enough away that he won't see it.)

Permalink Mark Unread

It's maybe a problem that Quackity's doing this much speedrunning of being comfortable and relaxed around someone who he technically speaking met today, but (he reasons) it's better than not having anyone he can relax around. This might be stupid but he is, as established, kind of stupid sometimes. If it bites him it won't kill him probably. "Cute. You guys are cute." 

Pause. 

"...also I did like the flirting, before there was suddenly an axe in my face. I would be happy to do more of that. If you wanted."

Permalink Mark Unread

“Well. You know me.” Eyebrow waggle, and then he pauses, collecting his thoughts. “It’s not— he doesn’t have a problem with the flirting. Other than not wanting to be there for it. He’s just… protective. Like a yappy dog trying to protect me from the mailman. He’s harmless.” Another pause. “You don’t know me, not really. I could be dangerous. Could do worse than an axe to the face.”

Permalink Mark Unread

It kinda seemed like he had a problem with it but hey, Wilbur knows Tommy better than Q does. He's not pushing.

"It's true. I don't. You could indeed be dangerous. Is there some reason this is not also true of everyone else? Because if you're trying to tell me you think I should go be a hermit in the desert or something and never speak to another person again I'm not fucking doing that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“I was trying to flirt, that time. Quackity all on his own with the big bad Wilbur, what will everyone think, what could happen next.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, in that case." There isn't an obvious change in how he's holding himself, but he does look different. A little more self-assured, maybe. "Oh no. I'm being threatened by a handsome man. What am I going to do." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur giggles, a high noise, hee-hee-hee!, before lowering his voice and trying to sound cool again. "Well, that's up to you, isn't it, big Q?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He steps forward, into Wilbur’s space, looks up at him through his eyelashes. "Is it?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Well.”

Wilbur’s taller than Quackity. It’s true of his Quackity and it’s true of this one. He’s not sure if he’s stronger or not, but he can use that height; he backs Quackity against the stone, puts his hands to either side of him, caging him in. And then he bends down and bites Quackity’s neck, hard, until he tastes iron.

(Quackity hadn’t liked that, in Pogtopia. Then again, that was a very different Quackity.)

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

Wilbur is welcome to back him against the stone. He's even welcome to cage him in, although that's only true because Q is, as previously mentioned, kind of stupid, and Quackity's visibly nervous about it. But well before he gets to the point of drawing blood Quackity's going "stopstopstopstopstop," hands scrabbling up to Wilbur's hair to pull him away. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur does, in fact, stop. Not only that, he immediately kneels and shoves his sword into Quackity’s hands. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Okay. He's okay. He's okay. You can ask for things to stop and they will stop and you will not be hurt for it and they will stop. They will stop. 

He said stop, and Wilbur stopped. Both times, now, he's stopped. 

He points the sword down— still in his hands, not about to hurt anyone. "Okay," he says. Breathes deep. In, out. "Rule number one. Do not fucking do that. If— if you want to touch me, you have to ask." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur had, at some point, squeezed his eyes shut. He’s not sure when.

He doesn’t realize he had been bracing for pain until it doesn’t come. He opens his eyes and he is still in Paradise, just outside Las Nevadas, and the sun is bright like a halo behind Quackity, and he is not in a train station. 

Good. He hadn’t wanted to go back, not— not really. He’s glad he’s out. 

(Quackity’s not pointing the sword at him. Half of him wants to grab it back. The other half wants to grab the blade, pull it towards himself until he’s impaled, except for how it’s not a fucking escape, nothing is, just endless fucking train station—)

He doesn’t grab the sword, hilt or blade. He blinks against the sun. Right. Yes. Quackity. Words. No touching. Huh, he had expected to get a fuck off, Wilbur, but not—huh. Well. Different Quackity, after all. Asked and answered.

“Like a museum piece.”

Permalink Mark Unread

In, out. In, out. "No," he says, "not like a museum piece." His hands are shaking. Maybe he should not be holding a large object that is also a weapon. On the other hand he's pretty sure if he puts it down he'll immediately have a panic attack, so. "Like a fucking person. Who has preferences about whether or not you bite them, which you need to find out before you do it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah Wilbur is also kind of out of it at the moment. “Are you going to kill me? I might come back, you know. Already did once. Haven’t— completed my character arc.”

Permalink Mark Unread

In, out. In, out. Breathe. It's alright, love, you're alright, says the part of his brain that speaks in his Wilbur's voice— no, shut up, hey, babe, it's okay, I got you, says the part that speaks in Sapnap's— some part of him, wildly, stupidly, thinks it smells smoke— 

"I am not," says Quackity, "going to kill you."

Permalink Mark Unread

“No? Gonna punish me? Come on, Quackity. Wouldn’t it be fucking satisfying?” He goes to grab Quackity’s wrist, remembers himself, leaves his hands hovering in the air, asking without asking. “Don’t you want to make me fucking suffer?”

Permalink Mark Unread

That, at least, is easy to answer. "No."

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur rocks back on his heels a little, like a marionette going limp. His hands fall to his sides; a gust of breath leaves him all at once. “Fine. Don’t dirty your hands, then. You’re— you’re interesting, other-Quackity. I stand by that.”

Permalink Mark Unread

He puts the sword away, into his inventory. "Don't suppose I can get you to tell me what that means?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

(It’s a stone sword. Not very good, but better than nothing.)

“I can’t tell what you think of me or how similar you are to— the Quackity I’m more used to.”

Permalink Mark Unread

Look. He is not evaluating how good his weapon is. He has one. He hasn't been allowed to go around armed since the arena and now he is and that matters. 

"...guess that's fair enough. Hell knows I can't tell what you're thinking either."

Permalink Mark Unread

“I know it’s not really fair, to be comparing, but it’s—hard not to, you know?”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. I do." If Wilbur didn't have the face and voice of his closest friend— doesn't bear thinking about. 

Permalink Mark Unread

“I’m going to stand back up now, alright?” He is minimally shaky about the whole endeavor, even. Plays it off casual, calm. The adrenaline’s pumping and it’s exhilarating, it’s awesome, he wants Quackity to be holding the sword again, he wants to stay on this high forever. He feels fucking alive.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure." He does, however, step away from the wall. Having his back to something solid isn't worth being that easily pinned. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That’s fine. Wilbur holds his hands up. “I’m unarmed.” (He’s got materials for another sword if he needs it in his inventory. And he has TNT and materials for a button. Not the point.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wasn't worried about it." That's actually true. Wilbur has been many things but he has not put Quackity in physical danger. 

...however, Q is kind of thinking at this point that he should maybe find any other people he can talk to. "Different subject— I'm kind of wondering, there's another me and another you and another Tommy and so on, but we don't have everyone you've mentioned and you can't possibly have a version of everyone I know. Do you have, I don't know— a Sapnap, a George, a Leilah, a Dream, a Wiress—"

Permalink Mark Unread

“We have a— Dream, Sapnap, and George. I don’t know any of the others. Tubbo? Ranboo?”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Tubbo yes, Ranboo not that I know of but I wouldn't necessarily know it if we did.

Do you know where I'd, uh, find Dream and Sapnap and George." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Well. I know where you’d find Dream.”

He’s grinning like there’s an inside joke Quackity’s not in on. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...which is where?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Prison. He’s in prison, they locked him up, for daring to stand against them. For stepping between them and power. They needed a scapegoat and— I’m lucky I was dead, or they would’ve found me. He resurrected me, and how is he repaid? Solitary confinement.

I’ve been thinking about visiting. I know Tommy did. I know Ghostbur did, poor pathetic Ghostbur.”

Permalink Mark Unread

Quackity, meanwhile, has the distinct impression that he's just fallen into a pit of missing context.

".....okay?" (Who is they, part of him wants to know immediately. What was he a scapegoat for? He doesn't ask that, though, not out loud--) 

Permalink Mark Unread

“I don’t know where Sapnap and George are. George is probably sleeping. Dream though, Dream is— Dream’s my hero, man. And he’s in prison.”

Permalink Mark Unread

That... honestly, that just seems like a perfectly normal thing to have happen, to Quackity. Kind of weird that it's Dream who ended up in prison for it, the Dream who Q's familiar with loves his stylist team more than some people love their mothers, but different versions of people are apparently quite different and the circumstances wouldn't be the same at all-- or maybe it's just that he leaned too far into the scary supervillain image, made himself a target in a different way. Who knows.

Only one way to find out, and it's not to ask Dream, who wouldn't give a straight answer. It is not to ask Sapnap, who, for all his many virtues, is not exactly the kind of person you trust with the full context of your decisions or with any story other than the official one. 

...brain, please shut up about his Sapnap. 

"What did he do? Uh, that made them want to put him in prison." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Didn’t do what they wanted. Didn’t let L’Manberg—or anyone else, for that matter—come to power again. Kept my throne warm. Killed my ghost and brought me back.”

Permalink Mark Unread

He glances, involuntarily, at the trees-- but if there are cameras around, which there still probably aren't because this is a forest, Wilbur casually declaring that Dream is his hero would be more incriminating than anything Quackity (who after all doesn't have context, and can very plausibly plead ignorance!) could possibly ask. 

"...who's they? If you can say." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Fucking— everyone. Everyone wants him there. They’re, they’re punishing him, for, for wanting power. It’s retribution. Biblical judgement. They want me in there too, they’re just waiting for, an excuse. But I’m not going to give them one. I’m not going to fucking give them one.”

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, good luck with that, if you're going around declaring him your hero and saying he's only there because they needed a scapegoat out loud with your mouth words where people can hear you.

He's not saying that, it's incredibly rude. 

He is, however, noting the lack of real answer. Sometimes admitting you only aren't speaking because you're not allowed to-- admitting that there's something you're not allowed to say-- is the worst thing you can do. So. That's fun. 

"Right," he says, easily, which means absolutely nothing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You get it," Wilbur says, totally oblivious to any subtext.

Permalink Mark Unread

You have to understand: there are many, many things you can say about Wilbur. Quackity is absolutely not going to arrive at the hypothesis that oblivious to subtext might be one of them.

"I get it," he agrees. "...I should probably try to find Sapnap." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have no idea where you'd find him. Tommy might know, other-Quackity definitely would know but might not tell us."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...honestly I was just going to text him." He has his pager in his pocket, still. 

Quackity_V68 whispers to Sapnap: hi 

Quackity_V68 whispers to Sapnap: are you busy rn? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sapnap whispers to Quackity_V68: no

Sapnap whispers to Quackity_V68: why?

Permalink Mark Unread

Quackity_V68 whispers to Sapnap: was hoping we could talk. where are you?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sapnap whispers to Quackity_V68: kinoko kingdom

Permalink Mark Unread
Quackity_V68 whispers to Sapnap: I... don't know where that is, sorry 
Permalink Mark Unread

Sapnap whispers to Quackity_V68: where do you want to meet?

Permalink Mark Unread

Quackity_V68 whispers to Sapnap: the starting point? I can get there in about 5 minutes 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sapnap whispers to Quackity_V68: spawn? sure

Permalink Mark Unread

Spawn! Cool. He loves knowing the actual names of things. 

Back to the outpost and through the portals etc. He's... not really sure what he's expecting, at this point, but. 

Permalink Mark Unread

At spawn is Sapnap, in full glowing purple armor and a slightly wary expression that evaporates when he sees Quackity.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Quackity! Good to see you, man."

Permalink Mark Unread

Some things, apparently, don't change. Q's Sapnap wears his hair a little longer-- just barely enough to tie back-- but this one's the same age, the same height, wearing the same t-shirt over long black sleeves and the same dumb white headband. He smiles the same. 

There is something bubbling up inside his stomach and if he doesn't shut it down right the fuck now he's going to break down sobbing. 

In his defense, it's been a really long morning. 

"Good to see you too." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What's up! Wow, I haven't seen you in months!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"--I, um. I'm like, brand new to the SMP, I got here yesterday, you have not actually seen me ever technically. Sorry. I don't know what's up with the names thing-- Tommy's theory was that I'm your Quackity's evil clone, I think that sounds kind of dubious but I don't exactly have a better idea--" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Squint. "Names and faces, you look just like him. Different clothes, but those change, dude. You're really brand new, different guy?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He really needs to find clothes he feels less self-conscious about. (That don't make him look like a party favor. That don't tell you he is a party favor. Shut the fuck up.) 

"Yep! He thought he was being parodied, didn't believe me that I wasn't doing it on purpose. --you look almost exactly like someone I know also named Sapnap, it's kind of a lot." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. Weird. ...What did you want to see me for?"

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't know anyone or anything here and I feel safe when I'm near you and--

I wanted to see someone who I liked and felt comfortable around who probably wouldn't suddenly drop everything just to scare me and equally suddenly turn gentle again--

I love you and I miss you and I am so fucking scared of what might be happening to you that if I let myself grieve I'm worried I'll never stop--

No. Absolutely not. Sapnap's treating him like he's new. None of those are something you can put on someone you just met. 

"Um. I have mostly been talking to Wilbur but he's incredibly bad at explaining anything to people who don't have context." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure, hit me. Uh, I don't really have very much context either, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

He isn't here for emotional support. He's here for information. He has something he wants to find out so he looked for someone who could tell him. That's a success. This is a stranger who looks weirdly like his boyfriend, and if he expected anything else, that's on him.

If he makes it through this conversation without making it fucking weird, he can find somewhere to curl up and cry as much as he wants, how about that. 

Good. Now be fucking normal. 

"--um. Why is Dream in prison?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Tried to kill Tommy and Tubbo.”

Permalink Mark Unread

He guesses it makes sense that Dream and Tommy would have ever met. There's just fewer people here. Tommy and Wilbur are, like, best friends, or something. More to the point (and he is sticking to the point):

"Do you know... why? ...also I had kind of gotten the impression that death doesn't take, here?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

“He had, like, a whole vault? And a villain speech? I dunno, dude, it was creepy. They’re on their final lives, and I really don’t think he was going to kill them noncanonically.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"...right. Okay, thank you." 

So the real answer is probably in the vault and the villain speech. Note to self: ask someone-- preferably someone he can manage to not be this fucking weird about-- about what it means for a kill to be canonical.

"Um, I think that's it?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Anytime. D’you want to see Kinoko?”

Permalink Mark Unread

On the one hand: no, absolutely not, he wants to go and curl up into a tiny ball and sob his eyes out and not have to remind himself to treat this stranger like a stranger. 

On the other hand: yes. Please. I want to spend more time with you. I always want to spend more time with you. 

"I'd love to." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Awesome. Follow me."

Permalink Mark Unread

Kinoko kingdom is beautiful and huge. It's mushroom-themed, to the point of a couple of the houses being shaped like mushrooms. There's a dragon statue and a huge yin-yang pool. 

"So this is the shroom shack," Sapnap says, "and this is Party Island, and this is my building for doing military stuff, we don't have any enemies or anything right now but I've gotta be ready, y'know? Gotta be in fighting shape. And those are empty houses, if anyone wants to join, and that's Karl and George's house, and that's my house."

It's also very, very quiet. Sapnap and Quackity's footsteps, Sapnap's voice, are the only noises.

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's gorgeous." It is gorgeous. Maybe this is just what happens, if a country is five people and a military is just one. Beautiful architecture with nobody in it. "You... don't live with George?"

Permalink Mark Unread

“Nah, I haven’t lived with George in—what, probably a year now? I mean, he’s still right next door, it’s not like he’s far.”

Permalink Mark Unread

His Sapnap-- maybe? Nope, moved in with Dream and George right out of the arena, would've been in residential training before that, was a kid before that. He's never lived alone. 

"Huh." He looks up at the white-spotted mushroom tops of the buildings. "Fair enough." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The empty ones are open to anyone who wants to join. By the way."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I've been hanging out near Las Nevadas but I will consider it!"

Actually, that might be a good idea even given the whole situation with his ability to be normal and the lack thereof; he still doesn't have somewhere to stay that has a bed. And doesn't super want to sleep in the tollbooth again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What's Las Nevadas?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"--uh, other-Quackity's place? It's-- if you take the portal from spawn and then the nearest portal to that, that dumps you out pretty near it, it's in a desert but like a fairly cold one-- it's got a giant sign, it's kind of hard to miss? I didn't spend much time actually in the place, he really did not want me there." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I-- it's-- oh. Okay. I'll... go check it out, I guess."

Permalink Mark Unread

--ah, shit, he has fallen into a pit of missing context again and this time it's personal. 

"I can go with you if you want--?" Is that weird? Well he can't take it back now.  

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, it's fine, if he didn't want you there it's probably a bad idea. Sorry, you seem cool."

Permalink Mark Unread

"No worries, man." He's being so normal. So, so normal.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sapnap too. "Let me know if you want to see anything closer up? Or you can just come here on your own, I guess. I might jump you before I see it's you, though, so watch out." It's mostly a joke; he smiles.

Permalink Mark Unread

He smiles back. It's not even fake.

Please, part of his brain begs the rest, please, please just shut up. 

"...can I stay here for a night even if I'm not sure if I'm joining long-term? I, uh, don't actually have anywhere... else." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course, man. Stay as long as you need."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...thank you." 

Fuck fuck fuck fuck fuck he needs to be alone right now is there somewhere convenient he can do that—

Permalink Mark Unread

Sapnap's not stopping him from just walking off. Lots of empty buildings, corners, etc. Not to mention the ability to just dig a hole in the ground.

Permalink Mark Unread

He is not going to dig a hole in the ground to cry in, that's stupid. He nods to Sapnap like a normal person and then he finds an empty building. 

And then he sits down on the floor and pulls his knees up close to his chest and just, fucking,

 

(everyone here is a stranger and sometimes they're unexpectedly kind given that but he can't rely on it and he's going to have to pay up at some point and, and he misses wil and sapnap and tubbo and george and karl so fucking bad, it's barely been a day since he saw wilbur but he misses him, he misses having anyone who knew him and he misses having any idea what was going on and also he just fucking misses them, misses them so desperately that apparently he'll cling to strangers who have the same names—)

(and it isn't going to be obvious to anyone that he didn't disappear on purpose, it's going to look to the capitol like he found a way out and it's going to look to his friends like he got vanished off the face of the fucking earth, and it's tubbo who's going to suffer for that and maybe sapnap too, and he doesn't want to think about this and he can't wrench himself away from it to think about anything else and—)

(and dream here is in prison and he still doesn't know why and apparently he is still in the sort of place where you aren't allowed to say even that there's things you aren't allowed to say, except he has no idea who's doing the allowing anymore, and he is so so so tired of constantly keeping his mouth shut and wil would get it but wil isn't here and—)

 

spends at least half an hour breaking down, and then another twenty minutes or so pulling himself back together. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

Quackity_V68 whispers to Quackity: you might have to have a conversation with sapnap soon

Quackity_V68 whispers to Quackity: it wasn't on purpose I just didn't realize he didn't know what las nevadas was

Quackity_V68 whispers to Quackity: so if there's a reason you weren't doing that I'm sorry

Permalink Mark Unread

No response. 

Not long after he sends it, he hears yelling from outside. Other-him and Karl and Sapnap. (—what the fuck are you talking about? — sacrifices —  guys — what have you done for me — not funny — karl — what the fuck was El Rapids — bad fucking idea — murderer — not fucking joking — he blamed me — I don’t know — a murderer —)

Eventually, the yelling stops. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Fuck. 

As the yelling is starting to die down he gets to his feet. Carefully, nervously, opens the door. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sapnap’s there and nobody else. His eyes are redder than they were. He smiles at Quackity anyway. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...is everyone okay?" 

Stupid question, maybe. It didn't sound like anyone got hurt, at least. 

Permalink Mark Unread

…Shrug. “I dunno, man. I think something’s wrong with Karl.”

Permalink Mark Unread

This is a fucking stranger. Don't make it weird. 

...but this is also a version of Sapnap, who has obviously been crying. 

"Do you want--" and then he cuts himself off. "Sorry. I don't know. You can tell me to fuck off, I won't take it personally." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“…Yeah, uh, no offense, I don’t actually know you. Sorry. I guess it depends what you’re offering?”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, nothing that wasn't gonna be weird. None taken." 

He goes back inside. 

There's a pair of headphones in his pocket and he's probably never going to be able to give them back, and there's a note reminding him to file some paperwork with the transport bureau as a promise to Tubbo that he's never going to be able to fulfill, and he will probably never speak to a Sapnap who knows him ever again, and his jacket is the only other thing left from anyone he has ever loved, and he has cried himself out already so how about instead he tries to get some actual sleep. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, he can do that. He has nightmares, but he sleeps. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, he's had constant nightmares since he was sixteen. There's a reason he carries tranqs in his pocket. 

 

The next morning he's actually rested. Advantages of sleeping in a bed and not in a random place on the ground, he guesses. This house has a shower, which he uses, gets the two day old makeup off his face, washes his clothes by hand in the sink until he's satisfied he's gotten all the sand out, folds his jacket and leaves it neatly on the bed. 

He's still miserable but he's kinda numb about it. No time like the present, he guesses, to find out what's up with Dream. 

Permalink Mark Unread

If he walks around the main area for a while, he will find:

- a small dirt hobbit hole of a house, built into the hillside and covered in flowers
- a couple abandoned shops
- a white quartz church
- a white quartz house
- an overgrown crater with an obsidian grid above it
- a very large prison. the main prison is a box, without any apparent way to enter, but there's another building a bit away from it in the same style.

 

Alternatively, he could talk to someone and find out things like "where the prison is", "how to enter the prison", and/or "how death works".

Permalink Mark Unread

The last three times he's tried talking to a person it has been a mistake. Possibly the last four. How about that building a bit away from the prison in the same style. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a portal inside, and a button.

Permalink Mark Unread

He will... push the button. 

Permalink Mark Unread

A moment passes, and then a man's voice comes through speakers: "Hello?"

Permalink Mark Unread

The voice sounds familiar but he can't place it. Not someone he knows well enough to recognize immediately, then; it's cold comfort but it's anything. 

"Hello." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Oh, hey Quackity.”

Permalink Mark Unread

Guy on the other end of the button doesn't sound surprised to hear him. Maybe he'll let other-Quackity take the fall for this one. "I was hoping to visit the prison," he says, projecting as much confidence as a person who isn't actually sure they've got the right building can. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, shit. ...Then again, he doesn't sound angry. Maybe it's fine.

"Step through the portal. Let me know when you're on the other side."

The voice is almost entirely monotone; it's the voice of someone reading off a procedure.

Permalink Mark Unread

Holy shit. That worked. 

He steps through the portal. "I'm on the other side." 

Permalink Mark Unread

The other side is a small, entirely-enclosed room that doesn't connect to anything. A few seconds pass. "Okay, you can come back through now."

Permalink Mark Unread

He does that. Very polite of prison visiting to involve things he can do, like stepping through portals, and not things he cannot do, like convincingly pretend for more than a sentence that he knows the procedure for visiting a prison. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Room! Room with a man in it. Well. Sort of a man. Definitely not a human. A bipedal furry green creature wearing the same glowing purple armor as Ranboo and other-Quackity and Sapnap. He sighs. "You lost the armor I got for you again? Follow me." (He doesn't particularly sound like he's expecting an answer.)

 

(Meanwhile, Sam is registering that Quackity doesn't have a scar anymore. Well. If he's not asking Sam why Dream's still in the prison, he won't ask any questions either. He can go through procedure for Quackity visiting. He's good at that.)

Permalink Mark Unread

He... will not answer, then. He follows. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They go through several hallways, the man flicking levers and throwing books and entering passwords into invisible machinery to unlock new areas, until they reach an area in front of lava. While they wait for the lava to drop, Sam wordlessly hands over a full set of the glowing purple armor, as well as a glowing purple axe, a glowing purple sword, and glowing iron shears. He doesn't seem to think any of this is worthy of commenting on.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ahahaha what the fuck. 

Okay. Uh. He... will put on the armor, put the weapons into his inventory, and stand there like this is entirely normal and not worthy of comment because he does it all the time. 

He is capable of looking unfazed. At least he doesn't have to talk at all. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Remember to walk with the platform," Sam says, all in a rush, once the platform beneath Quackity's feet has already started moving.

Permalink Mark Unread

Shit okay he can do that!!!! 

Permalink Mark Unread

Dream's cell is across the lava.

As soon as he sees Quackity, he runs and hides in a corner such that he's not visible.

 

When Quackity reaches the other side of the lava, there is a barrier up. The lava falls; once the escape route is cut off, the barrier separating him and Dream comes down.

Permalink Mark Unread

This— 

No. This makes sense, actually. 

If someone is in prison for— he's glossing it as treason— then visiting them would either be forbidden, and mark you as a target if you tried; or it would be sanctioned, and be an opportunity to hurt them. This is clearly not the former. So it's the latter.

And apparently other-Quackity does this quite a lot. 

"Hi," he says, awkwardly. At least the weapons are in his inventory, not his hands. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sam said--he promised he wouldn't tell you I was still in here--SAM--SAM--" Dream is shrunk as small as he possibly can into the corner. It's not a large cell.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sam didn't tell me anything." He's got his hands out, palms up, empty. Sam is— presumably the green man? If Dream expects he'll hear them? If anywhere in the whole place is being watched this cell is, but he's already letting other-him take the fall. This strategy won't survive his existence becoming common knowledge but it's okay he'll figure that out if it happens. 

(He's never actually seen Dream without the mask before? It's weird. It feels like something he shouldn't be looking at.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Dream without the mask: pretty scarred up. He's got green eyes and freckles and a nose that's been broken and set at least once. His hair is choppily cut in areas and burned at the tips in others.

"What are you fucking playing at!" His voice is high, almost hysterical.

Permalink Mark Unread

There's no good answer. Literally everything he can think of to say sounds like a threat. 

"...to the best of your knowledge, are we being watched." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Obviously."

Permalink Mark Unread

That, at least, sounded like Dream. Score one for unbelievably stupid questions. 

"Cool. Hm." Sam... might or might not do anything to him. He's genuinely not sure. He notably did not ask any awkward-to-answer questions on the way in; he handed Q weapons, well-made ones from the look of them, without thinking about it. On the other hand, that's because he thinks he's other-Quackity. Breaking that illusion might not be the best of plans. 

On the other other hand, he does have to say something, and unless he feels like hitting Dream with a pair of shears(?) he's not going to be able to keep up an act as other-Quackity anyway. "Okay. Then I'm here to ask you some more unbelievably stupid questions." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“I’m still not answering them.” If Quackity wants a sir he’ll have to ask for it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's cool." He sits down on the floor, which is not super comfortable in armor but it puts him firmly lower to the ground than Dream is. "But I think you might be underestimating how stupid they are. Why would you say you're in prison?"

Permalink Mark Unread

…Squint. The lighting’s bad in the cell but it’s not that bad. “Why don’t you have your scar?”

Permalink Mark Unread

Hm. If he's very, very lucky, Sam will think he's doing something bizarre and galaxy-brained, and then he won't ask other-Quackity what that was about.

"Very weird reasons which I expect you wouldn't believe me about. --I can go into it if you actually wanna know, I'm just, like, warning you that it's weird and you're not going to believe me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Obviously I wanna know.”

Permalink Mark Unread

He sounds like Dream again. Q doesn't look at his face, watches his hands instead. 

"Someone's theory is that I'm Quackity's evil clone." He's not naming Wilbur. "I've never had that scar." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Huh.” He’s not sure if he’s telling the full truth. Still. “And why do you think I’m in here?”

Permalink Mark Unread

"You know, I asked a couple different people, and none of their answers were remotely coherent? Like, not coherent to the point where I'm not even sure I'd have a guess." Sorry Sapnap. Please let Sam not ask Sapnap about this. "Apparently you tried to kill two people and had a weird vault and a creepy villain speech, and apparently you resurrected Wilbur, and that's as much as I've got. Which is why I'm asking you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“You should ask Tommy.” His voice has a smile in it, but it’s a weird smile, like the one he puts on when talking about the Games in interviews. “Unless you already did, I mean. I don’t know that he’ll be coherent. He’ll be interesting.”

Permalink Mark Unread

...interesting answer. Interesting tone of voice. Interesting choice of deflection. 

"Well, seeing as he's not here, what's your version?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

“I’d say—mm, you heard about right. I wasn’t going to kill anyone. But I see why, I see why they would think I was. Two people sounds— a bit exaggerated. And reviving Wilbur was after I was already in prison. But I did, I did do those things. I’d say—I’d say I had my reasons. But I don’t want to talk about them.” He’s still shaking in the corner, hugging his knees to his chest. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That is also a total non-answer. It's what you say to an interviewer when you're trying not to give them anything real. He's seen this routine. He's run this routine. It's a totally reasonable routine to run in these circumstances but that doesn't mean he doesn't know what it is. 

"Sure," he says. "Anything you do want to talk about?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

It might not be the same Quackity.
But it also might be. 

“Not to you.” 

He sounds somewhere between petulant and desperate. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Legit." Pause. "...anything you want me to say to other people? George in particular is apparently hard to reach but I can, like, try." 

Permalink Mark Unread

He thinks for a moment, pulls out a notebook, opens it to a blank page, writes :)

”Show this to Ranboo.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"...sure." 

He stands up. 

"Hey, Sam, I think we're done." 

Permalink Mark Unread

If Quackity were a normal visitor, he’d be asked to stand in the corner, but he’s not, he has items. 

Sam’s voice over the speakers: “Please stand on the other side of the barrier so I can raise it. Do not let Dream join you.”

Permalink Mark Unread

Then he'll do that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Dream isn’t planning on cooperating. He runs, fast, to stand on the other side of the barrier, before Sam’s even done talking, and then stares straight at Quackity, chin high, daring him to do something about it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shit. Okay. He really cannot afford to make Sam unambiguously want to hurt him. He really doesn't want to draw a weapon or hurt Dream. 

This Dream, unlike the one he knows, is not jacked, but Quackity is also not strong and Dream has a solid seven inches of height on him. He can try to push him back over the barrier. Or he can do something else. "Dude, this is not going to leave you better off, you've gotta know that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...You're the most interesting thing that's happened in a week." A little bit of weakness, of vulnerability, can be a good manipulation, and he doesn't exactly have much pride in here. Or at least that's what Dream tells himself. (It helps that it's true.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"--I'm not, like, in a hurry? I'd be happy to stay, just, you said you didn't want to talk to me, that seemed fair enough." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. He did admittedly say that. 

“…That doesn’t mean I want you to leave. It just means I’m not going to, like, tell you my secrets.”

It sounds weak, even to him. But he’s a little bit desperate. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will not ask about your secrets." Then, for Sam, pitched to carry, "nevermind, we're not done, sorry!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Dream considers running back to the corner, but this could be a trick. He stays next to Quackity, still eyeing him warily, all the muscles in his body tense, ready to run, braced for pain. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It doesn't arrive. The weapons don't come out. Quackity's body language does relax, somewhat— not a lot, he's still in armor and also very stressed, but he's not considering whether he could pick Dream up and move him if he had to and so he can at least on a physical level chill out. A little bit, anyway. 

"So— hm. Me asking the questions seems kind of fraught but asking you to also seems kind of fraught?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Dream doesn’t say anything. Is Quackity still on the other side of where the barrier can come up? If not, he returns to his corner. If so, he stays next to Quackity. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It does take him a couple seconds of silence to realize that this is what's happening, but after a couple of seconds he moves back inside the barrier and sits down on the floor again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then Dream can go back to hiding in the corner and having a very quiet panic attack!

The cell is a box, about 6x5x2, made of obsidian and crying obsidian. The only escape is lava. There is a cauldron full of water, a glowstone lamp, a one-block pool of water in the floor, and a double chest. The barrier is a row of solid black blocks of whatever the armor’s made of embedded in the floor that come up and down. If he checks what's in the double chest, the answer is a few empty books.

After a bit, not taking his eyes off Quackity, Dream inches back towards the lava. “Want to see a cool trick?”

Permalink Mark Unread

He's not moving. He's staying right where he is, sitting on the floor, as nonthreatening as he can feasibly be under the circumstances. 

"...sure." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Fun trick: Dream can touch the lava, flinch away, and then repeat this a few times!

Even more fun trick: Dream can kill himself in the lava and then appear again, totally uninjured, in the one-block water pool!

Permalink Mark Unread

What the fuck!! 

"That’s— certainly a trick?" It comes out of his mouth kind of strangled but he does successfully make words happen! 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. He touches the lava another few times, almost lazily, to demonstrate further. It’s easier than trying to figure out conversation topics and then make his mouth cooperate, it’s not boring, and Quackity’s reaction is interesting. Supports his story. 

Permalink Mark Unread

After about a minute of this, Quackity-- who has been watching in increasing horror-- opens his mouth to say something about it, realizes he has nothing at all to say about it that is not horrible, realizes that it is really not his business and his whole deal here is premised on not acting like he wants to order Dream around, realizes he still hasn't said anything--

starts monologuing about the first non-personal topic he thinks of. Which is beekeeping. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Dream comes away from the lava and goes back to cowering in the corner, wedged next to the chest. He doesn’t relax at all, stays coiled and ready to run, but he isn’t sticking his hand in lava anymore, just tucks it between his knees and listens to other-Quackity talk about beekeeping. He keeps startling and flinching at the voice, expecting it to turn at any second to a sharp edge cutting into him, but it doesn’t. Other-Quackity doesn’t draw his weapons. He decides it’s not as good as when Techno was here, but definitely better than being alone, and it’s also better than when Techno was here because he knows Techno will be helping get him out soon. Hopefully.  

Permalink Mark Unread

He's careful about his tone of voice, keeps it chill and casual and slightly friendly but not, like, overly friendly, not so much that it sounds like he's doing customer service. He holds still. He doesn't approach Dream. 

At some point he runs out of things to say about bees, and moves on to the next non-personal topic that comes to mind, which is accounting. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The things he says about both bees and accounting are absolutely outlandish. Dream's enraptured. 

Eventually: "Are you from Hypixel?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nope! The place I'm from is called Panem. Nobody I've asked around here has ever heard of it and I have no idea how I got here. I haven't gotten a complete list of ways it's different but a lot of things sure seem to be." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I've never heard of that many people except on Hypixel."

Permalink Mark Unread

He'd been in the middle of a tangent about business accounting but he doesn't think he's mentioned any specific numbers of people bigger than a couple hundred?

"...wait, how many people does the Dream SMP have?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Thirty-two as of when I was imprisoned? Plus DreamXD."

Permalink Mark Unread

Thirty-two. Holy fucking shit. That's-- that's not even village numbers, that's apartment complex numbers. 

"...well, Panem's got a population of forty-five million," is what he says. "I think there's other countries but not near enough to us that I know their population off the top of my head. A couple hundred is, like-- a medium-sized business, maybe? A really small town?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hypixel's probably got a few hundred thousand? It'd be in the millions if you looked at how many people have ever lived there. It's, y'know, it's big. Most servers are, um, closer to the size of the Dream SMP."

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay so he needs to reevaluate everything he thinks he knows about this place. 

He-- probably should not do that here. He is still, in fact, being watched; anywhere else, that was a guess, but here it's a certainty.

"A few hundred thousand people in a world being big is a little bit wild to me but if you've got thirty-two I can see how it would be. Holy shit." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Dream moves as he talks; he's still not turning away from Quackity, but he's not as deathly still as he had been. "The place I'm from was bigger than this, smaller than Hypixel. Somewhere around a million people have been there? Probably tens of thousands lived there, not hundreds. Other big servers do exist. But Hypixel's the biggest."

Permalink Mark Unread

So servers are the kind of thing you can move between, and that's unexceptional-- nope, stop it, reevaluating is for Not Here. 

He does know enough about his country's demographics, district population breakdowns, population centers and their sizes, and so on to have an intelligent conversation about them! He's still careful with his voice, both tone and volume, but he does get slightly more animated; he stays seated on the floor, shifting positions when his legs start to protest. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Dream will talk about things—not about anything that might help Quackity, nothing about the recent history of the server, but safe things like Punz’s bees and Tubbo’s bees and the population of munchymc vs hypixel vs SMP Earth and trying to discreetly figure out what money is—and gradually relax. Not to the point of actually not tensing everything, but to the point where he’ll warily pace the room while keeping his eyes fixed on Quackity. If Quackity tries to leave, he’ll pull the same stunt, standing right next to him until he either gives up or forces him back; if Quackity asks, he’ll openly threaten to continue doing this.

He doesn’t sleep, the first night; doesn’t even get too tired. Just stares at Quackity, trying to guess the content of his dreams.

(If Quackity stays, he doesn’t sleep the second night, either, or the third, or the fourth. He’s started self-harming with the lava again, whenever he nods off.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Quackity can pull one all-nighter, if he's got someone to talk to the whole time; he cannot pull two. Or, sometimes he can, but he didn't bring caffeine with him, and also he shouldn't. 

"--If I solemnly swear that I intend to come back, will you cooperate with me leaving," he finally says, at some point in the morning of the second day. 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Sapnap said he’d come back. And that he’d get George to visit. And BadBoyHalo said he’d come back. And Ranboo said he’d come back.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"...okay, that makes a lot of sense, but I cannot actually stay here forever and I would really prefer not to hurt you about it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Dream rolls his eyes. “You can leave if we run out of food.” (Sam hasn’t been dropping enough for two, just the usual rations of raw potatoes.)

Permalink Mark Unread

(Dude, why the fuck would you say that where Sam can hear you.)

"Okay, no, seriously, let me leave." He stands up, stands on the outside of the barrier.

He doesn't want to use the sword and he sure fucking hopes he won't have to choose between that or starvation but-- he's holding it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

(In his defense, he hasn’t slept.)

He flinches away at first when Quackity pulls the sword out, but then he stands his ground, grins a little. It’s not a nice grin, all teeth. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He doesn't want to hurt him. He definitely doesn't want to kill him. He wants to not starve to death on raw potatoes because otherwise he can't leave. 

But Quackity did, in fact, win a Hunger Games, and it wasn't just by being pretty for the cameras. He swings, almost blindly; the sword connects, right in the torso. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The sword’s enchanted with knockback; Dream is pushed back with an oof.

The barrier comes up. The lava begins to fall. After a few minutes, the moving platform will come over to collect Quackity. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And he'll walk with it, across the lava. The sword goes back in his inventory during the wait. He's not shaking. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sam meets him at the other side. “This was a mistake.”

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Yes. Yes it was." He hands over the sword and shears and axe; he's working on the armor.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, that’s nice! He was worried that he’d have to give it up as lost, which is annoying, whatever Quackity may think he doesn’t actually have infinite netherite. 

“I’m glad we’re in agreement, then.” Quackity can be led the rest of the way out through the prison! “I will agree not to do anything about you entering the prison under false pretenses if you agree not to tell the other Quackity what happened or where Dream is.”

Permalink Mark Unread

In his defense, you didn't at any point ask. He's not actually enough of an idiot to say that out loud. "Deal." 

Permalink Mark Unread

At the prison entrance: “Go through the portal and then let me know when you’re on the other side.” He sounds exactly the same as the first time. He is so good at going through the script. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He follows instructions. He's very good at following instructions. 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Okay, you can go through.”

And when he steps through again, he’s back in the entrance building that connects to the outside. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well. 

That went about as well as it reasonably could have. 

Fuck, he needs to sleep. Okay. Back to Kinoko and then he is going to pass out for a bit. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Kinoko: exists. Has a bed for him. (Sapnap’s wandering around. Karl’s watching cartoons. George is asleep.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Q falls into the same bed he slept in before without speaking to anyone. It's still made. His jacket is still folded, neatly, at its foot. 

He has the exact same fucking nightmares he always does, featuring not lava and crying obsidian but fancy Capitol hotel rooms and an arena built for him to die in. When he wakes up in the almost-evening, he doesn't know whether he's surprised by that or not. He doesn't know whether he wants to be or not. 

He ends up stealing food from Sapnap, sorry Sapnap. And then he sits down and actually, properly thinks through what it means that there's only thirty-two people. 

One: You actually just can't have Panem's setup if there are only thirty-two people. Even if countries were very small you could have something larger that encompassed all the countries, and that could be what does and doesn't allow you to say things, but-- not with only thirty-two total people. The amount of effort and infrastructure that goes into Panem's censorship just can't be done without a population of hundreds, and there'd be no point without at least thousands. 

Two: Nobody seems to act like they're worried about who might be listening to them, not even Wilbur. At first he'd chalked that up to Wilbur being kind of a reckless idiot but in retrospect, that really doesn't make any sense. So whatever is or isn't up with Wilbur and his willingness to say things out loud, it isn't knowledge of microphones and reasonable risk assessment. 

Three: Dream is being tortured. And yet you can walk into the prison, sit down with the person inside, admit you'd been kind-of-sort-of lying to the guards, befriend the prisoner, and be let out without a scratch, just a request not to tell one specific other person. 

So-- he's honestly probably fine? He's honestly probably fine. It's a little bit terrifying and a little bit exhilarating, being honestly probably fine. 

He naps, a little bit, mostly so as to not totally ruin his sleep schedule. And then, when it's morningish enough again that anyone but him is likely to be awake and around, he gets up properly and goes to look for Wilbur. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur: can be found hanging out around Paradise. He’s up early. (As is Tommy, who’s setting up some sort of cobblestone path.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hi," he says, cheerful, normal. "How are you guys?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good. Just trying to decide what to make the path out of."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm--I have literally already started making it out of cobblestone."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We are not making the path out of cobblestone."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Whaaaaat? Whyyyyyyy?!" His voice is a high-pitched whine.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Anyway, other-Quackity, how about you? How are you on this fine morning?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am alright! I moved into Kinoko and had conversations about double-entry bookkeeping long into the night." Both of those facts are true and it's none of anyone's business whether they have anything to do with one another. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's good! Kinoko is--"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sapnap's new place."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sapnap, huh? Well, good for him."

Permalink Mark Unread

Actually we are at best acquaintances and it's honestly super awkward because I have to put way too much effort into treating him in a way that is remotely normal and also I'm pretty sure he just had an incredibly messy breakup and it was sort of ambiguously my fault, he does not say. 

"I will seduce every man on this server with my knowledge of accounting and my sunny personality," he says instead, mock-solemn. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hey, you already--"

Permalink Mark Unread

Tommy sticks his fingers in his ears. "LA LA LA I CAN'T HEAR YOU."

Permalink Mark Unread

That gets a giggle and a wink. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He grins back. "Hey, man, I don't know what you're objecting to, I'm just talking about balance sheets." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Good. I approve. Balance sheets only while wooing my brother.”

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur turns faintly pink. “Stop it, Tommy, he is not wooing me. Apologize.”

Permalink Mark Unread

“Sorry.” He doesn’t sound particularly sorry. He builds the cobblestone out farther. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Brother?? He's not asking where Tommy can hear, though. 

"I mean, I could be. You don't know my life. —apology accepted." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“That’s what I’m saying!”

Permalink Mark Unread

“I’m just saying we shouldn’t assume, that’s all. What do they say about assuming?”

Permalink Mark Unread

“It’s got ass in it? Ass. Ass. Ass.”

Permalink Mark Unread

“You know what, close enough.”

Permalink Mark Unread

This is-- fun. It's cheerful, it's almost aggressively normal, and after-- everything-- it's actually helping. "I mean, if you don't want to assume, you could always ask," and he's laughing too. 

Permalink Mark Unread

“What do you say, other Quackity, want to stay up and talk about accounting?” 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aw, babe, I'll balance your books for you any time you want." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Gotta take advantage before I depreciate."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, I'm sure someone's going to be taking advantage--" and now he's laughing again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

“I’M LEAVING!” Tommy declares, but he’s smiling too. “Quackity, no hurting Wilbur while I’m gone. Wilbur, try not to be too psycho.”

Permalink Mark Unread

(Wilbur’s smile fades, at psycho.) “Bye, Tommy.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Solemnly swear I will not hurt him. Bye." 

He's... hm. Not totally sure he wants to ask, not totally sure he doesn't. 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Aw, not even a little hurting?” Wilbur can’t read Quackity’s mind; if he has something to ask, he’ll have to say. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The smile's back? Maybe it was nothing. 

"Well. Maybe a little hurting, if you ask me nicely." 

(His choices are so questionable. However, consider: his brain can shut the fuck up.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Sure, I can be a good boy for you.” He flutters his eyelashes at Quackity.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hm, I'm not sure I believe you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Well, that depends, what’ll you do if I’m naughty?”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mm. Haven't decided." It is really unfair how Wilbur is so tall. "Might leave some bruises to remember me by. Of course, I might do that anyway." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur’s breath catches in his throat. “Gonna be honest, you’re not exactly convincing me to be good.”

Permalink Mark Unread

He reaches up and grabs Wilbur by the hair, physically drags him down to Q's level. "No," he agrees, "I'm not. But do it anyway." 

 

 

It's fun. It feels good. It gets him out of his fucking head. True to his word, he leaves plenty of bruises; true to his word, he doesn't break skin. By the end of it he's thoroughly out of breath, draped heavily across Wilbur's lap, clothes on the ground beside them-- they'd moved deeper in the woods when those came off-- with his head on Wilbur's shoulder.

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur pets his hair absently for a little bit, but not for very long, because there's an itch under his skin that nothing is ever quite enough for and it doesn’t let him sit still. A cigarette might at least help, though--he left it in the pocket of his jacket--and so he collects up the clothes.

(Quackity's clothes, unlike Wilbur's, are named items. They are named: "Completely Normal Shirt I Feel Completely Normal About (Capitol's)", "Okay The Pants Are Like Actually Legitimately Fairly Normal (Capitol's)", "Not Heels! Could Be Worse (Capitol's)", and "Schlatt's Jacket".)

 

"...Interesting name scheme you have going," Wilbur says. "Do you name all your clothes or are these special? Where or who is the Capitol? I assume this is your Schlatt, mine wouldn't have been caught dead out of a Zegna suit."

Permalink Mark Unread

Blinkblink.

"—uh, I didn't name anything on purpose? These aren't special, they're just what I had on when I got here."

Then the rest of the sentence catches up with him. "And yeah, that's my Schlatt, he wore suits when we were in the Capitol but back home there weren't cameras really, so. —the Capitol is, uh, either my government, the city in which my government is based, or my employer, depending on context." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“And would you say you feel normal about this shirt?” He holds it up. 

Permalink Mark Unread

No. 

"I wouldn't really say I have feelings about it period," he says, not very convincingly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You can tell me if you do, you know. I won't tell a soul. Scout's honor." He holds up three fingers in mock-salute.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure you fucking won't." Can he at least have the clothes back. Probably not but it's worth trying to reach for them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes but he'll have to jump for them for a bit before Wilbur relents and gives them to him. Wilbur is 100% taking advantage of being a head taller than Quackity for this.

Permalink Mark Unread

For an hour or so there, he was actually fucking happy. 

Wilbur relents before Quackity gets frustrated enough to stop trying and just kick him in the back of the knees, but it's a pretty close thing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Awwwww, Quackity, what's wrong?" He's affecting an exaggerated pout.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know, Wilbur, do you mean at the moment or just in life?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Either. Whichever."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Then the thing that's wrong is that I do not own clothes that don't either belong to my dead ex or announce that I'm a fucking party favor." 

 

That was a bad idea. He should not have fucking said that. He knows, as soon as it's out of his mouth, that he should not have fucking said that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I could give you my coat? I don't have a ton of clothes but Tommy could sew something--I might have my old revolutionary outfit around somewhere, if you don't mind getting weird looks--"

Permalink Mark Unread

That's--

 

That's actually kind of sweet?

"I'd been considering asking other-me, actually, I think he's somewhat more likely to have something that'll fit. ...thank you, though." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Tommy made half of my clothes, seems only fair to offer." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I guess that makes sense."

He finishes getting dressed, shoves his hands into his pockets; everything's still there. He's not thinking, right now, about those headphones. 

"Right, speaking of Tommy, I'd been wondering. You guys are brothers?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. Well, adopted. I found him in the woods as a kid, gave him a name, he never left. He's not Phil's son, really, but he's still my little brother."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...huh. Cute. At some point I'm going to get used to there being few enough people around that everyone knows each other, I guess." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"There are some people I don't know? I obviously can't, uh, give examples, but I know we got some new people while I was dead. I've met Ranboo since being revived but none of the other new people. Tommy and Tubbo, though, I've known them since we were kids. Since before we moved to this server. And Phil, obviously, and Techno because of Phil. Just about everyone else I met here. --Oh, Schlatt! I knew Schlatt before he came here. Used to tell Tommy stories about him. Fuck, I hated him by the end, but he was funny when he wanted to be, I'll give him that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Right, yeah, but it's like, 'there are some people I don't know, I had reasons to be away when they moved here,' not, 'I walk into a room and there's thirty people and I know two of them,' you know? I'd be surprised if my Wilbur and the Tommy I know had ever even met." 

Permalink Mark Unread

That gets a lot of complicated emotions on Wilbur’s face. 

Eventually: “Is he happy? In your world, is Tommy happy?”

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I don't know.

I mean, he seems— more okay than most of the people I'm close to? But, like, everyone I'm close to is the last survivor of a death arena and I have a friend who I've literally never seen happy except when he was high, that doesn't mean shit. I don't think he's totally miserable but I don't know him that well, if he was would I have any idea, I'm not sure I would.

He's alive. He didn't get thrown into a death arena. He and Tubbo live together. I— don't actually think that answers your question but it's the answer I have." 

Permalink Mark Unread

More complicated emotions!!!

“Okay. Thank you.

 

Well, I’m glad he didn’t get thrown into a death arena.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. He got-- really lucky there, honestly. Most people who get picked don't have anyone who'll volunteer for them." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“—Tubbo?”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yep."

Permalink Mark Unread

“Good. I’m glad they have each other.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. Tubbo's--" brilliant and incredible and Quackity's responsibility and Quackity is failing him so badly-- "a really good kid." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“He is. I told him so once, but it was under— unfortunate circumstances.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"How concerned should I be?"

Permalink Mark Unread

“—It was the day I died. It’s—I’d say things are better now. But I haven’t talked to him since.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Shit. I'm sorry." 

...he probably could say out loud what he's worried about, all the ways he's failing Tubbo by not being there. It probably wouldn't even have horrifying consequences. Except that something in him panics when he considers it, drowns out the thought with nonono do you want to die. He doesn't say it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

“It’s fine. What about you and your Tubbo, given him any inspiring speeches recently?”

Permalink Mark Unread

"...before I arrived here, I was in the Capitol for the week, and I'd promised him I'd file something for him at the transportation bureau while I was there. I— didn't leave on purpose. I honestly still have no idea how it happened. But I kind of expect that that's not happening now. 

That's, uh, a small piece of a problem that's bigger, but I—" and his voice stops working, stoppers up in his throat as he hits a brick wall of no. Deep breath. Trying again. "I—" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You don't have to say if you don't want to."

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, I want to, I just—" He swallows. His voice is shaky and he can't quite make it not be. "—um. I am not, usually, allowed to talk about this. I don't think anything's going to happen, if I say it here, but. Apparently that habit's sticking around.

Anyway. I miss him and I'm failing him and I can't, like, do anything about that, but here we are." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're probably doing better by your Tubbo than I did by mine, if that's any comfort. It's not your fault that you ended up here."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Does it matter? It's not like anyone there can tell whether I did it on purpose." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Obviously it matters, you can't just--hold it against yourself that something happened to you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Can't I? There are people I was supposed to be there for. I'm not. 

I know it's not, like, my fault. I'm not going--" he puts on a bad imitation of Wilbur's accent-- "'oh, look at me, I'm so horrible, I abandoned everyone who cared about me and threw everyone I've ever loved under the bus on purpose,' or whatever, that'd be fucking stupid. But at the end of the day, I got out and they're suffering for it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess. Sorry you didn't get the chance to file his paperwork for him."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you actually think that's the thing I care about, or did you sign some kind of contract and now you're only allowed to be decent for three seconds at a time? I'm the only person in George's life who remembers he's not supposed to mix tranqs and alcohol or pays enough attention to stop him, and now I'm not there. When the next Hunger Games rolls around, Tubbo's going to have to take on a kid and watch them die his first year out, because I'm not there! I was the reason my sister wasn't worried about her kids having enough to eat, and now I'm not fucking there." 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

"I'm not a decent person, Quackity. If you want to leave, I'm not stopping you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If I wanted to leave, I'd have fucking left!"

(Is this mostly because he's caught between backing down and losing the closest thing he has to a friend here? Yes. Does he mean it? Also yes. He's multitalented.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Look, I’m sorry, okay? I’m sorry. I don’t know what else I’m supposed to say here.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"'I'm sorry' is a good start. --Thank you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur is just going to scowl at the ground some more. He wants to ask “do you forgive me?” but he’s sat through too many lectures from Phil for that so instead he kicks at the dirt. “I’ll be better. I promise. I can change.” It’s a lie, but it’s a nice one. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Q isn't totally sure he believes that. But... well. He's put up with worse, from people who didn't apologize and certainly didn't promise to change.

He shrugs. "It's fine, man." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“And I’m sorry about—your sister, and, and Tubbo, and everyone else. If there’s anything I can do—” It’s a safe offer, because there isn’t. (He hates himself, for that.)

Permalink Mark Unread

All of the things that could be done— well, they can't be, so the point is moot. But even if they could, they aren't something you can just ask someone to do. If Quackity knew how to go back, he's not sure he could make himself. 

Not that Wilbur knows that's what he offered. But still. 

"There isn't, unless you think you know how to go back in time to a different universe and make Sapnap memorize drug interactions," he says, this being the least incredibly landmine-filled of the things he said. "But—" and here he stops being able to sound like he's joking— "thank you. I— yeah. Thank you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hooray! He has hopefully made up for the rest of this interaction! He is winning at not being the sort of person everyone decides is better dead!

"It's no problem, man."

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, if Quackity’s still mad about either of the earlier parts of this interaction, it's not obvious to Wilbur. Or, for that matter, to Quackity. 

"Still. It—" wow how about instead of getting into that he does not "—matters to offer, you know?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

I only offered because I knew I wouldn’t have to do anything, he thinks and does not say, because it would be self-defeating. He shrugs and looks at the ground. Quick, what’s a change of subject. 

“Uh, I’ve been thinking of starting a new project soon, in Paradise. If you wanted to work for me…”

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you for the subject change.

"I dunno. What would working for you mean, like-- are you thinking you'd be my boss, my handler, my client..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Boss, probably. You're not a dog--I guess when I say it like that maybe I could be your handler. Not at work." Wink. "And as far as I know you're not selling anything so I don't know how I'd be your client."

Permalink Mark Unread

Blinkblink.

Stop it. Be normal. Be normal, about Wilbur saying having a handler is for dogs and not people in a tone of voice that implies he thinks that's obvious. Be normal. 

"Aha. Yeah, fair enough. --sure, I'm in." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur grins and pumps the air. "My man! Want to go bother the other Quackity? I bet he'll hate this."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...sure, why not." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then Wilbur is grinning and skipping towards Las Nevadas.

"Quackity, Quackity, Quackityyyyy," he sing-songs out loud once they reach the empty toll booth. He puts his hands out and spins, just for the sake of it, and then continues on into Las Nevadas.

Permalink Mark Unread

...Where he doesn't get too far before the man in question appears. "What are you doing in my country, Wilbur?" And then he sees the other Quackity, and his face hardens. "So that was you? You're not as funny as you think you are, you know."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What? I genuinely have no idea what you're talking about. I just came here to announce that the Quackity from another universe officially works for Paradise, now. Competition's good for capitalism, you know."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The Quackity from another universe."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's the one! Working under the one and only Wilbur Soot, newly resurrected ex-president of L'Manberg."

Permalink Mark Unread

...Eyeroll.

Permalink Mark Unread

...sure, okay.

"I don't know that I'd say officially, there weren't really any offices involved, but sure. Hi, nice to meet you, I think we may have gotten off on the wrong foot a few days ago." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“…You know what? Yeah. It’s a pleasure to meet you. Welcome to Las Nevadas.” He isn’t being openly sarcastic. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, he can still fucking tell. Still, he isn't going to say shit about it, he's a professional. Even if his hands are firmly in his jacket pockets, holding onto a pair of earbuds like he's expecting them to somehow become a lifeline.

"Place is gorgeous," he says, with perfect sincerity. "—The alternate universe thing sounds stupid I know, but it is also the only explanation I've got that isn't a whole lot more stupid." Should he apologize again for the thing in Kinoko? Probably not with Wilbur right there. Ah well. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That's probably for the best.

"Want a tour? I can do a tour. Wilbur's already seen everything, but I'm sure he won't mind."

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, that's about as good as he could have expected, given everything else he and other-Quackity have said to each other. "Yes, thank you!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You've already seen the sign," gestures, "but we've also got a wedding venue, a restaurant, a strip club--the casino's in progress but I can show you a sample, just follow me--"

Permalink Mark Unread

He follows Quackity, expression all wide-eyed wonder, which is not insincere exactly— he meant it, Las Nevadas is gorgeous— but it's something he could be hiding and isn't.

(How the hell does a restaurant or a wedding venue turn a profit with this few people? ...Does it turn a profit?) 

Permalink Mark Unread

The main doors to the casino are blocked off but Quackity goes to the side and mines a staircase in to a small hallway. "Here, have a diamond, I'll demonstrate. Wilbur, I've already demonstrated this for you, so I'm not giving you another diamond."

Permalink Mark Unread

Is that really what diamonds look like?? Maybe it is, Q wouldn't actually know. "Cool! ...what am I being demonstrated." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Put it in the slot here, and then click the button, see what happens."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ah. Slot machine. He's seen these before, although most of the gambling he's familiar with takes place on the sponsors' floor. Sure, okay, he'll do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Noises! Lights! There are five lights; the two on the outside are bordered in red, and the middle one in diamond. The music and lights stop on the first light. "Aw, you lost. Bad luck."

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Neat!" He does not really see the appeal of this but empirically people do make money off it, so. "So is the idea that the casino will subsidize the rest once it's running? I guess the other things could be subsidizing the casino but I don't see how you'd have the customer base--" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Quackity seems… genuinely a little taken aback. “Approximately, yeah. The goal is for the casino to be the primary source of income. I’m not sure I follow you about the customer base..?”

Permalink Mark Unread

"So-- when I'm working I usually talk to, I don't know, maybe a hundred people a day during the busy season, and I can convince some fraction of those people to part with their money but it's not all of them, it wouldn't even be enough to cover rent and upkeep on a building if I had my own building for it? Gambling, and especially slot machines although that's not really my field so much, mostly works on a whale model, so if you've got one really rich person with a gambling addiction I can kind of see that working even though I'm not sure how the actual numbers come out. But most of the other businesses you've got here don't, I'm thinking in particular about the-- uh, the restaurant, I have no idea what kinds of profits strip clubs usually see but I do know restaurants are pretty famously difficult to make break even and that's when you've got dozens of people coming in every day, I don't see how you can make it work if you've got a total population in the low double digits." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Sam built it with the understanding that he'd get some of the profits, I'm not paying rent or upkeep. None of this is rented."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Obviously none of it's rented, there's only thirty-something people around, there'd be more land than anyone could possibly have an use for and nobody's renting anything, that's not the point. I don't know what the most expensive part of running a restaurant is off the top of my head but-- wait, one guy did your construction?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Yes? I did a bit, Foolish did a bit, but the whole casino's Sam, most of everything was Sam."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I am no longer confused." Pause. "I am differently confused? I am not confused about your business model but I am confused about your physics. I see how you're not paying upkeep, I guess is the point."

It really isn't, the point was so that there'd be something they were talking about that wasn't sniping at each other and also wasn't awkward silence, but this is fairly close to having been the point. It counts. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur turns all his attention onto the other-universe-Quackity. "Come on outside, let me show you something--"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are you just going to make a stone penis again, because I swear to God, Wilbur--"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You don't know what I'm going to do! I'm complex, I have layers!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, that also works as a thing that is not horrible tense silence. "Absolutely. The thing outside could be any number of things. I believe in you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Outside, Wilbur waits to have all eyes on him before he pillars up and builds a--very large! taller than he is!--crude, upside-down T shape.

Permalink Mark Unread

...Quackity, admittedly, does not know a whole lot about building things out of stone. He's not from Two, they mostly build with wood in the cities he's lived in, and also he doesn't know any sculptors or construction workers. 

But he is very sure it's not usually that easy. Or that... clean. 

Other-Quackity is watching, though, so instead of wide-eyed wonder at how quickly stone just appeared and was set in place from nowhere, he steps back and looks the pillar up and down. "Well, it's not very realistic, is it," in a mediocre rendition of a Capitol accent. "In this critic's humble opinion, the design calls into question whether the sculptor has ever even seen a penis." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Quackity laughs. "True! True! He's got you there, Wilbur!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur jumps down with an oof. For a moment, he looks like he might be in pain, but then he stands up straight and smiles wide.

 

"It got the point across, did it not?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It did! It did do that. I am used to building things being... more difficult than this."

Pause. Is he going to be concerned about the maybe-pain? He's not actually sure whether to be?

"Then again I'm also used to dying being permanent so I should probably have been asking how the fuck your physics works already. Ah well." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“You can die as much as you want as long as it doesn’t matter, but you only get three canon deaths. Unless you’re hardcore, then the rules are different.”

(Other-Quackity has a pickaxe out and is removing the stone penis as quickly as it was built.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's so fucking cool. What's hardcore." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Only one life, no matter what. Phil’s hardcore. So if he dies he’s dead for real.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"So the thing I was doing the first nineteen years of my life. —This is so cool. I'm gonna learn hang gliding."

He's still watching the stone come down, as quickly as if it wasn't there in the first place, leaving no dust. 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Good luck!”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Look, I know it's doable! I've seen it done! I don't personally know how one builds a hang glider from scratch but apparently we have trial and error for that! And if it turns out to be definitely impossible I can always just take up a different extremely cool hobby that I've never been able to do before because it would involve breaking my neck!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hey, what's life without a little danger?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Couldn't have said it better myself." He's got a bit of an odd tone.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nothing he cares about is in danger, that's the whole point.

"Objectively less fun!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's what Las Nevadas is built on."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And yet I'm too big a gamble."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Come on, Wilbur, we've been over this."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't even want to join. I don't care."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Uh-huh."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...do I want to know?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I told Wilbur he's not welcome to be part of Las Nevadas at this time. It's why he started his own thing, it's why he comes here to bother me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What was it you called me? Unpredictable?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't remember."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, I think you do."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Listen, I appreciate you bringing--whoever this other Quackity is--here to meet me, alright? I appreciate that. I think it's cute how much effort you're putting in to this."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I already said, I don't care about Las Nevadas. I've got Paradise with Tommy. Just thought it was funny."

Permalink Mark Unread

They do remember he's right here, don't they?

"R...iiight." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Come on, other-universe Quackity--you need a different name, by the way, this is getting confusing--let's go hang gliding. We don't need him."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

"...uh, we kind of do, my plan involves using his space needle." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“I’m not letting anyone jump off the space needle, if that was your plan.” If he had a nickel…

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay, then my plan does not involve using the space needle, I'll find some other tall thing it's convenient to get back to the top of repeatedly. I'm still not actually done. What's that?" and he points at a weird arched ?triangular? building off to the side. 

Permalink Mark Unread

“…Replica of a tower Karl and Sapnap made.”

Permalink Mark Unread

Fuck. Fuck. Quackity still doesn't want to back down on whether or not Wilbur gets to drag him around and rename him whenever he feels like it! He also super did not intend to go there! 

"...ah." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“It’s called the Eiffel Tower. Tommy destroyed the first one.”

Permalink Mark Unread

On the one hand: Clearly the polite thing to do is to extricate himself from the conversation, make his apologies, and leave. You don't respond like that unless you want to make it very, very clear that you're still pissed about what happened in Kinoko. 

On the other hand: If he takes the hint and leaves, he's letting Wilbur win the implicit argument about whether or not he gets to decide where Quackity goes and who he talks to; giving up that fight is ceding even more ground on whether or not Quackity gets to keep his own name. He'd even intended to cede that particular fight to other-Quackity, who after all was here first, but that doesn't mean Wilbur gets to rename him whenever he wants.

(You're not a dog, he'd said, and like some kind of fucking idiot Quackity had thought that maybe he meant it--) 

Not the point. He's a professional. Shut the fuck up. "Hah. That sounds like Tommy, yeah." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur grins like he’s got an idea. “Good for Tommy, man.”

Permalink Mark Unread

Deep breath. No rising to the bait. If Wilbur wants to blow up the Eiffel Tower, which he definitely does, he can’t get a reaction out of it, that’ll just teach him to burn down more of Quackity’s stuff. “No killing yourself on Las Nevadas land. Hard rule.”

Permalink Mark Unread

Awwwwwwww, big Q.”

Permalink Mark Unread

This is such a weird way to be about death. If you're fine with casually killing him it can't be that big of a deal if he does it himself, it's not even going to stick. 

(It'll stick a hell of a lot less than what other-Quackity apparently does to Dream on the regular he is not thinking about that right now.) 

"Fair enough, I guess." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Glad we're all in agreement."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We-e-ell."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I thought you said you'd changed, huh, Wilbur?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"And I thought you didn't believe me."

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh shit. Yeah okay the attitude towards death makes a lot more fucking sense now—

"Um— Wilbur—" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, Quackity?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Shit. He wasn't actually expecting Wilbur to notice he'd said anything. "I—"

(he remembers, again, the prison, the way dream wouldn't look away from him, and something about the way wilbur's smiling, and whatever part of him was digging its heels in and refusing to let wilbur win breaks—)

"Nevermind it's fine."

He's kind of visibly shrinking, like he desperately doesn't want you to be looking at him, and equally desperately wants to look like he's being normal and none of this is getting to him.

Permalink Mark Unread

“Great!”

Permalink Mark Unread

(The Quackity that lives in Las Nevadas is looking at the visibly shrinking Quackity with something between poorly-hidden disgust and contempt.) “Anything else you want to see in Las Nevadas? Our restaurant is hiring, if you’re interested.”

Permalink Mark Unread

you might think disgust would be protective because they don't want to touch you but actually it just means they're going to want it to hurt. still there's nothing left to do now but smile and put up with it and try to be okay. it won't kill you. he won't kill you. they're not allowed to kill you, says some part of him that is stupid and does not get a vote. 

He's smiling. He's fine. He's chill. (He's still shrinking back, shoulders curled inward, hands in tight balls in his pockets.) "I'll think about it!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Great, well, you know where to find me.”

Permalink Mark Unread

He doesn't— he's just letting him go? Can he do that? 

"Sure do," he says, cheerful, normal, and then he walks away, at a normal fucking pace, because he's not running away, because there's nothing to run away from and nobody was threatening anyone and he's fine and he wants to be here, and just in case other-Quackity changes his mind he doesn't look back. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur follows! And when they’re far enough from Quackity: “We should blow up the Eiffel Tower later.”

Permalink Mark Unread

He almost doesn't notice that Wilbur said anything, too focused on not letting it show how bad he's crumbling, not flinching when he realizes someone's gotten that close. 

"—sorry, what?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

“I said, we should blow up the Eiffel Tower later.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"I—" don't think i can risk it "think we should not." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Awwwww, c’mon, Quackity, what’s life without a little risk? Scared he’ll take away his job offer?”

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, no, not really." He laughs, not very convincingly. "Just-- I don't know." 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Then what’s the big deal?”

Permalink Mark Unread

"I just don't like being around explosions, dude, it's not that deep." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“…Course you don’t. I don’t either.” He does not understand why this Quackity still hangs around him at all. “If you can find something flammable in Las Nevadas we can set it on fire instead, how about.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"We can also not do that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Come on, Q, don’t you trust me?”

Permalink Mark Unread

No.

"It's not like I'm going around doing arson with everyone but you, you're not getting snubbed." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Fine. I’ll get Tommy to blow it up with me.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"The arson you do with Tommy isn't really any of my business, I think. I hope you have fun?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

“I will.” Wilbur’s just going to wander off then.

Permalink Mark Unread

Cool. Okay. 

 

He wants--

He wants a lot of things. He can have none of them. A hug from a friend is not available. Voice chat with his Sapnap is also not available. Sleep... is honestly probably not available, he's still got anxiety buzzing in all his tendons. 

...well, there's one thing he can have. How does one acquire a wooden frame and some cloth around here. If it's that easy to break down stone in a tower can he just, like, hit a tree. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hitting a tree: produces logs!

Permalink Mark Unread

This is so weird. The logs go into his inventory; figuring out how to make a frame with them is a project for later. Actually ideally he'd use bamboo, that's what Phil did, but he doesn't remember if he's seen any around. Cloth he doesn't have any of and has no idea where he'd find. 

...he does, actually, have someone he could reasonably ask about this. Someone he'd kind of like to interact with more anyway, and to pitch on the merits of interacting with him. Heading back to Kinoko. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Kinoko: is Kinoko. (Sapnap and Karl are around. George is around but asleep.)

Permalink Mark Unread

He is not thinking about or interacting with Karl at the moment for reasons he is also not thinking about; he flags down Sapnap.

"Hi! I have a project that requires cloth and bamboo, I have no idea where I would find those, do you want to help me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Sure! There’s a bunch of bamboo by the prime path, and there’s string at the spider spawner, I’ll hook you up.”

The prime path ends up being a wooden path that leads past a lot of buildings—smaller than Kinoko or Las Nevadas, and less aesthetically coherent, but more of them, houses and towers and a graveyard and a crater and a museum and a church and some abandoned shops—as well as a bamboo grove! He can take as much bamboo as he wants. Getting to the spider spawner involves jumping in a hole in the ground. It’s a long fall but there’s water at the bottom, and Sapnap seems unconcerned; if Quackity jumps in, it doesn’t hurt at all, and there are chests of string at the bottom. (There’s also a bright red vaguely organic-looking tunnel leading away from the main room.)

Permalink Mark Unread

It is genuinely kind of creepy how far you can go and not see any people.

Still, he files away the thing about water for testing later. In the meantime: vast quantities of bamboo and string!!! And a red organic-looking tunnel he is going to look at and then not enter! 

"Thank you! If this doesn't work it'll be embarrassing as hell but if it does work it'll be extremely cool." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“What are you making?”

Permalink Mark Unread

"A hang glider! Or a first attempt at one, anyway." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Oh, sick, can I come see?”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Absolutely. —Fair warning that the first try is almost definitely going to suck, I have never done this before and am applying trial and error because it'll be so cool if I manage it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Hey, I’m down.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Awesome." 

When they get back to Kinoko he puts his jacket and assorted things he actually cares about in his room, and gets working on turning string into cloth (which also turns out to be incredibly easy here, presumably weaving isn't usually that easy?) and tying things together. When he has a result that looks approximately right and feels like it might reasonably hold, he towers up to the roof of one of the buildings, and--

Permalink Mark Unread

Quackity_V68 fell from a high place

He respawns in his bed in Kinoko.

Permalink Mark Unread

Holy shit. 

Holy shit! 

He's laughing as he gets up, grabs the things that were in his inventory and the attempt at a hang glider. It's like all the adrenaline boiled away into something he can actually use, and he knows at least one thing not to do. Attempt two! and three, and four, and five, and-- 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can keep dying all day; Fundy’s put more than a day into the L’manberg space program and didn’t end up with an elytra out of it. He’s definitely making progress, though. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then chat will be a solid wall of death messages until he's tired enough that continuing to try seems like it'll go too badly to be worth the attempt, at which point he falls asleep, exhausted. 

And then chat will be a solid wall of death messages again in the morning. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sapnap shows off his MLGs for a bit before getting bored. Did you know that he can consistently throw a water bucket in the air with his eyes closed, jump off something backwards, catch the water bucket while he’s falling, and then place the water on the ground so he doesn’t die? It’s true! He can also do this while doing various acrobatics in the air. It’s pretty impressive.

And, eventually:

Quackity_V68 experienced kinetic energy

 

Permalink Mark Unread

For three beautiful glorious seconds he's flying. 

Then, of course, he hits the wall, and he is not flying anymore, because instead he is launching out of his bed in Kinoko and picking up his (working!! WORKING!!!!) hang glider, and then he's trying again! And failing again! But failing better!!! 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Dude! That’s awesome!!!

Permalink Mark Unread

"Isn't it! I'm never stopping!!" And before Q has time to talk himself out of it Sapnap has an armful of laughing Quackity. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug!!!!!! And a sort of half-twirl with Quackity half off the ground. 

…Wow, Sapnap had not realized how much he missed this. It’s really nice. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It is. He... doesn't really want to let go. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. 

He lets go after only slightly longer than normal, but it’s a bit of an effort. “You should get some rockets to go with it. Uh, if DreamXD lets you.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"I should. ...Possibly after I manage to fly it for more than ten seconds before I hit something. Stretch goal." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sapnap nods and runs his hand along it appreciatively. “Seriously, dude, this is so fucking cool.”

Permalink Mark Unread

There's something kind of glowy about the guy who can do that kind of water trick thinking something Quackity managed was cool. Not that Q wasn't thrilled with his results already, but that apparently that's impressive, even here, even to someone as good at this as Sapnap is. 

"'S the first thing I wanted to try when I found out I could die and not have it matter, I still can't really believe it worked." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“I guess XD likes you.”

Permalink Mark Unread

This is the third time someone's mentioned XD but if physics is a person here Quackity is really not sure he wants to wrap his head around that today.

He bumps Sapnap's shoulder rather than asking, the kind of affectionate where he doesn't have to worry he's being weird again. "I guess!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Do it again!”

Permalink Mark Unread

He does it again! And again, and again. By his fifth try he can stay in the air for fifteen whole seconds at a time, although his depth perception is fucked up enough that it's a challenge to not hit anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sapnap is happy to watch and cheer and clap him on the back after particularly good flights!

Permalink Mark Unread

Then they can pass the rest of the day like that. 

This was a good day. Just-- a totally unambiguous, no qualifiers necessary, really fucking good day. Q has no idea how long it's been since he smiled that much; his face kinda hurts by the end of it. 

 

And then night falls, and he falls asleep faster than he has in weeks (apparently dying lots of times wears you out even if none of them stick, who'd have thought) and-- 

Permalink Mark Unread

And he dreams about hotel rooms, and gleaming liquid that drips from dark stone, and an arena built for him to die in, and lava, and hands on his skin, and glowing shears and more lava.

All in all, it's a very normal night. 

 

In the morning, there's cloth-and-bamboo wings leaning against the wall, and a book with a single smiley face in it in his pocket. 

Dream told him to talk to Tommy. He's not going to do that, that was bait; whatever fucked-up thing happened there Quackity has already resigned himself to never finding out the details. Besides, he doesn't actually need to know.

But Dream also told him to show the book to Ranboo. That may or may not be bait-- it's hard to imagine much of substance can be communicated by a smiley face-- but then, of course Dream's secret code to his allies if he had one would be disguised as being mean for no reason.

And, bait or not, Q... is not actually comfortable quietly failing to deliver that message, not on no evidence at all. He can scope it out, maybe, decide once he's there if it seems like a good idea. 

So, after a quick pit stop to steal a shirt from George: to the outpost?

Permalink Mark Unread

The outpost! Tubbo’s there, in a warm coat, green and brown and fluffy. He’s the same age as the Tubbo Quackity knows, but with extensive burn scars. Ranboo’s there as well, talking to him, but Quackity isn’t able to get close enough to find out what they’re talking about; as soon as Ranboo sees Quackity approach, he jumps, whispers a sentence or two to Tubbo, and then stops talking. 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Um… Hi? Do you want any cookies?”

(Next to him, Tubbo materializes a glowing purple axe. Just in case.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Wow he is definitely having some sort of emotion about Tubbo immediately drawing an axe and he has no idea what it is.

He's so normal about it though. Or at least he can do an excellent impression of normal. If we want the rewards of being able to scope out whether it is a good idea to deliver this message we must face the mortifying ordeal of making conversation with someone we are so, so normal about.

He pushes his hair back and away from his face, smiles politely. "I wanted to thank you, actually? You were the first person I talked to when I got to the server, uh, however many days ago that was, and it was probably super weird for you but you helped a lot."

Permalink Mark Unread

“—Oh! Yeah, uh, no problem, man.”

Permalink Mark Unread

Wow, that tells him nothing at all.

...He can carry on this conversation by himself, but that kind of seems unlikely to get him anywhere. He can try to scope out Tubbo, but trying to get Tubbo to tell a stranger he's this wary of anything let alone something private sounds like a terrible idea, what if instead he ate glass. He can just hand Ranboo the book and let him figure out how to explain it-- but it sure sounds like, whatever the story is with Dream, it's the sort of thing you'd want to keep private and maybe would especially want to keep private from Tubbo; don't share people's secrets in front of unvetted third parties, that's fucking rude. He can make his excuses and leave, come back later, and maybe try to get Ranboo alone, which might or might not work. Augh.

"Good to hear," he says, going for polite, nonthreatening, chill. 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Consider me thanked. Is there, uh, anything else you wanted?”

Permalink Mark Unread

...yeah okay how about he gets the hell out of dodge until such time as they can talk without witnesses and he only has to work with one person whose reaction he can't guess.

"Nope! See you around." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Oh, okay! Goodbye!” Wow, that went really well!

Permalink Mark Unread

That did not go nearly as badly as it could have! Mostly because it barely went at all, but oh well. 

From here... he doesn't really have anything in particular he wants to accomplish today. He'll steal some food from the Las Nevadas restaurant, maybe? 

Permalink Mark Unread

There is, actually, someone in the Las Nevadas restaurant this morning. He’s sitting at a table and nursing a glass of brandy. (He blames Wilbur fucking Soot.)

When the other Quackity enters, he sets it down and stands up. Square shoulders, assertive, just this side of threatening. 

“What are you doing here? Restaurant’s not open yet.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Grabbing food? I'm told restaurants are traditional for the purpose." The book is in his inventory, now; his hands are in his jacket pockets.

Permalink Mark Unread

“You came to buy a burger? …Did Wilbur send you.” Fuck, he has a headache. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do sometimes do things without Wilbur being involved, funnily enough. I was hungry, I was in the area." 

Permalink Mark Unread

…He picks the brandy back up, tilts it back, and then sets the empty glass down. He does not want to deal with this right now. Unfortunately, the world does not care what he wants.

 

“Lose it with the attitude, sugar pumpkin. You want a burger, fine, I get it, I’ll make you a fucking burger.”

Permalink Mark Unread

Wow, he hasn't heard that particular petname in a while. Sounds weird as hell in a different voice. He sits down.

"You call everyone that? Or am I special?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He goes behind the counter to get a burger, throws it in the furnace to heat it up. “I told you to lose the fucking attitude.”

Permalink Mark Unread

'And I asked you if I was special' runs headlong into 'dude, if you're going to order me around at least pull my hair and call me pretty,' and the ensuing crash pulls down 'are you seriously already drinking, it's not even ten AM' along with it. This is probably for the best because none of those are a good idea to say right now, or for that matter at any other time. 

"Sure, man." 

Permalink Mark Unread

The agreement is not particularly satisfying. He takes the burger out, puts it between two pieces of bread, and walks over to put it in front of the other Quackity before stopping at the last second. “Do you even have anything to pay with? I’m not giving you shit just for hanging around having a fat ass.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"I take it you don't take debit, then? I don't know what you use for money but you're the only one here who's mentioned my ass." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Diamonds if you have them, barter if you don’t.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do not have diamonds. I have a moderately absurd amount of cloth and bamboo. Also some logs." 

Permalink Mark Unread

…Sigh. It’s already made. “Next one’s a diamond, got it?” He considers making a comment about Wilbur but then reconsiders with the knowledge that the bastard would definitely enjoy it way too much. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Next one is stolen. "Got it," he says instead of that. 

He eats. It's edible. He's mostly not thinking about the food, though-- is other-Quackity imitating Schlatt on purpose? He's gotta be, right? 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Glad to hear it.” He pours himself another drink, mostly so he has something to sip at while the other Quackity eats but a little bit to take the edge off the whole situation. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Q... maybe does not succeed all the way at keeping his face neutral. Is this idiot trying to give himself cirrhosis. 

Permalink Mark Unread

“What is it? Got a problem?”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you? It's not even ten." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“I had a long night, sweetheart.” (He doesn’t actually seem drunk, though; this can’t be that uncommon for him.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure, babe." 

Permalink Mark Unread

He pushes the drink away rather than breaking it over the other Quackity’s head. It takes more effort than it ought to. “Aw, little Quackity’s worried about me? What are you gonna do? Gonna cry about it?”

Permalink Mark Unread

Tiny, barely-there wince. 

The thing is, there's a script for this interaction. He knows how this conversation goes; he's had it dozens of times, although the man who usually feeds him lines is dead now. Gonna cry about it is something he's heard, under varying circumstances but none of them were good. It's something he's said, under varying circumstances but none of them were good. 

If he were more scared, maybe he'd fall back on the script. If yesterday had gone worse, maybe he'd fall back on the script. Falling into long-scripted patterns is easy; he does it all the time. But yesterday was good, and he isn't scared, he's annoyed.

"Again, you do this to everyone, or am I just that special?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Quackity saw that wince. That’s satisfying, the way that sure, man hadn’t been. “What, you want me to call you a special little princess? Want me to say oooh, Quackity, you’re so perfect and beautiful, you and your fat ass can break in any time you like?”

Permalink Mark Unread

You're the one who left the door unlocked, dude. "I'm just saying, if you're gonna act like our ex you could at least pull my hair about it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Quackity smiles, then gives a little laugh, and then he's standing up and walking over to the other Quackity and dragging him out of his seat by his hair.

"Better?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He bites down on the part of him that wants to yell to be put down, it wouldn't help-- he didn't think other-Q would actually do it-- stupid, stupid, fucking stupid--

"Aw, babe, you do care." 

Permalink Mark Unread

...Yeah, he's not getting out of that one without admitting he sees Wilbur as a threat, is he. Damn.

He lets go. "Get out."

Permalink Mark Unread

This time he isn't shrinking, isn't cringing back. It doesn't feel like as much of an improvement as he wants it to, and it still feels distinctly like running away. He gets out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Quackity sips at his drink and tries not to think about if you're going to act like our ex and ends up thinking about Wilbur fucking Soot instead. On the one hand, he should probably keep an eye on the Eiffel Tower if he doesn't want it blown up; on the other hand, Wilbur wants a reaction out of him, and the only way he can win this is by not giving him one. He could send someone else to keep an eye on it, except that none of his employees are reliable; Slime's sweet but he's too innocent, Fundy's got too much baggage around Wilbur, Purpled hasn't done a single thing since joining, and Foolish--

--might be a good choice, actually. He calls Foolish and asks him to keep an eye on the Eiffel Tower, let him know if Wilbur gets too close.

That done, he goes back to not thinking about the other Quackity and if you're going to act like our ex and the way he flinched and the way it felt good when he flinched, felt powerful, felt like something sick deep inside him, washes down the not thinking about it with the last of the brandy.

Instead, he thinks, Well, that probably ruined any chance at other-Quackity taking me up on the job offer. Damn.

Permalink Mark Unread

(Wilbur and Tommy are at Paradise; Ranboo and Tubbo are at the cookie outpost; Sapnap and Karl are at Kinoko Kingdom; Sam and Dream are at the prison. He can also explore, find other places, meet new people.)

Permalink Mark Unread

He considers going to Paradise. He really does. But what he wants, right now, is a hug from his own Wilbur; he really, really doesn't want to have to figure out how to navigate this Wilbur. So that's out. 

How about... back to the buildings by the prime path. It was creepily empty when he went through with Sapnap; is there anyone there now? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep! It’s pretty busy, actually; he recognizes Ponk at a shrine and Philza at the crater (and Tommy, running back and forth between Las Nevadas and a little dirt house) and doesn’t recognize a sheep woman in pirate clothes or a horned and cloaked void being accompanied by a bright cyan…being… or an anthropomorphic Siamese cat. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ponk has always been vaguely friendly-- and don't get him wrong, vaguely friendly was a godsend the first time they met-- but she's never really been anything else. He has no idea how to interact with Philza these days, and especially doesn't know how to do it here. But he also has no idea how to interact with anyone else here, and it's not like this Phil is a different kind of stranger than anyone else; he sits near the edge of the crater. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He’s wearing a loose green robe and a green-and-white bucket hat; he has large black wings, but they look badly damaged. 

“Hey, mate.”

Permalink Mark Unread

Objectively the wings probably shouldn't be surprising, given whatever was up with the anthropomorphic cat, but here they are. "Hey."

Permalink Mark Unread

“Come to see the new bridge?”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Came to see whatever it was you were working on."

...he should really get better about explaining his thing. "--sorry, I got to the server less than a week ago, I don't actually know anyone. I'm Q. Nice to meet you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Philza relaxes slightly at that, or maybe just becomes differently tense. “Nice to meet you too, mate. I’m Phil. Do you need anything?”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nah. Just watching, you can ignore me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Phil shrugs, tosses Quackity some food, and gets back to work. He’s preserving the bits of ruined buildings, cleaning up miscellaneous trash, and diverting some water to make a waterfall. He’s perfectly content to work on this all day. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's nice, watching him work. Kind of meditative. He's clearly very good at it. Quackity wants to be that good at something, someday-- you can't compare yourself to Philza Minecraft, that way lies madness, but aspirations are fine probably, right?

He's not thinking about what just happened in Las Nevadas. He's totally thinking about what just happened in Las Nevadas but he'd prefer not to be. He isn't crumbling, that one's genuine; he isn't really sure how he feels, except for small. He watches Phil divert water until he decides he's had enough, and then he stands up and waves goodbye and heads to Paradise. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur's at Paradise! He looks to be in a good mood today; he's smiling when he waves to Quackity.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hi! How are you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am doing great. Had an excellent time with Quackity last night."

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, is that why he was day drinking.

"Glad to hear it. I got the hang glider working!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

The smile drops off Wilbur's face; he looks thoughtful. "You should show Phil how to make one."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I might! I met him earlier today, he seemed" kind of stressed to see me "chill." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That'd be Phil."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. ...the way I got it working was mostly just relentless trial and error, I don't know whether it would work if you're hardcore. Might tell him about it anyway, though, he technically deserves some of the credit." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess not him him. The version I used to know was a death arena survivor too, his arena was a giant maze, he built a hang glider to get off the ground and see the whole thing and later to get off the ground so he could electrocute everyone else, he's the reason I knew it was doable." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Makes sense. I mean--he's Philza Minecraft. Even if he is in a weird alternate universe."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Youngest victor in the history of the Games," Q agrees. "These days I think he mostly does infrastructure stuff, a few years ago he figured out something important that I don't understand with maglev trains and they redid half the railways." 

Permalink Mark Unread

The smile drops off again when Quackity says trains.

 

"...Huh." He sounds vaguely strangled.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean--I mean--great! Great! I'm happy for him!"

Yeah, still sounds strangled.

Permalink Mark Unread

...ah. Right. Yes. Totally inordinate amounts of train station. 

"You good?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What? Me? Yeah, totally! Totally good. What about you, how was your day."

Permalink Mark Unread

Quackity has not gotten this far without being able to tell when someone doesn't want you to keep poking but wow he does not want to get into how his day has been. "Not super interesting. I miss my friends but, you know, what else is new." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Makes sense, makes sense." He... does not actually have much to say either. The mood's all wrong to go back to bragging about sex with Quackity, and he slept through most of the day. "I think Tommy's off building a railroad too." Might as well share while he's so generally choked up that it's hard to tell the additional choking. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, Q can still tell. Sorry, he's paying attention. 

He reaches out to take Wilbur’s hand and says "It continues to be weird that that's a one-person sort of project." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Holding hands is weird. It's overwhelming and too much and at the same time it's not enough at all. He squeezes Quackity's hand hard, and that helps a little, makes the contact feel more real and less like static electricity. 

"We could make something, if you like. Show you how it's done. It's gotta be something that'll piss off the other Quackity, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

He squeezes back, just as hard. "Man, he already fucking hates me, I don't know why you think we need to piss him off more." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's fun. Gives me something to do, you know? A goal. Pretty sure goals are good for you."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"...Goals are good, yeah." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why d'you think he hates you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, there's the part where he talks to me like Schlatt did and dragged me around by the hair until I implied he might care about me at which point he dropped me in disgust, and the part where he generally looks at me like you'd look at a dead rat in your kitchen? 

"Do you... not? He isn't being super subtle about it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Honestly, he hadn't really paid that much attention to how Quackity was looking at anyone other than him, and he wasn't there for the dragging him around by his hair. 

Not the point. There was a second question there.

"No, I mean-- why does he hate you, what reason does he have."

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Still, though, it's a little hard not to think it. 

"...not sure."

That's only a little bit true. The disgust only came out when Q was scared; before then, other-Quackity just thought he was stupid. What are you gonna do, cry about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hm. Well, I'm pretty sure he doesn't hate me."

Permalink Mark Unread

Shrug. "I couldn't say whether he hates you. I'm not sure if, like-- not that it doesn't matter but I don't think he hates me about you, you know." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“I suppose. Anyway, if he already hates you, where’s the harm in giving him a reason to?”

Permalink Mark Unread

Look, if you want him to treat you like Schlatt treated me, you can ask, and on your own head be it. He doesn't say that. 

"I guess there isn't much of one. I just-- I mean, I would rather he not hate me? Giving him a reason to seems like it would make that difficult?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Why do you even care if he hates you?”

Permalink Mark Unread

Because he tortures people. Because he goes out of his way to give me nightmares on purpose, for no reason other than that he hates me, and he tortures people. Because he's me, sort of, in some sense. Because I don't want to have to live with the knowledge that even I think I don't deserve to exist.

"I generally prefer people not hate me. Especially when there aren't very many of them around and my options are limited." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur considers this. 

“Quackity, if you’re going to work for me, you need to trust me. I’m not here to force you to do anything. If you want to walk away, you can. Do you trust me?”

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I trust you enough to hear you out." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“…I’ll give you a month. A month of me staying away from Quackity. Playing nice.”

Permalink Mark Unread

He's.... not totally sure he believes that. Scratch that, he doesn't believe that. He's willing to be pleasantly surprised but he doesn't believe it.

It doesn't matter. He's hugging Wilbur anyway, holding tight. "Thank you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh. Hugs. He’s maybe blinking away tears again. Come on, Wilbur, play it cool. 

He hugs back, clinging to Quackity like a lifeline, and doesn’t let go. “I’m sorry,” he whispers. He doesn’t know what he’s apologizing for. He figures he’s probably done something. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"'S okay," he says, against Wilbur's shoulder, "you're okay," and he doesn't let go. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not," he says, "I'm really, really not." He doesn't know how to explain it, isn't sure he wants to even if he could, because if Quackity understood then he might stop hugging him.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you want to talk about it? If you say no I won't keep poking." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“I don’t know. I think—I think I might be broken. I want to be better, I really do.”

Permalink Mark Unread

He holds on almost imperceptibly tighter. "Broken how?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

“I destroy things, I hurt people. Sometimes because I’m trying to but even when I’m trying not to.”

Permalink Mark Unread

This... might not be the best idea, at least on the level on which this conversation is about feelings. 

But he does, actually need to know, so. 

He doesn't let go of Wilbur, shifts so his head is on Wilbur's shoulder. And, careful, voice still gentle, he says, "...How hurt is hurt?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

“I blew up L’Manberg. I—” and his voice dies, because how is he supposed to explain Pogtopia to someone who wasn’t there? “I let Tubbo die.” It’s not the worst of his sins, but it’s easier to explain. He buries his face in Quackity’s hair. “I hurt Tommy. I mean, I hurt everyone, but—” It’s not an answer to how hurt is hurt, but it sounds like a confession, the way he’s saying it. “I don’t understand why he still…”

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"...okay. 

I mean, that's not great, I'm not— I'm not trying to say that it doesn't matter, it does matter. But, Wilbur, I've killed four people, and none of them got back up again." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur breaks down sobbing. 

(It’s still different, Wilbur is pretty sure it’s different somehow. He doesn’t know how but he knows that this Quackity is kind and that he is not. But Quackity is holding him and he is not immune to that kindness.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay, okay, it's okay, I got you—" Maybe they should be sitting down so the height difference isn't quite so awkward. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, they can be sitting down. This way Wilbur can cry on Quackity's shoulder rather than the top of his head. It'll be a minute before Wilbur's talking again.

 

"I'm going to go back to the other Quackity at some point. I can't just--let go."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know. Or, I figured. I'm not gonna like, ask you for monogamy, or the arson equivalent of monogamy, or whatever." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am sorry. I want to change. I'm just--still me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I believe you." That he's sorry? That he's trying? Both? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur's mostly cried out but his breathing gets raggedy again, at that.

"Thank you. You know, I think I needed that. Um, all of that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're welcome," and it's only as he's saying it that he finds that he means it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You and me, we have to, we have to stick together, man. 'Cause we've both done bad shit, right? I don't-- uh, sorry, I shouldn't-- I'd change the subject but all of my topic switches are about antagonizing Quackity. Other Quackity. We really need shorter names to differentiate."

Permalink Mark Unread

Does he want to get into his personal history or his feelings about the bad shit he's done or whether he regrets any of it or who he needs to stick together with? Why is he even asking this question, of course he doesn't.

"I could go by Q, half the people I know call me that anyway and he was here first. Sometimes I go with 'this whoever' and 'my whoever' in my head but that doesn't work quite as well when I'm talking to other people."

Permalink Mark Unread

“You’re Q, he’s Quackity. I like that. Might take me a while to get used to it, but it’s neat.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Gets a little weird if I try to extend it to anyone else I know but it works for now, I think." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“What, don’t want to call Dream big D?”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Absolutely fucking not, he's annoying enough without encouraging him." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“He doesn’t actually like that one. Well, I suppose I’ve never tried, and it’s different coming from Tommy, but I’d bet he wouldn’t like it from me either.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, trust me, he doesn't have to like it to be annoying about it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Surely if he doesn’t like it you can just annoy him back with it...? I suppose it doesn’t matter, he’s not here to react either way.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"You cannot annoy the Dream I know by telling him he has a big dick, he will never fucking let you forget it. —I have not given up hope that whatever happened with me will happen again although admittedly my asshole coworker would not be my first choice of people for it to happen to." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Bet it’d be interesting.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"You've never had to put up with him and George sniping at each other across you without visibly responding for an hour on end." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“I’d be more interested to see how this server reacts. What are they going to do? Put him in jail for sharing a name? Nah. But they’d hate him being around. It’d be fun to watch them squirm.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Has yours been doing the supervillain thing for a while, then?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Depends what you count as the supervillain thing and what you count as a while. I’d say so, yeah. He might disagree. You could argue I was more of a supervillain than he was if you wanted. Certainly I was more dramatic.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nah, dramatic isn't the thing, I mean like-- the thing where he really, really wants everyone to think he's cool and scary and impressive?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

“As long as I’ve known him. It helps that he is that impressive.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"...is he?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

“…Yes? Have you not seen him in a fight? He’s—I mean, he’s awesome. Almost as good as Technoblade.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, in a one on one physical fight, yeah, he was terrifying in the arena. And that's what the Capitol audience knows him for and they eat it up but we're... not in the arena anymore, we haven't been the whole time I've known him." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“…He can still kill you outside of a specialized arena.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, right, murder does not cease to be physically possible when you're not in the Hunger Games, but it's not— I guess if everyone went around solving their problems with murder threats then Dream's problem solving skills might actually work. In general back home people don't and it wouldn't work to and he could never in a million years get away with actually doing it anyway, so it's just, you know, posturing for the audience." 

This is not making him less curious what Dream was thinking when they talked in the prison. It's also not really giving him answers! Unfortunate how even if Q went back there's no way Dream would say anything interesting where Sam could hear. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not everyone solves their problems with murder. But enough of them do. Dream certainly does. Did?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fair enough, I guess."

It's not like he didn't already know 'tried to kill Tommy and Tubbo' probably wasn't the full story. He just doesn't have anyone else he can ask. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"D'you want to see my scar from where he killed me? --Well, technically it was Punz, but without Dream and Eret Punz wouldn't have been there."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

"...sure." 

Permalink Mark Unread

He takes off his trench coat and then his yellow sweater. He's got thin rows of scabs up and down his arms, a bandage around a particularly deep one on his upper arm, but his torso has only three scars: two large cuts and one circular puncture wound.

He points to the smaller of the cuts, by his ribs, and grins. "That was Punz. On Dream's orders."

Permalink Mark Unread

His fingers twitch but he doesn't try to touch. "How'd it happen?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, you can touch if you like, I don't bite. Unless you ask nicely.

 

It was in a war against Dream, for L'Manberg's right to have independence. Eret said he had a secret weapon to help us, led us to a secret room, and then when we had our guards down Dream and his men came out of where they were hiding in the walls. It was our first canon deaths, all of us.

I don't--I'm not still angry at them. It taught me something important, that--that violence is, is the only thing people listen to, the only thing people care about."

(His voice wavers at the end.)

Permalink Mark Unread

His fingertips brush against the scar. He doesn't comment on the wavering. "...do you still think that's true?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

His voice hitches in his throat. "Yes." He can't tell if he believes it.

Permalink Mark Unread

He trails his fingers across Wilbur's ribs, pauses at his heartbeat, then back to the scar again; he watches Wilbur's face the whole time. "Why?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You can--you can say whatever you like, whatever noble ideals, about--getting power through your words, and at the end of the day, it doesn't matter. All that matters is who has a sword, or an axe, or a bow, and the willingness to use it. After killing Tubbo, Techno said the only universal language is violence, did you know that? You can ignore someone's words. You can walk away. If someone kills you, really kills you, you can't just ignore it. We tried to have a country where violence wasn't the only thing that mattered, and where is it now? It's a crater. Because of violence. Because that's how you get people to listen. Not through asking

It's--look at Punz. Punz isn't well-spoken. He's not an orator. He's never led anyone." He takes Quackity's hand, puts it on the puckered circular scar on the side of his stomach. "He gave me this one, too. He has two scars on me, and I don't have any scars on him. To the best of my knowledge, he's never died. Why? Because he's a better fighter than I am."

Permalink Mark Unread

His hand rests over Wilbur's stomach, fingertips catching on the ridge of scar tissue. 

"...I guess my answer to that is... if you were right, if the ability and willingness to fight and kill were all it came down to, and words didn't matter at all— then we wouldn't be having this conversation." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why do you say that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Are they really going here? 

Yeah, okay, he really is going here. 

 

"So the way that the Hunger Games works is, there's twenty-four teenagers. Two from each district, allegedly randomly selected unless someone volunteers. You put them in an arena, and the last survivor wins. Districts One, Two, and Four are the career districts, which means that every year they send in two volunteers each who have trained their whole lives for this. They've all killed before, it's part of the testing, and they can all use a dozen different weapons, and they're the oldest eligible, and unlike the rest of us they didn't grow up half-starved."

Deep, shaky breath.

"But I'm from Ten, and I was sixteen. The only thing I had any training in was accounting, and the closest thing I'd ever held to a weapon before was a kitchen knife. If it came down to swords or axes or, or poison or maces or knives or even fucking guns— if that were all that mattered, every time, always, and it doesn't matter what you say because nobody listens— then we would not be having this conversation. Because I would be dead." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"How did you live?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"My knowledge of accounting and my sunny personality. 

That's flippant but it's not that flippant. The real answer is that I was good at playing to the sponsors and the audience loved me. Admittedly I have not seen a high success rate for noble ideals, but— sometimes, if you talk, people listen. Sometimes, if you talk to enough people," if you're hot and charming and funny and endearing and quick to learn and they want you, and they can't have you unless they keep you alive, "they help."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And sometimes the people who help die for their trouble. I'm--look, I appreciate it, I really do. I know I can--convince people to follow me. You're here, aren't you? But sometimes it feels like--it feels like I'm leading you off a cliff."

Permalink Mark Unread

Someone's gotta talk you down from cliffs, he doesn't say. He's tracing over the edges of Wilbur's scars. 

"Maybe," he does say. "I don't-- I don't know that there's much I could say, one way or the other." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah." He pauses, collects his thoughts. "I guess it's--less that words don't ever matter, and more that--they're not where true power comes from, not if you can't back them up. They're just talk. People don't have to listen, not the way that you have to listen to a sword at your throat. I don't know how the hunger games work, maybe it's different where you come from. Here, you can talk to people, get them to help, all you want, if Dream wasn't in prison and wanted you dead--I mean, I'm alive because he wanted me alive. And I'm grateful for that, I--I owe him, for that, for wanting me alive when everyone else wanted me dead. But when I had tried to fight him, when I thought words could fight him, we lost five canon lives in one day, because people listened to me when I talked, because they tried to help."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. I mean— I'm not trying to get into fights, I don't want to start a fight with Coriolanus Snow, using words or weapons or anything else. I'm not trying to say there aren't things you can only get if you have an army, just— that they aren't the only things?"

Permalink Mark Unread

“Well.” Grin. “Let it not be said that I only want things I can have.”

Permalink Mark Unread

Ha. Yeah. Imagine being the sort of person who only lets themself want things they can have. "Let it not be said, indeed." 

He is thinking something very dangerous and he needs to fucking stop.

"...your scars are a nice texture. Is that a weird thing to say?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

“It’s cute. You’re cute.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm right." Around the edges of the one at Wilbur's ribs.

(Quackity, Wilbur might have noticed, has no scars at all, anywhere, not even from childhood wounds or cooking burns. He also doesn't have any body hair or stubble to speak of.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

This hasn’t actually occurred to Wilbur as strange; childhood injuries and cooking burns usually aren’t canon enough to stick after respawning. The absence of body hair’s a little unusual, but it’s still significantly less unusual than, say, Ranboo.

“I’d say something flirtatious about how you can give me more if you like but I think Tommy might actually kill me. Or—not kill me, I suppose, that being the whole point. Besides, I like being alive, and I don’t know how many canon lives I have going spare.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you did I would have assumed you were joking, I'm not doing anything that would actually for real hurt you. I'd say 'until I've known you longer than a week' but I wouldn't do that with my actual boyfriends either. Sorry."

Permalink Mark Unread

“Awwww, Q, you’re no fun. Best jokes always have an element of truth.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sorry, man, I'm still not going to stab you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“It’s cute that you care.” He pets Quackity’s hair absently.

Permalink Mark Unread

At first he's definitely not even a little bit thinking about last time someone reached for his hair, and then the touch lands and it's gentle and he's actually not thinking about it, and then he just feels incredibly stupid about how much he Wasn't Thinking About It. None of those shows on his face; he just leans into Wilbur's hand.

"Thank you, I think." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're welcome."

Permalink Mark Unread

"But I actually was going to say a different thing, which is that-- my Wilbur's only got the one? It doesn't match up to any of yours. 'S cool how many you have." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Guess I'm just better at dying than he is. What's his?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Seam down his face. From the skin grafts after he blew the arena up."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Huh. Guess it makes sense, for the explosions to--I mean, Tubbo has--not sure if he did a better or a worse job than I did, on that one."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...man, I have no idea how I'd even start thinking about that." Or why, but that's a little rude. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"--I mean, he has scars from the explosions and I don't, but he presumably lived out the day."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I— yes, those are both true facts?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...It doesn't matter. He's not me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...guess it doesn't." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not--you can't expect me to be like him. We're different people."

(He's trying to convince himself as much as he is trying to convince Q. Maybe more.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"And you're from different contexts, you have different histories— and Quackity doesn't seem to be much like me—" 

He hopes. He dearly, dearly hopes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Exactly! Exactly."

Permalink Mark Unread

Sapnap is the same, though, and Dream apparently remarkably similar for all that their worlds are entirely different. 

He isn't thinking about this. 

No, really, stop it, he isn't thinking about this. 

"I— honestly I should probably head home soon," he says, rather than continue to think about this. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Right! Yeah, of course, it's--honestly, I should probably go soon too, Phil'll be getting worried, especially since I didn't come home last night. Kiss for the road?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Now who's cute." He can have one, though. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sweater and trench coat: back on. Tommy and Phil: messaged.

Nether portal's the fastest way to get back to the arctic, so if Quackity's going to Kinoko they walk together that far, but once in the nether Wilbur goes down one of the winding cobblestone pathways that Q hasn't followed.

Permalink Mark Unread

He makes a note of which pathway Wilbur takes, at some point he's going to have to learn where more than three things are around here. 

Kinoko is, as always, quiet. At some point he's going to have to stop avoiding Karl but this point is not that point, he's got enough things he's failing to avoid.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nobody bothers him. Nobody does much of anything, really. Karl's watching cartoons; Sapnap's exercising; George is, as always, asleep.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. It's... yeah. 

Add that to the list of things he's not thinking about. 

 

In the meantime, though, he knew Phil and Tubbo existed here but he hadn't known about Ponk, and he's curious about the local Eret and Punz. And maybe he should ask around about a Vesta or a Menenius, if Punz exists here. 

He doesn't know enough to ask questions that connect to anything, he thinks, but it's not like there's a clock on this one. 

 

...he has a shirt from George, but while everyone is engaged in their respective favorite activities and disinclined to be interrupted, he steals a hoodie from Sapnap too. Which is embarrassing and weird and kind of pathetic and probably a bad idea but whatever, pride crumbles in the face of clothes that smell like his boyfriend.

Maybe if he's really, really lucky, he'll dream about Sapnap, and not about Schlatt, drinking but not drunk, saying what are you going to do? cry about it? 

Permalink Mark Unread

He isn't that lucky.

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course he's fucking not. He wakes up already sobbing, like he's fucking seventeen again and still thinks anyone will hear it and care.

At least he isn't so stupid that he still wakes up screaming like anyone's going to help. At least he doesn't share a bed anymore, small mercies. Now he just has to get up, lying in bed all day feeling sorry for himself hasn't been cute since he was six years old.

...No, really, he has to get up. If he's gotta cry he'll do it in the shower. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Kinoko’s still quiet; they all tend to stay up late and sleep in late. Quackity’s the first one awake. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He could spend another day hanging out with Wilbur. He could try again with Ranboo. He could find someone to ask about Punz. He could... Quackity mentioned Foolish, he could meet Foolish, or the other people who apparently exist in Las Nevadas. He could go back to the parts of the server that are busy and try to meet people there. He could stop avoiding Karl. (He is not going to stop avoiding Karl.) He could pick up another project, although he isn't really sure what it would be. 

Yeah, okay, he'll try again with Ranboo. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Tubbo isn’t at the cookie outpost today, just Ranboo.  They wave to Quackity as he approaches. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He waves back. 

"Hi," he says, still going for friendly and chill. "Uh— someone gave me a message for you. He didn't give me a name," which is a lie but it gives Q plausible deniability if he needs it, "and I'm not totally sure what it means but I figure you would probably know?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Oh, um, okay. Sure. Yeah. Hit me.”

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not a no. If it turns out to be bait— sorry, Ranboo.

Quackity hands him the book. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ranboo reads it, then straightens their posture and walks directly away without saying anything. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I— what—...okay?" 

This is said to Ranboo's back. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, that doesn’t get a response either. Bye!

(His movements are strange; he normally takes care to try and look as small and human as possible, but right now he’s doing the opposite, emphasizing his unnatural height and gait.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. That was weird. Hopefully he did not just cause something terrible to happen.

At least there is no proof that he had any idea showing Ranboo the book would do that, seeing as he didn't, in fact, have any idea it would do that. Now he's just kind of staring at the outpost. 

He doesn't super want to remake the mistakes of yesterday, but he could see if there's anyone in Las Nevadas other than Quackity. Might be a good idea, actually, if he's going to keep hanging around near the place. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There are a few people hanging around Las Nevadas! There’s a gold-skinned emerald-eyed man who is either wearing an elaborate shark costume or also is partially shark, an anthropomorphic fox, a brunet man with glasses whose skin and clothes have patches of green, and a blond teenage boy in a purple hoodie who he may recognize as Purpled. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Purpled is, to his knowledge, totally civil but very introverted. Likes his dog and not much else. He doesn't recognize any of the others but how about... green-patches guy, and if that turns out to suck he'll switch gears and talk to the fox. 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Hello, Quackity from Somewhere Else! Dap me up!” He holds out his fist for a fist bump. 

Permalink Mark Unread

...sure, okay. Fist bump. 

"Hi. I'm, uh, Q from District Ten works fine. You would be...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

The feeling of the fist bump is strange, like fist bumping a bag of water.

“I’m—” He visibly catches himself. “I’m a guy! I’m just a normal guy. I am a normal meat guy with bones.”

Permalink Mark Unread

...sure, okay, he'll yes-and that bit. 

"That's an exceptionally ordinary thing for a normal meat guy to say and I completely believe you. Congratulations on your bones." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Thank you, Q from District Ten! Have you heard of gambling?”

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm familiar with the concept." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Would you like to get started with a small loan?” (He pulls up a diamond to hold, while he asks.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Getting himself in debt to other-Quackity sounds like the worst idea. "Alas, I do not myself gamble, I merely encourage gambling in others." 

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods enthusiastically enough that a piece of his goo slides off his head and falls onto the sand. He decides against picking it up and reattaching it in case this gives him away as being made of slime rather than meat. “The house always wins!” He has no idea what this means but Quackity from Las Nevadas says it a lot when talking about gambling so hopefully it’s apropos. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He politely pretends not to notice the fallen goo.

"Business wouldn't run if it didn't." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“It’s nice to meet you.” He digs a one-block hole in the ground beneath him and crouches in it. “Hello Q from District 10! We are friends now. Dap me up!” Fist bump?

Permalink Mark Unread

...sure. Fist bump. "Nice to meet you too, man. What do you do around here?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Successful greeting complete, he gets back out of the hole. “Seventeen days ago Quackity from Las Nevadas taught me about griefing and spying! And then nine days ago TommyInnit from nowhere in particular took some of my controlling goo and showed me a nice damp hole, but he gave it back. I talk to Quackity from Las Nevadas a lot. He’s my best friend. Other than that I just… watch things.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Gosh, griefing and spying, that's exciting. What sorts of things do you watch?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

“All sorts of things! I watched nothing but the slow decline of the sea level eventually transforming a swamp into a desert for hundreds and hundreds of years! Now that I can talk I mostly watch humans because they do more interesting things faster than that. …And so do I. Because I’m a human.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Indeed you are. Absolute model of humanity." Hm. "Who-all hangs around Las Nevadas, in your watching, would you say?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Quackity from Las Nevadas, Foolish from a long time ago, Fundy from L’Manberg, and Purpled from UFO. Sometimes Wilbur from L’Manberg or Ranboo will come when they think nobody’s watching.”

Permalink Mark Unread

Wow, that's a memorable set of descriptions. Purpled from UFO? What does Foolish from a long time ago even mean?

"Thank you!" he says, as earnest as he can manage. 

Permalink Mark Unread

“You’re welcome!”

Permalink Mark Unread

This doesn't suck but other-Quackity will almost certainly hear about everything substantial he says and he is definitely noticing himself wanting to bail. These facts may or may not be related. 

"I should probably get going, it was good meeting you!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

“It was good meeting you too, Q from District Ten!”

Permalink Mark Unread

Cool. So Fundy from L'manberg is Wilbur's son— the furry one, if he remembers correctly; presumably that's the fox. Golden shark man, then, is presumably Foolish, which tracks given how the Foolish he knows is also weirdly tall and green-eyed and kind of shark-themed and his stylist likes painting him gold and leaving him shirtless. And Purpled is Purpled. 

Okay. Cool! He loves having any idea who people are! Fundy next. 

Permalink Mark Unread

“…Hello? Can I help you?” 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not with anything in particular, I can go if you're busy? My name's Q, I'm new, I'm going around meeting people. —No idea why I have the same face as the other guy." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Blink. Blink. “…Oh, uh, hi, nice to meet you.” They are far enough into this conversation that it would probably be awkward if he just started killing Q, even though he’s new and doesn’t have any armor and it’d be funny. Also he’s with Las Nevadas now and doesn’t want to accidentally start a war or something. “I’m Fundy.”

Permalink Mark Unread

Quackity, who has no idea that killing him might have been on the table, barrels on. "Cool! Uh-- is the person who introduced himself as a normal meat guy with bones doing a bit, or is he just like that, I thought at first he was doing a bit but it got sort of hard to tell." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“He’s just sort of like that. I said we should make a school or something for him but I don’t think it’s a priority.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"...aight. Do you know what... is a priority?" Is that rude? It's probably fine. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Whatever Tubbo's doing, I think? But I don't know either, really."

Permalink Mark Unread

Hm. So, the goal here was to try and get more of a sense of Las Nevadas, just, like, as a place-- who hangs around here, how they interact with each other, how they interact with Quackity, what the shape of the local social fabric looks like. 

Q's increasingly getting the impression that they don't and there isn't one. Which is weird for his experience of how it works to have neighbors, and really weird for his experience of coworkers, but maybe tracks from what he's seen of Kinoko? 

"Huh. Fair enough. What is Tubbo doing, do you have any idea?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He says it's a cookie shop." Fundy does not sound convinced of this.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's??? A castle??? You try to talk to him and he pulls out an axe??? Actually possibly he only does that if you're Quackity. Wow, that sounds like a great thought to have later, or never--

"I'm kind of getting the sense you don't believe that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, I had an ice cream shop with Ranboo once, and believe me, it did not look like that. And it wasn't strategically placed and it didn't have two totems laying around in a chest. I'm just saying."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sounds like an incredibly normal cookie shop." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We're not...at war. Yet. But, you know, that's not the most comforting sentence."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Could be worse! But could definitely be better," he agrees. "...thank you for telling me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Should I have...not? I mean...sure, yeah, no problem."

Permalink Mark Unread

"No! No, I just mean, it's been kind of a bitch getting straight answers out of anyone about anything." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shrug. "People here don't really... trust each other. Or, um, like each other. --Not here as in Las Nevadas, here as in the server."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"I had kind of thought that was just Quackity being, you know, like that," which is not quite true but his instincts are too trained on other victors to bring up Wilbur unless Fundy brings him up first, "but that does track." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean--Quackity's not the worst. He let me join."

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay, he has reached the limit of that routine, good to know— "Right, course, he's not a bad guy at all." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“He’s, you know, he’s Quackity. We’ve done a lot together. Not all good things, but, you know.” Shrug. “Like I said, he let me join.”

Permalink Mark Unread

So the lack of trust and liking each other hasn't totally killed professional solidarity dead. That's good to know. 

"Yeah. I feel you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Fundy paces while he talks. It’s a pretty common habit—Wilbur, Quackity, Sapnap, and Tommy all do it too—but Fundy manages to make it look more anxious than they do, somehow. Or maybe it’s just his voice.

“What about you, what have you been doing?”

Permalink Mark Unread

He should probably have a better canned answer for that one than he does. Still not bringing up Wilbur unless Fundy brings him up first, though. 

"Learning hang gliding, mostly! And getting used to how there doesn't seem to be an economy here." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Blink. Yeah, he’s probably going to look stupid for this one.

“…What’s an economy?”

Permalink Mark Unread

"The— right. Uh, in many places that are not this server, and in particular in the last place I lived, money can be exchanged for goods and services instead of mostly making everything yourself, and there's enough people around to make that... work, broadly speaking. I'm sure I'll get used to it but it's taking getting used to." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Oh, so like, a Hypixel thing. Got it. I’ve only really lived here, but Purpled’s from Hypixel, I know things are different when you have enough people for that sort of thing.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, like a Hypixel thing." It's a good enough answer for government work and it's not like the actual name of anywhere he's from would mean anything to Fundy anyway. "My old city has two hundred thousand people in it, the transition's been weird." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“What’s it like? Having that many people around.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Louder. When I'm working I might talk to a hundred people in a day. And you don't know everyone? You can't, you can't even know most people, I walk into a room and it has fifty people in it and I know maybe one of those people, maybe none." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. ...How's that work with the economy? I mean, it sounds like it'd be easier to scam people if most of them don't know you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...huh, I guess you guys wouldn't have any of the really interesting kinds of fraud. 

Uh, most ways of scamming people are illegal and if you try it and get caught you will have problems, which stops people from trying a lot of the time, and you get pretty good at telling when a deal is too good to be true? ...some people more than others, obviously." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Like prison illegal or like the president will ask you to stop illegal?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Uh, I think it's fines and, you know, town square stuff, usually, plus generally having peacekeepers paying attention to you for the next however long. If the president gets involved that's the point where you're praying they'll stop at the death penalty and it's... probably not impossible to cause that kind of problem just doing fraud? But I've never heard of it happening." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Huh." That clarified nothing! He now has more questions! "What happens if you can't pay the fines?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Same thing that happens if something takes more than you have for any other reason? If there's anything you can figure out how to go without you go without it, and if not, sucks to be you, now you can't pay for food or housing. I guess if it's for a crime you committed they probably skip the step where you argue really hard that they should give you another month because you'll totally have the money together by then." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What if you don't have a house or a farm so you don't have anything to... not pay for?"

Permalink Mark Unread

His first thought is right, housing would be an asset not an expense here, everyone owns their home, there's enough land and so few people that nobody has reason to rent—

Then Fundy finishes the sentence. 

 

 

"...uh, then you are already having some bad problems and in winter you will have worse ones?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

“…What’s winter and why would it make it a problem?” He feels like he is five years old and it’s kind of embarrassing but the curiosity is still winning out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The... part of the year when it's colder? Do you have seasons?"

He knows this place isn't tropical, Tubbo was clearly dressed for cold-- and Las Nevadas isn't, like, freezing, it's certainly not as bad as Dessa winters, but it's sure not warm either--

"Uh, and the reason it'd be a problem is that where I'm from it gets cold enough at night in winter that you'd get hypothermia if you tried to sleep outside, people can die from that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“There are places when it’s colder or warmer but not times. Sleeping outside— wouldn’t be fun, but wouldn’t kill you. …The mobs might kill you if you don’t have it lit up? But even just digging a hole in the ground should fix that.”

Permalink Mark Unread

The mental image of hordes of people going around with pitchforks that can only be deterred by streetlights or digging a hole in the ground has to be wrong. It has to be. That word has to mean something else and he is going to ask someone else about it, later. 

"...good to know. I will take hypothermia off my list of things to worry about." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“There’s… if you stay inside powdered snow for too long, I guess? I don’t think you can have a bed inside that but I haven’t tried very hard. Maybe I should? What’s a little freezing for science.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'd expect you to be right, I come from somewhere with very different physics. ...not that I'm gonna stop you from freezing for science if you, like, want to." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“I mean. Gotta at least try it.”

Permalink Mark Unread

Part of him wants to introduce Fundy to Beetee and Wiress. 

Shut up, brain. 

"Course. What kind of science would it be if you didn't even try." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Exactly!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"So have you been doing any other interesting science recently?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Depends, are magic tricks interesting science?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure! What sort of magic trick?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Check this out, check this out!" He runs over to the pool; by it, there's a smaller pool in the sand, of lava. He gets in a boat, pauses for several seconds, does some weird things with his hands, gets out of the boat, and then jumps onto the lava. If Quackity looks closely, he'll notice that Fundy's not in fact standing in the lava, but hovering slightly above it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh god he's about to do the thing Dream did isn't he why does everyone do this-- 

 

--except Fundy isn't... sinking...? And doesn't look to be in pain at all? 

 

He does his level best to relax but there's no recovering how much he definitely did not look remotely chill just now. "Huh. Neat." 

Permalink Mark Unread

A vital part of the joke is tricking people into thinking you're going to jump into lava. Fundy does not judge Quackity for being alarmed by this. He laughs and twirls around, jumps once. "Cool, right?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...yeah! Cool!" This is not even untrue. "How are you doing that?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hold on, watch this." He goes back onto the sand, gets back in the boat, and then starts making a pile of sand behind Quackity; it's farther than he's able to reach but Quackity can see the sand disappearing from Fundy's hands and appearing behind him, pawprints pressed into the top.

Permalink Mark Unread

"...that's so cool!! What!!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

He's still doing something with the sand in his hand but there's no longer any sand being put down that Quackity can see; a few moments later he gets out of the boat again, walks a bit away, and walks on an invisible staircase up before bowing. "A good magician never reveals his secrets."

Permalink Mark Unread

Light, laughing applause, which could be either sincere or yes-and-ing the bit, as Fundy prefers to interpret it. "Then I will not ask for them!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Back in the boat; a ghost hand taps Quackity's shoulder from behind as Fundy's hand reaches out to tap the air. "Now break the sand under me?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He is sort of expecting this to mysteriously fail somehow but he'll try? 

Permalink Mark Unread

The sand breaks! The boat is now floating exactly where it was, no longer held up by anything, with Fundy in it.

Permalink Mark Unread

This is marginally less impactful because Q knows he doesn't have any idea how gravity works, but he looks appropriately impressed with it anyway! 

Permalink Mark Unread

And when Fundy gets out of the boat it falls down on the ground again.

"Ta-da! Magic tricks!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Magic tricks!"

(The amount that he visibly thinks this is incredibly cool is-- not insincere? It's on purpose, though.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Woo! Yeah!" He pumps his fist in the air. "I do not actually remember what else we were doing!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I was going around trying to put faces to names, and you were asking me about economics. I think." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You know my name now! And my face! I know... slightly more about economics!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do! And you do! It was really cool meeting you, thank you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll let you know if I can get the powdered snow to do anything cool, alright? And if you ever want to--talk, or hang out, or, or, anything, I'm usually...around here...doing nothing..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll hit you up," he says, and means it. Smiles at him one last time before walking away. 

 

Is Foolish doing something that looks easy to interrupt, Q doesn't know his world's Foolish super well but is familiar with his tendency of taking on Projects. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Foolish is placing white concrete powder in water and then mining the white concrete. He's definitely got a rhythm to it but doesn't look to be doing anything that would be too annoying to stop and then pick back up later.

Permalink Mark Unread

...yeah okay that's as good as he's likely to get. 

"Uh— hey?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, hey Quackity!" ...Double take. "You're, uh, looking different."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ah, shit, Foolish was the one who got blamed for his existence back on day one, wasn't he, that's awkward. 

"Different person actually, I don't know what's going on with that either but I'm going by Q to differentiate."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not the weirdest thing I've seen. D'you know if XD was involved, or...?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not actually sure who that is? Last time someone mentioned them I thought 'if physics is a person here I am not fucking dealing with that today' and then it didn't come up again." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean... Kind of, yeah. He's like, the god of this server, so."

Permalink Mark Unread

Quackity is... not unfamiliar with gods as a concept. 

"Could have been XD, then, but no, I don't know him to be involved.

I, uh— can I ask a weird question? It's not personal or anything." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure, I mean, I don't see why not."

Permalink Mark Unread

Right. 

"So yesterday, Wilbur promised me that he wasn't going to, to bother Quackity, or destroy shit in Las Nevadas, for a month. And-- I don't believe him that he's going to do that, right," this comes out in a rush, so that he doesn't sound like he's totally naïve and stupid, "or, I mean, I believe he intends to and I even believe he intends to put in effort but I don't believe he's going to manage. But there's a difference between making it three weeks and making it three days and I'd kind of like to know how long he goes?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"So you want me to let you know if I see him starting shit? I can do that. Fair warning, I haven't actually really...met...Wilbur. I mean, I've seen him around sometimes, but I don't think we've ever really talked? He was dead when I got here, so."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, no, fair enough. Thank you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"No problem. Do you need anything else, orrr...?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, that was it. Nice meeting you." And he will let Foolish go back to whatever it is that he's doing involving concrete. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nice meeting you too!" Back to concrete.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hm. He doesn't really have anything else on his to-do list today.

...man, now that he to a first approximation doesn't have a job he's going to have so much time on his hands. Possibly he should try to come up with projects or assorted things to do with himself in his newfound free time. In the meantime, is Wilbur at Paradise? 

Permalink Mark Unread

He is!

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good-- not morning. Hi. How are you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“I’m— I’m doing alright, I reckon. What about you, Q, how are you on this lovely day?”

Permalink Mark Unread

He is 70% sure that the doing alright is a lie but it's one of those polite lies you don't poke. "I am doing good! Met some of the other people who hang around here, and it's starting to sink in how much free time I'm going to have now." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not a whole lot to do around here. But we make it interesting."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You do do that. —Would you by any chance like to see Kinoko today." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fuck it, right? Why not."

Permalink Mark Unread

Through the Nether, then!

"If you're mortal enemies with Karl or Sapnap the time to warn me of that is now, incidentally," when they're almost there. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't actually know if I've had a single conversation with Karl."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Then welcome to Kinoko." 

It's a gorgeous place, same as it's been this whole time. George is almost certainly asleep; he's guessing Karl and Sapnap aren't around? 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well. It's... big." He says it in the tone of someone reaching for a compliment. "The builder is certainly competent. And not Sapnap or Karl."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I'm not, like, attached to the place as a regional identity or whatever, man, it's not home, I just live here. If you hate it and think it's creepy how quiet it is you can say so. —This house is the one I'm staying in." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't hate it. It's well-built. Whoever made it did a good job. But it's not--it's not a home, it's not a country, it's like--a huge elaborate set piece. Las Nevadas feels more real than here does, and even that's not--people care about Las Nevadas. This place is--it's irrelevant. It's a mimicry of, of all the places people actually care about. As though if they just make it pretty enough no one will notice that, that it takes more to build a country than just a place to sleep at night."

Permalink Mark Unread

In his house there isn't much in the way of personal belongings. There's Schlatt's jacket draped over a chair, Wil's headphones on a desk.

"...yeah. That— yeah." 

Wilbur didn't ask for his feelings about Victors' Village or the months he spent with just him and Rosario and empty spaces that couldn't and wouldn't be filled by either of them, and Wilbur didn't ask for his feelings about the city of Dessa and the years he spent in dorm housing with roommates and friends or the fact that if he's lucky he will never see his home again, and also Quackity doesn't want to get into it. So he doesn't. 

"I'm— I mean, my home is a city with two hundred thousand people. I— I don't know, I kind of wondered if this is just, what it's like when a country only has four people in it?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It isn't. It really, really isn't. Even Las Nevadas isn't. People are-- scared, now, of having a country, of having something they care about, because they think it'll get blown up by some--psycho. So they don't. Not that I'm--helping matters."

Permalink Mark Unread

...he's pretty sure Wilbur was going for charmingly self-aware but actually maybe they should both be sitting down. Quackity leans on him, not quite enough to be a hug but enough that it could be a hug, if Wilbur wanted it to be. 

"Nobody in Las Nevadas seems to even like each other." This is not quite what Fundy said but he's not really sure he wants to repeat what Fundy said without testing those waters. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You should've seen L'Manberg, man. It was--the people there cared about each other, about it, about--us. It wasn't--stunningly beautiful, there weren't builds like this--but it was ours. It was everyone's. People were--friends. We were family. There were good times, you know? We had fun together. There was something there. That's why everyone's trying to copy it, they miss it. I get it, I do, I miss it too. But without the people, without the soul of L'Manberg, it's just--it's just empty.

I should--I lied to Tommy about it, I told him that I didn't care, and that's not--I'm gonna be honest with you, Q, that's not quite true. L'Manberg was--it was a lot of things. But people cared about it, good or bad, people cared. No one cares about, about Kinoko Kingdom."

Permalink Mark Unread

Sapnap sure seems like he cares. 

...he's less sure about anyone else. He still hasn't talked to Karl. He's... not entirely sure what it would look like for Karl to care. George might care but he's asleep, and also George. 

"I wish I could have," he says, instead of that. "It sounds—" but he doesn't know what it sounds like. It sounds kind of impossible. If it were a country, a proper country, it would be really impossible, but even as a house it sounds a little bit impossible. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Tommy still--he still loves it. I don't--I don't know about everyone else. But it's not--it's not something you forget. You can ask them, if you don't believe me. --Not Quackity, Quackity wasn't part of it until Schlatt, but Tubbo or Niki or Tommy or--hell, ask Fundy or Eret--it was something, man. It may have been an old drug van but it was more than that, more than--all of this." Sweeping gesture at Kinoko.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do believe you. —I've had friends, you know? I've had family. I know you don't forget that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah.

 

What were you going to show me here? Or just, like, this is Kinoko, it's where I'm sleeping?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"So the first thing is that I'm kind of looking for projects and one of them was learning how to play guitar and you're the first person I thought of to ask about that. The other, uh, the other is that I—" why did he set this sentence up so he'd have to say the other thing out loud— "the other thing is that I get really bad nightmares and I wanted to see if having someone else with me would help. You can tell me no, I won't take it personal." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure, yeah, of course. --I'll need to, um, let Phil know. And I don't--own a guitar anymore, you'll have to, um, figure that one out."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I bet I can figure it out with enough trial and error. —Thank you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"No problem, man."

Permalink Mark Unread

The next few weeks pass mostly uneventfully!

Making a guitar takes some trial and error but less than making elytra, especially once Q remembers he can do things like "ask someone what guitar strings are made of". Having Wilbur around does help— not enough that the nightmares stop, obviously, but it's better. He manages to sleep through the night, mostly, when Wilbur is there, and to not wake anyone else up the nights he doesn't. 

True to his word he visits Las Nevadas to hang out with Fundy. Fundy is genuinely cool! Also he's the most promising lead Q has found so far on friendship, that helps too. (Speaking of leads on friendship, does Sapnap by any chance want to teach him how to fight?) 

He wasn't wrong that he was still going to have leftover time but he's working on it, and not really used to not doing things. Being good at sewing is probably not going to happen fast but circle skirts are, reportedly, extremely easy, and he's not exactly lacking time to practice. And, of course, there's Wilbur, and even without any specific projects— they can find plenty of ways to fill up time, if they try hard and believe in themselves and have a bed right there. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sapnap totally wants to teach Quackity to fight. Sapnap is lonely and bored and loves fighting. He's not a great teacher, but he's a patient one, and he genuinely enjoys both Q's company and the excuse to fight.

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur spends chunks of the month helping Q learn to play guitar, but it doesn't take long for him to start withdrawing, spending more and more time locked in his room at Phil's or wandering the server at night instead of in Q's bed. It's hard, not doing things, except for when it's easy.

He does start formulating a plan.

On July 25, 2021, exactly one month after Wilbur had promised one month of staying away from Quackity, Wilbur talks to Phil, and walks to Las Nevadas with Ranboo trailing behind him.

Permalink Mark Unread

And Q, who was in Las Nevadas to see Fundy, thinks, wait, shit. Has it been a month? 

It's been a month. Shit. Also, fuck. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hm. Toll booth is blocked off. Guess he has to go around.

 

--Oh! Q!

 

"Hey Q! I was just--showing Ranboo around, picking his brain, learning more about him. Did you know, he was part of the old L'Manberg government?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I didn't! We haven't really had much chance to talk. Hey, Ranboo." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, uh, hi Q. You're the one who...isn't Quackity?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, that's me. What are you guys up to?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Starting a burger van."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...right. Would that be the project I signed up to help you with however long ago that was, or is this a different thing?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Little from Column A, little from Column B. Both of you, look at Las Nevadas. Do you think that Quackity is--do you think that it's good for the server, for Quackity to have power? Do you like Quackity? Do you trust him? Not you, Q, I mean--you know, the other Quackity."

Permalink Mark Unread

He looks at Las Nevadas. He looks, uncertainly, at Ranboo. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ranboo hums noncommittally. "I think it's not, it's not the best idea, yeah. I'm not really, I don't dislike him too much, but. I mean, what you want to do, it's just--it's just competition, right? So it helps--it, you know, it helps everyone."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

"...yeah, basically that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do either of you actually dislike ... anyone?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I fucking hate more people than exist on this server, it just doesn't come up much." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hm. What about you, Ranboo?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't dislike anyone too much, I don't think…? I mean, I-- other people that I like, don’t agree with what they’ve done, of course, but like-- I think that everyone’s just a product of what they’ve-- like gone through and everything, so if you understand that, then you understand the person."

Permalink Mark Unread

"But don’t you think that sometimes, aligning yourself with everyone on the server, can… y’know, it can actually make your life more complex, more difficult?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Y-Yeah. Which is why I kinda just went to live, um, kind of away from everything, and try not to involve myself in that much. But then I also have just… a terrible radar on what is involving myself and what isn’t, so."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Right. Sounds like you’ve set yourself up for a bit of a stressful, a stressful life with tha-- so, you don’t dislike anyone?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Yeah."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What about Dream?" Wilbur goes through one of the chests on the ground, trying and failing to look casual about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Um… well, that’s the whole… with Dream, it’s kind of like-- all I’ve-- all I’ve heard about Dream, all I’ve seen with Dream has just been like, the, the really bad things that he’s done and everything, so I’d say that I, yeah, I don’t… really like Dream, but I mean, he’s also not really someone that matters whether or not I like him, 'cause he’s just away in that prison, for a really long time, so, I mean…"

Permalink Mark Unread

"With no trial."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Yeah. Well, I mean--"

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur stops in front of a red-and-white building and interrupts Ranboo brightly. "This is our competition! Here's our competition." His voice lowers to a whisper when he steps inside. "Fucking ghost town. It’s a literal-- look at this place, man. Can you even buy anything here-- smokers, furnaces, they don't-- there's no one here to-- It, it doesn’t benefit the consumer, does it? If you’re-- imagine--" He walks back outside. "Imagine you've come here for gambling." He points at the casino. "For a start, the fuckin door's shut-- oh, wait, there's a hole!" He is going to try to run to the hole to see inside before Ranboo or Q can.

Permalink Mark Unread

(Ranboo's not particularly trying to beat him.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, he isn't particularly trying to beat Wilbur either. "I mean, what consumer? Las Nevadas literally doesn't have a customer base." 

(He has filed away the question of wait, would one usually expect to get a trial? to ask about later, at some more opportune time.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur glances inside, blocks up the hole with some stone, and turns back around. "Exactly! Exactly. No one comes here! Not even its citizens are here half the time. It's not because-- I mean, a couple weeks ago there was literally a beetroot farm covering spawn, no one on this server has their own food. There's demand, Las Nevadas just isn't providing supply. I just--I just went in there and it looked like crap, you know?" Back to the red and white building. "It's all show, it's just designed to look pretty. Like--Q, it's like when you showed me Kinoko. Look, let me-- let me do a test. Let me prove something."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...sure, okay, do your test." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Time for SIGNS. Signs with WRITING ON THEM. The signs say "QUACKITY BURGER PLACES IS LAME AND WANK AND", "CLOSED FOREVER GO TO BURGER VAN", and "GO BEHIND THIS PLACE THEN ACROSS THE RIVER FOR BETTER BURG".

"I can promise you, that this sign-- I guarantee you, that will not go. That will be here forever. That will never leave."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean… yeah, probably. I don’t think really anyone’s been around here. It’s kind of… it’s… I don't know if abandoned is the right word, but like... I don't really know what else to call it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"There we go. I guarantee those signs will stay there because they don’t care! They only care about looking cool. Oh look, we've got a restaurant! No you don't. Ranboo, you haven't seen Paradise yet, that's-- that's our real estate. Come with me." He hums to himself while he walks back out of Las Nevadas; when Paradise is visible, he points at it. It's now surrounded by some oak logs, marking out a border. "This is ours, this is where we've been working out of. You can see the, the wood, that's our border. We as in--me and Tommy and Q. We've got a lot of stone. Maybe too much stone at this point. I'm thinking we build the burger van--close to the border, so people can access it and then, y'know--" He starts chopping down a tree. "I'm thinking we build it right here. How do we feel about right here?"

Permalink Mark Unread

(Q is not really sure he thinks that proves much of anything. Or, much of anything other than "Fundy has enough of a sense of humor to not take down those signs," which might admittedly be true.)

"Okay, but-- what are we competing over? Nobody buys burgers from Las Nevadas because nobody's ever there, but nobody's ever here either, who are we imagining we're selling to?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"People do in fact want food. They're not buying from Las Nevadas because nobody's there ever, but there's four of us now, we can have people be here. And then they'll come. Just--trust me. Give it--you know what, give it a month. If nothing happens, I'll take it down and say you were right."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Sure, if you think we can keep the lights on for a month even if we aren't turning a profit." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay that stops Wilbur short. He is going to look at Q with an expression of deep befuddlement.

Permalink Mark Unread

"--I mean, I've got a stack of torches on me, if you want me to spawnproof?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...not literal lights. Lights as a gesture at operating costs, generally." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ranboo, you've got a fire aspect sword, right?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Yeah."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay, well, there you go."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Where are we getting the food from, Wilbur." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ranboo has a cow farm, Quackity has a cow farm, we can always get cows from... walking around?"

Permalink Mark Unread

You know what? If Wilbur intends to sell literally nothing that cannot be gotten from a cow, that works fine. Wilbur can set whatever weird-ass menu he feels like, and if nobody wants to buy it, it apparently doesn't actually matter.

"Cool. Glad to hear you've got a plan. I'm in." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Great! I'll keep getting rid of the trees, you and Ranboo can make the van. Ranboo, what sort of materials are you thinking for it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm, so-- what do you want it to look like? Like what's your-- you seem to have a vision with it, I want to help with that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Red and white stripes."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Red and white, okay. I have a lot of blue...?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not a big fan of blue. I'll--I can get you some red. I'll get you the red." And Wilbur runs off in search of rosebushes!

Permalink Mark Unread

Which leaves Q and Ranboo alone. 

"...does this seem, um..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"A little what?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, I'm not saying I think it's a bad idea or anything? I was just, you know, off the record, wondering what you thought." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think... Phil wasn't wrong that it's probably good for Wilbur to be, out of the house and socializing? And, um, for me to be. I'm--not entirely sure on the rest but--he hasn't really done anything... wrong?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"That is true! That is true. Those, those are both true statements." 

That can be the end of the conversation, if Ranboo wants it to be; Q is not really expecting any answer more straightforward than that from him, he's done as much checking about whether they both have a bad feeling about this as he can feasibly do, and, well.

He did, one month ago almost exactly, look Wilbur in the eye and think that sure, maybe Wilbur was going to lead them both off a cliff, but someone needed to be there to talk him off the edge. Someone still does. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Very, very tentatively: “L’Manberg also started with Wilbur making a van. If that’s—what you’re asking. I don’t know how much history you know. I’m sure he—I don’t know if it’s, um, if it’s helpful, to be—worried before he’s actually done anything? I don’t want to—write him off, if that—makes sense.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, I don't want to write him off either, he's—" he's my friend. "He hasn't done anything wrong. Like you said. I just, I worry about him, you know?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

“I can understand that. I mean, I know—” Wilbur mentioned Tommy; he didn’t mention Phil. Best not to bring up anyone Wilbur doesn’t bring up first; he doesn’t know Q’s relationships, if they’re anything like Quackity’s or not.  “—I know Tommy worries. It’s, I think it’s fairly natural to worry about him.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, it seems like it is. --I didn't actually know that about L'Manberg, I don't know much of the history around here, I've gotten the sense it's a little fraught to ask about?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

“—That’s public record, there’s a replica of the original van in the museum, I’m not—I mean, it’s something most people know, I wasn’t there for it. You can ask me about history if you want but I, I have memory issues, I don’t know everything. I mean, I don’t know a lot of things. The van is—I mean, it’s pretty common knowledge.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh-- yeah, no, I wasn't, I wasn't gonna ask. Like I said, kind of fraught. Just, you know, heads up, I don't have all the context for stuff, I know I don't have all the context for stuff." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Right. Yeah. Cool. …Eret’s probably a good person to ask if you ever do want to, they run the museum?”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. I might check them out, that's good to know." And Ranboo might already know this but he should at least try to reciprocate... "Wilbur's mentioned them a couple times, to me, I-- know something happened there, I've been trying to avoid, you know, bringing it up, when he's around." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ranboo has a... vague idea of this. Probably about as much as Quackity does. He knows Eret betrayed L'Manberg and a lot of people still have grudges and it's in the anthem. Either way, though, he's grateful for what it represents, that Q's giving him information and advice. "Thank you, I appreciate the heads-up. Yeah, that's--that's probably a good idea."

(He's also making a small building of stone and white concrete; it's not very tall and Ranboo has to hunch a little to enter.)

Permalink Mark Unread

After a moment of silence: Wilbur is back! His arms are full of poppies and roses, which he hands off to Ranboo.

"How does everyone here feel about thievery?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Normally, he would say without hesitation that he is against any sort of crime. This is clearly the wrong response in this circumstance. 

"...tentatively supportive depending on what you've got in mind?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I’m going to steal Las Nevadas’ cows to cook into our burgers. And I’m not going to rebreed them. I’m going to simply kill them."

Permalink Mark Unread

Q, who used to apprentice in accounting and data analysis at a cattle farm, is exquisitely aware of just how much that is not how fucking anything works. 

He does not say so. See, he's learning. 

Instead what he says is "...so, I might be totally off base here since I'm used to cows working very differently, but if... rebreeding... as easy as that makes it sound, is there a reason we can't just have our own breeding population." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Absolutely we could. That's not the point, the point is to steal just enough that it's annoying."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...right. Okay, I, I see the vision." He can pick that fight later, if he wants to pick it later. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"So you're not--you're not going to steal all of them, just some of them? That's--okay."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Tell you guys what, I will even-- how about this-- I'm gonna steal the cows, unless they have a sign or something marking them property of Las Nevadas, property of Quackity, whatever. Then I’ll leave them alone. Okay? So if, if they have an express sign that says 'do not steal, please,' I’ll leave them alone. But if not--"

Permalink Mark Unread

He does not like that tone of voice. He does not like that tone of voice at all. 

"Right," he says. "Yeah, I— okay. Right. I just, yknow, we might want to have our own, closer, so we don't have to go in every time? But for the first little while, yeah, I see the vision." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure. Yeah. Let's go see if there's a sign."

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Then they can check if there's a sign. He knows full well, because he's been coming by and hanging out with Fundy every few days for the last month, that there isn't one. But they can check, and Q will be so so outwardly normal about it, even though he's way more fucking nervous than he's been either with Wilbur or on Las Nevadas land before. 

Permalink Mark Unread

No sign. There is a chest, though.

"Huh."

He opens it and sees... Stacks of steak and wheat! Score. He doesn't even need Ranboo's sword.

"Yeah, pretty good! Ready to go! --Is that enough red for you, by the way?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh--um, yeah, I just need something to put the red on, that's what I'm struggling with."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, cool, yeah, I can--I can go find you some wool. There's got to be some around here--does anyone have a sheep farm?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Ranboo shepherds the three of them back towards the half-built skeleton of a building. "There might be some just in the chests around? Did you know I found a full netherite block in one the other day? It was very interesting."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wait, really? Huh. --Do you have shears? Or just two bits of iron?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hm? Yeah, sure." Shears. (These aren't enchanted.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"Great, now do either of you have any idea where I can find sheep...?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He lets himself be shepherded. "No clue." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Best bet is to find wool in one of the random chests laying around. Or string, actually, and then make that into wool."

Permalink Mark Unread

"--Oh, yeah! I'll go to the mob farm! --I'm sure Quackity won't mind if I just, borrow his horse quickly."

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, I don't think so. As long as you put it back right away."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mm." Short pause, and then he starts heading out of Las Nevadas. "So this is your cookie factory? Your cookie shop? Your--giant fortress?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, I realize a lot now that it- it-- it is just a giant fortress. I don’t… I don’t know, sometimes I don’t realize things until they’re an afterthought."

Permalink Mark Unread

"How is Tubbo?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"He's, um, alright. I think he's doing pretty, pretty well? He's just-- he's just building around Snowchester, you know?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Snowchester?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Snowchester? Oh! You don’t know about-- Oh! It’s basically just like this little-- It used to have some people in it, but then everyone just kinda like-- went off on their own ways. Um, it’s just like this little-- like, this little arctic area. This little arctic village that he created."

(His voice is friendly and helpful, but Wilbur's not looking at him, so he lets his tail twitch.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"So… Las Nevadas, Snowchester. I thought… Techno and Phil told me that we were successful--well, just Phil, I haven’t spoken to Techno since--since that happened--since it happened. But like, Phil told me they were successful, and that there’s no more nations anymore, and that it’s amicable."

Permalink Mark Unread

As soon as nations is said, Ranboo interrupts. "It's, it's not a nation. It’s literally just-- It’s literally just him."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What about Kinoko Kingdom?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have no idea. Honestly. Last I knew of them they just put down signs, I haven't heard anything about that."

Permalink Mark Unread

Quackity notices the tail twitching. Doesn't point it out, though. 

"I still don't think Las Nevadas is a country but Kinoko's even less a country than Las Nevadas is, nobody's in charge and nobody's ever doing things there except me and Sapnap." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mm. This just supports my point, really. You're part of Kinoko Kingdom, right, Q? There's a lot happening, a lot of places. Where are you a part of, Ranboo? You can't be that neutral. If you don't know anything about Kinoko Kingdom you must be part of something else."

Permalink Mark Unread

Hm. If Wilbur were the only one here, he'd say he's with Phil and Techno since they let him live with them. ...If Wilbur's going to be around Q a lot, he's probably going to tell Q at some point, and it might be better for Ranboo to say it first, so it doesn't look like he was keeping a secret? Even though he totally was planning on it if he could get away with it.

"I think I mainly am just with, um, just with, like, Phil and… Techno, I’m pretty sure. 'Cause that's where I'm living, not because--I mean, they let me live with them, so I guess I'm with them a little bit?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"And now the Paradise burger van."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And- and now the- the burger van I guess, yeah."

Permalink Mark Unread

Hooray! String! Wilbur pockets a few stacks of wool and starts heading back. "Final step is to name the beef."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Name the-- name the beef?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh! Right, yes--so, another thing I wanted to do, to, um, legitimize our burger place, so it's not just steaks, right, I wanted to make a-- I wanted to name all our steaks, so that people know, when they've come, when you've had, you know, our steak shop, you know exactly that this is the steak from our steak shop, you know? Only high-grade beef. You know. So I wanted to name all of our burgers with an anvil. I wanted to give them, like, versions? And I wanted to use an alt code-- like, you know ASCII characters, like alt codes and stuff? I wanted to use a weird one, so that no one could copy it, so it would be like hey, you got a volume one steak. So people will come and they'll give it a sort of value to it, a bit of a... you know. Once you've had volume one of burgers, you know? That's gone forever. You know, like versions. Am I making sense? Are you following?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I think."

Permalink Mark Unread

(He has no visible response to Ranboo living with Phil and Techno, for whatever that's worth. Probably not much.) 

"I'm familiar with the concept but it's not usually applied to food. Or consumables in general." 

Permalink Mark Unread

They're back at the van. "I'm putting the wool in the chest, that's for you, Ranboo. We got everything we need! Everything we need. Right. Uh, let me go to an anvil--I actually don't have any XP--I'll go kill a couple cows--"

Permalink Mark Unread

"--Oh, could you give me the leather from them actually? For item frames?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur turns around, hands Ranboo some leather. "Here you go."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, awesome, thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"This has been chill. This has been good. I feel like we’re all good business partners. I’m excited to show Tommy. --Ranboo, what's your opinion on Tommy?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, he’s-- he’s great! Tommy’s awesome."

Permalink Mark Unread

Quietly: "I agree."

And even quieter: "I agree."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Definitely-- Definitely gone through a lot, but I think that has made him a, a good person."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mm. Yeah, well, you, you seem to think that everyone going through something at least gives them some merit, you said."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, yeah! I mean, if, if no one… the only really bad people are the ones that just… are just evil because, just because, and they don’t really have any reason why. You know? Like, those are-- those are, in my opinion, those are the bad people. But… I don’t really think there’s that many people like that, so… yeah!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know, it seems like there's plenty." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Does... it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"I mean— there's people who'll hurt you because they don't have other options, or all their other options are awful, or because they're scared or they're under threat or they don't know how not to or whatever, and— you can live with that, you know, if they're doing their best, there doesn't have to be any hard feelings. But it's not like there's any shortage of people who'll hurt you just because they fucking can." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"There--kind of is, though? I mean, Dream, I guess, but I don't--know him very well? And he's in prison?"

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

No, brain. He's not saying that. 

"Right, but that's because you've got a population of like thirty-five, there's a shortage of people who will anything." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, there isn't--there are definitely more people who hurt you for, for reasons, than there are people who will hurt you just because. We don't--um, we don't really have that much of a shortage of, of the former."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will definitely not try to argue that there aren't plenty of people who'll hurt you for reasons even here." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's, like--I mean, that's different. People aren't, like-- bad people, for that. Most people are--most people are alright people, I think. Maybe not all of them but definitely-- definitely most people. I mean. Everybody-- everybody makes mistakes sometimes, it doesn't mean people can't--change, or do good things. I don't know about wherever you're from, but I don't think there are many evil people here, I don't know if there are--if there are any evil people here. You know?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, definitely, I don't think I've met anyone here I'd say is a bad person." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Cool. Yeah. I think--I think we agree? Then?"

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean, no, because that was at least a quarter and possibly as much as two thirds a lie. "Yeah, I think so." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"While you two were philosophizing I named the beef." He drops some steak to each of Ranboo and Q. It is named ☀︎Wílburger Vol. 1☀︎. "What do we think."

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh thank goodness, a subject change. "Oooooh. Oh, that's cool. That works."

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah he'll take the subject change too, if only so that he doesn't have to think about what he'd get if he did math about— you know, that.

"I like it," he says, because he has learned his lesson about business models in full generality, even though honestly his thought is that there's reasons you don't usually do limited-run collectible merch that's consumable. 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Okay, I— I think we’re getting to the point now, where I think we’re almost… we’re almost done! I mean, I, I do have a— I do have a question I want to ask, though. Let me just— Let me just put the bread in the chest. Um, this is— this is really important. This could be a make or break.” He puts the bread in the chest and walks out of the van, towards Las Nevadas, confident as anything. “Come with me.”

Permalink Mark Unread

...sure. Okay. He'll follow. 

Permalink Mark Unread

So does Ranboo.

Permalink Mark Unread

He stops in front of Quackity's restaurant. "So here's our competition. Remember our competition? With the signs? Q, I want you to smash the windows." He's got a rock in his hand; he throws it to Q, hoping he has fast enough reflexes to catch it on instinct.

Permalink Mark Unread

That is unfortunate, because Q's depth perception is "no," and he can't catch things thrown at him even if he's expecting it, which he isn't. He tries but the rock hits him in the chest and bounces off. 

"Why?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's easy to replace if he gives a shit. Just to prove we're not fucking around."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...okay, but like, why do we need to prove that?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You trust me, right?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He trusts Wilbur's intentions, sort of, mostly, which is not the same thing and definitely doesn't mean he trusts this decision. He absolutely cannot say no, it would be a declaration of war. 

"If I didn't trust you enough to hear you out, I wouldn't be asking." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well it's not really trust, is it, if you'll only do things that have been explained to your satisfaction. That's just--being convinced."

Permalink Mark Unread

He's fine. He's totally fucking fine.

He has asked Wilbur to stop before, and Wilbur has stopped. Wilbur has demonstrated that he will stop. 

"...I trust you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Pick up the rock, Q."

Permalink Mark Unread

Feeling a little bit like he's puppeting himself from the outside, or somewhere else while a screensaver runs his body for him, he picks up the rock. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Now break the windows."

Permalink Mark Unread

He's fine. He's literally completely fine. It can be replaced; it's not even hard to replace, this is a world where construction takes minutes or hours, not weeks or months. Nobody's even here. If everything goes wrong and Quackity--

 

The glass breaks. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Now do that again." If Q looks to be doing as instructed, Wilbur walks inside, ignoring the broken glass, Ranboo trailing behind. "Come here, Ranboo."

Permalink Mark Unread

Someone's going to have to deal with the glass but apparently it won't be Wilbur and it probably won't be Ranboo either. He'll break more windows. Fuck, he'll break all the windows in this building. If it's Fundy who has to clean up he'll apologize. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This is good. This is great, even. A shard of glass lodges itself in the sole of Wilbur's shoe and it's exhilarating, he's alive.

He puts a piece of TNT down in the corner and holds a flint and steel out to Ranboo.

Permalink Mark Unread

"...You sure about that one?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You trust me too, right?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"....Yeah?" He takes the flint and steel.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Detonate that. It's only in the corner."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I mean, it’s just in the corner, right? And then it'll--drop all the blocks. We can, like, put that somewhere?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We'll put that in a chest for him."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Okay." He lights the TNT and then steps back, giving it a wide berth. "--Careful--"

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur doesn't move; the shock hits him hard, and he's on his knees for a second. His left arm has scorch marks up it.

"It's alright."

He starts filling the crater back in with sand.

"I'll fill this in. Good job, man. Good job both of you. You passed the test. You can-- go back to the van. I'll be with you soon."

He turns to face Ranboo and Q.

"I'm-- I'm proud of you. You've--taken a side. You've proven that you can take a side. That you'll--take my side if it comes down to it. I'll be back soon. After I--after I fix this."

(Ranboo stammers out a thank you and then takes him up on the going back to the van.)

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not. It's not alright. None of this is fucking alright. 

He nods to Ranboo but he's not going back to the van, he's helping Wilbur fill in the crater. His hands are definitely not at all shaky and if they are no they aren't. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur doesn't bother to put the floor back once the ground is back; he grabs a spare chest, puts it down, puts the concrete in there (22 white, 7 gray, 1 red, 7 black). "You can head back too. Help Ranboo with the van."

Permalink Mark Unread

"--your arm." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Feels great. It'll go away if I respawn, or I can ask Phil for gaps or potions." The smile's genuine, for what it's worth. He giggles a little, even.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah that really doesn't make Q feel better about leaving him alone. "...okay. Come back to the van with me?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aw, Q. You sound like Tommy. Are you lonely or are you scared of what the big bad Wilbur will do if you leave him alone for a minute? Sure, I'll come back with you. Mind if I place a sign first?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you absolutely have to fucking know, I went through a death arena and now I have a thing about untreated wounds." If he's hyperventilating a little bit, no he fucking is not. "You can place a sign if you want." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Apologies. I'm not the best person to be around if you care a lot about untreated wounds. Go hang out with Philza or someone." He's just going to hope his shoe isn't bleeding yet. He steps past Q, considers the signs, takes down the one reading GO BEHIND THIS PLACE THEN ACROSS THE RIVER FOR BETTER BURG, walks back to the crater, and puts it down.

This time it reads:
Wilbur + Ranboo + Q did this together

He considers it for a moment, opens the chest again, and adds two diamonds to it before nodding and laughing to himself, satisfied.

"Let's head back now."

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Okay, this is fine, this is totally fine, he's totally fine with this. He can-- he can come back later and take the sign down--

(He knows already that he's not going to come back later and take the sign down. It's fine. ...it is what it is.) 

He takes Wilbur's hand, and heads back across the river with him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur leans a bit on Q. The water feels good--he laughs when he enters it, spins around, splashes. He's so alive, he feels everything so much, the cold of the water and the heat of the sun and the glass in his shoe and the burns on his arm and Q's hand in his. He twirls Q, just for the sake of it, dips him and pulls him back up.

The van is more built than last they saw it. It's got red and white! Progress! Ranboo waves to them, and Wilbur grins and waves back.

Permalink Mark Unread

Being spun around and dipped is fun, if he ignores all the context. The water's nice; Wilbur has a nice laugh. This skirt does the twirly thing when Wilbur spins him. He knows exactly why his brain is doing this but that doesn't actually make it not work! 

He waves, cheerily, at Ranboo. He's totally fine. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ranboo's making the roof out of stone bricks. The van doesn't look very good but it is mostly complete.

"Hi, Q, hi, Wilbur! I'm just about done with the, uh, the van."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nice!" 

Obviously they're not gonna talk about it. Wilbur's right here. But also, holy fucking shit. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, it wasn't... great. "I might... go home? Once I finish the van? I'll, uh, try to be around here more often, but like, for today, you know?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure. You've done a lot today, Ranboo. Go home."

Permalink Mark Unread

Good for Ranboo. Q doesn't say that, just nods goodbye in his general direction. 

Then, to Wilbur: "Are you planning on going back to Phil's or back with me?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Well. That depends. I mean-- if you're inviting me. I could be persuaded." Extremely dumb eyebrow waggle that is probably trying to look sexy.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's cute, says some part of Q's brain, the same part that thinks being spun and dipped is fun, the same part that looked at Karl and decided to find him charming. It's not even wrong, is the thing; he can see what it's doing but it's not wrong. 

"I'm inviting you." He steps closer to exaggerate the height difference, looks up at Wilbur not quite through his eyelashes but closer to it than usual. "I have all this space in my bed, see, and it'd just be a waste to spend the night alone--" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well. In that case. I suppose I must join you." He takes Q's hand, bends down to kiss it. "Lead the way, handsome."

Permalink Mark Unread

Quackity pulls Wilbur's hand up to his mouth, kisses his knuckles back. He leads the way. 

(Kinoko's quiet; Q can be quite loud. If Wilbur wants to dom him, now's his best chance.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur is definitely interested in that. It's--satisfying, the double vision, Q-who-is-his-loyal-follower, proving that loyalty, wearing the face of Quackity-who-is-his-greatest-rival, kneeling for him, attentive only to him. The skin on his arm is still tender enough to draw ragged breaths from him and Q's lips are soft and taste of skin and Q is almost loud enough to drown out the voices (--he's putting on a show, let them see--) and Wilbur is alive, alive, alive.

Permalink Mark Unread

Q's alive and okay and in bed with a gorgeous boy who-- who he likes a lot-- and he's okay, and he's okay, and they're okay. 

He also, separately, has fun. He wouldn't have offered if he didn't expect to have fun. He's been noticing on purpose that Wilbur is attractive as hell and Q likes him a lot but Wilbur is, also, genuinely, attractive as hell and Q likes him a lot. He falls asleep with his head on Wilbur's shoulder and his arm across Wilbur's waist, and—

 

 

It's a bad night. He knew it was gonna be a bad night the minute the TNT came out but it's a bad fucking night. He doesn't cling or scream in his sleep anymore, he's not sixteen, but it is not exactly subtle from the outside that even by Q's standards it's a really bad night. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur mostly gives him space except for occasionally when he instead holds Q's hand or brushes sweaty hair from his forehead. Wilbur is familiar with bad nights, both his own and others'; when Wilbur has a bad night he looks for people to hold tight to, to remind him that he's alive and they're alive, but in Pogtopia, Quackity had wanted space, so he gives Q space here.

In the morning, after Q's woken up, he pets Q's hair and says, "Looks like you and Quackity have one thing in common."

Permalink Mark Unread

When he's still waking up he curls into Wilbur, lonely and desperate and not quite remembering that this isn't his Wilbur and too sleep-drunk to remember that that's pathetic. 

Then Wilbur actually speaks, and abruptly Q remembers where he is and who he's with and who he isn't with. 

...which isn't enough to get him to lean away from Wilbur or the hand on his hair. "How so?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"--The nightmares. I mean--it's been a while, maybe he doesn't anymore, but last time I spent a night in his bed, it was pretty similar, is all."

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh. 

...he doesn't think he wants to think about this. He doesn't think he's going to be able to stop. 

"Tracks, I guess," he says into Wilbur's shoulder. "...you remind me of my Wil, sometimes. Not, like, all the time, but—" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Oh?" He is trying very hard to seem casual in his interest and kind of failing.

Permalink Mark Unread

"You— it's not just that you have the same face, you do a bunch of the same things with your face? Or, like, sometimes you'll say a sentence and I'll go oh, that's him, that's a Wilbur sentence, and I'll miss him all over again— the way you're playing with my hair right now, that's the same, and he doesn't really sleep much either and waking up with you is exactly the same, until you said something I'd kind of forgotten where I was— and, like, I know you're different people, I'm not, I'm not expecting that you're gonna be a carbon copy of my best friend, or whatever— but. You know." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur is feeling something about this. Not sure what, though. "What was he like?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"He's—" Tiny laugh, as he buries himself further in Wilbur. "He's the most obnoxious person I've ever had the pleasure of knowing, and I say it like that on purpose. He's pretentious and a bitch and I used to stay on call with him until three in the morning and, like, that was because we were both avoiding our lives, but it was also because neither of us could stop laughing. He will claim with a fucking straight face to have manic pixie dream girl privilege and to this day I don't know if that was a bit or not. He's sort of constantly in his own skull, he's— very private, in a lot of ways, he taught me how to be on camera in a way that wouldn't kill me and everything he does with that is very deliberate? Half the time he talks I get the impression it's rehearsed, it's like—" 

He doesn't want to start crying. He really, really doesn't want to start crying. 

"I don't know. He's the only person I can talk about most of my shit with. I— miss him a lot." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If he's anything like me, it wasn't a bit. Or--not just a bit." He's not petting Q's hair anymore; he's very, very still. The feeling has resolved itself into jealousy and is swift approaching resentment.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mm." He's clearly noticed Wilbur going still but if he's got much of a reaction to it, it isn't showing. "I mean, yeah, it's not just a bit. But like, there's a range, and it's not usually clear where things fall in it, and I don't ask." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mm." He goes back to petting Q's hair. "You can talk about your shit with me, if you want."

Permalink Mark Unread

No he can't. 

 

...can he? It's been a month. Five weeks isn't that much time but it's enough that whatever it is that happened, it might not happen again. He might not be going back. It's not impossible that he could—

Something about the way Wilbur says it sounds remarkably like do you trust me. 

 

"There's, um— it's, it's kind of a lot." This is the understatement of several decades but. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You can tell me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I—"

And then every single reason he absolutely cannot fucking do that comes crashing around him all at once, every implicit threat and every order that didn't need to be given and every disappearance and mining accident and heart attack that hit at twenty-five and the smell of blood-laced roses— and Haymitch Abernathy's family and Dream and George closing ranks around Sapnap and hollow-eyed Johanna Mason— and Tubbo, solemn in lamb's wool with a red ribbon around his neck like a slit throat, not dressed the way Quackity always was but always with the possibility that he could be— 

"—can't, I can't, I'm sorry I can't I—" and he's crying, he can't fucking breathe, he's shaking so hard that if he were holding something he would definitely have dropped it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur isn't going to move unless Q moves first. "Hey, hey, Q, breathe. Breathe. Breathe. Can you do that for me? In--" Exaggerated breath in, for demonstration. "--Out."

Permalink Mark Unread

He— he can try to breathe. It's not really going very well but it at least means he's stopped tripping over himself trying to apologize. After a minute or so whatever's holding him frozen gives up its job and he slumps forward into Wilbur. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Tight hug. Wilbur goes back to petting Q's hair with one hand. "In, out. It's okay, you're okay."

Permalink Mark Unread

The hug actually does help; breathing is going slowly and kind of shakily but it is going. 

"Fuck," he says, finally, into Wilbur's shoulder. "'M sorry. Didn't think it was going to be that— big." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Think, Wilbur, what would Phil do?

...He checks his inventory. He's pretty sure he put all the food away last night, but-- score, he has two apples from cutting down trees. He pulls them up, extricates himself from the hug only enough to hand one to Q.

"Breakfast. You'll feel better." He takes a bite of his own apple, to demonstrate.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's very strange being reminded by Wilbur to eat. He does in fact feel better, though. 

"Thank you. I— ugh. I did mean it, sorry for making you deal with that, my panic attacks aren't usually— like that one." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's alright." Pet pet.

Permalink Mark Unread

Being petted is nice. 

Okay. He is not talking about his shit today, apparently, that went shockingly well— he ignores the part of his brain that sounds like Schlatt telling him that nothing even happened and he needs to stop fucking whining, leans into Wilbur's hands and makes a soft contented sound at the petting— but he'd really rather not have a repeat performance. Aimless cuddling it is, then, until Wilbur picks the conversation back up.

Permalink Mark Unread

As soon as the imminent need to help Q is over, Wilbur starts replaying that whole thing in his mind.

You ruined it you fucking idiot you ruined it you hurt him you always fucking do this he should fucking hate you he had a fucking panic attack because of you he's scared of you just like all the rest he doesn't trust you you don't deserve to be trusted you fucked it up you ALWAYS FUCKING DO THIS--

"--I should go see Phil. Since I didn't, uh, come back last night."

Permalink Mark Unread

"—you don't have to leave. You know that, right?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"......'Course. Yeah. I mean--yeah, of course." He doesn't sound very convincing. "I should just--let him know. You know how Phil is."

Permalink Mark Unread

He does know how Phil is, at least in very broad strokes. Specifically the thing he knows about Phil is that, one, Phil is the most chill person in the known universe, and two, he wants Wilbur to spend more time out of the house. 

"...sure," he says, instead of that. "But if I get a request, I would like it if you stayed." 

Permalink Mark Unread

FUCKING IDIOT PIECE OF SHIT CAN'T EVEN DO THIS RIGHT IT WAS BETTER WHEN YOU WERE IN LIMBO AND COULDN'T HURT EVERYONE--

"...Right. Okay. Of course." He settles back in to hugging Q.

Permalink Mark Unread

Q settles back in to being hugged. 

...This might be a bad idea. This is almost definitely a bad idea. "I— get panic attacks a lot," he says. "I don't know if you've noticed, most people don't? They're not usually obvious if you don't already know what you're looking at, I think." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Something to concentrate on that isn't his thoughts. He can-- he can do this. He can't quite feel his fingers, as though he's watching himself and Q over his own shoulder; he digs his fingers into Q's shoulder, a reminder that he's still alive, that he's with someone else and not alone.

"I didn't--I didn't notice, no."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. Usually they're not— loud, the way that one was? I get fucking, spacey and weird, but I don't usually freeze up. It's like part of me goes 'oh okay, this might as well happen, call me when it's over,' and leaves the rest of me on autopilot while it's gone. I'll be back in twenty minutes or when I remember where I am or when I realize nothing's happening, but in the meantime I'm basically just not in there." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, yeah, okay, that-- that makes sense. I think that's fairly normal? I mean, not as often, probably, but sometimes."

Permalink Mark Unread

"—I don't think so? Like, I know zoning out isn't weird, but, like, 'oh, I know where this conversation is going, you will be talking to a screensaver for the next however long, it's a very friendly screensaver but I am not experiencing the rest of this interaction, I am somewhere else watching my body do its thing without me', I'm— pretty sure that's at least kind of unusual?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I don't think so? I guess it's a bit unusual that you're--friendly and talking during it, but it can't be that unusual, the--the details are different, for sure, but I think most people do something similar."

Permalink Mark Unread

No, he is actually confident on this one. "I mean, maybe, but I didn't do that until after the death arena, and didn't really do it until, uh, the aftermath of the death arena, and I don't think I know anyone who does that who hasn't been through a death arena, or at least I didn't until a month ago." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think the only one here who's been through a death arena is--maybe Techno?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"—the literal arena is not really the point? The point is that we're all, um, kind of fucked up, because of being Hunger Games victors.

Anyway, I don't know, maybe that's normal here, it's just— not, in the context I'm from." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vague shrugging motion, as much as he can without unhugging. "I dunno, maybe we're fucked up. That's not--a bad thing. It can be--useful, right."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah! Yeah, no, it's definitely useful." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's--it's adaptive, right, otherwise we'd be, we'd be dead. And we're--we're not, we're not dead." He is definitely trying to convince himself on this one.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tight tight hug. Q's fingernails scrape against Wilbur's scalp. "Yeah. Kept us alive and— less hurt than we could have been." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Okay. This is--this is good. He's okay, he's alive, he can feel Q's arms and Q's fingernails, he's alive. Q gets like this too, he just said so, just don't be weird about it.

"Is there anything I should--do? If you're having a panic attack?"

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Mostly just, not call attention to it, if anyone else is around. I'll be fine but they're subtle for a reason.

And—" his voice breaks, a little bit— "stay with me?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Yeah, of course.” He squeezes one finger at a time into Q’s arm. “I can do that.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"And— is there anything I should do, if you're—?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...It's-- I'm fine."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...okay."

(He's pretty sure he can figure it out, honestly, Wilbur is a lot of things but he's not subtle. Relatedly, he's not letting go.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well. Q told him off last time he tried to leave; he's staying until Q leaves, now. He's even mostly okay with this, although he might cling harder on and off.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's happy to spend the morning being clung to; he'll try out other physical sensations to see if they help but not in a particularly goal directed way. When it's been long enough that he's like eighty percent sure he's made his point about wanting Wilbur around he lets go, gets up and gets dressed.

And if Wilbur leaves in a non-Las Nevadas-ward direction, he's got a crater to help clean up. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, he can do that!

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not especially complicated; the TNT didn't destroy so much that he can't tell where the blocks would have been originally, he just puts them back. The glass is marginally harder because the pieces have gotten kind of everywhere, that being the way of glass, but he doesn't cut himself too badly on the edges and he can eat food about it right there. 

He doesn't take down the sign but he does write down a note, intending to leave it in the kitchen, which reads Tried to get all the broken glass so Fundy doesn't have to, sorry if I missed any. —Q

Permalink Mark Unread

On the one hand, Quackity has been studiously avoiding his body double since--well, since last time.

One the other hand, he helped Wilbur blow up his restaurant last night, and now he's inside it again.

"What do you think you're doing? Tell Wilbur he can come see me in person, alright."

Permalink Mark Unread

What a coincidence; he's been avoiding Quackity too. 

"Hm? Wilbur doesn't know I'm here, but I can tell him that anyway if you want." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Right, right. Of course he doesn't. So why are you here?" He squints at the fixed corner. "Are you betraying him?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Well that sure sounds like something Wilbur would hear about and Q would then have to deal with. How about not that. 

"Wasn't planning on it. But Fundy's my friend, and I'd rather he not have to clean up broken glass if I can avoid it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Right, sure. And you fixed the corner out of the— kindness of your heart. Well. Las Nevadas thanks you for your service, it is much appreciated.”

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, that's not really reassuring as regards whether Wilbur will hear about this. The note vanishes into his inventory. "Cool. See you around." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“See you around.”

Permalink Mark Unread

Wow. That interaction could have gone much worse. He leaves the restaurant. 

Outside the restaurant he clears the note and writes note to self do the thing instead, which is nice and meaningless and proof of nothing in case he later has to lie through his teeth about whether or not that ever happened. And then he goes back home and says hi to Sapnap, and has a perfectly nice afternoon learning about axe crits and no panic attacks at all. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sapnap will gladly explain axe crits! There are two reasons to axe crit, and one is that a fully charged axe crit will do more damage than literally anything else, but the other is that axes disable shields for up to five seconds. Also, one neat thing you can do is that if someone hits you, this puts you up in the air, and you can use that to crit them while you fall!

A lot of the lesson is spent reminding Q not to go for as many hits as possible; he tends to lash out a bunch, especially when he's got someone in his space, but one well-timed hit does as much damage as five poorly-timed ones. It's all timing.

Permalink Mark Unread

See the thing is that he is blind in one eye and his aim is terrible and if he tries to go for as many hits as possible then probably at least one will hit—

(Also, sometimes he panics and forgets what he's doing and starts hitting blindly. Today, at least, he manages to avoid getting it that particular kind of wrong.) 

He sleeps, not well but he does in fact sleep, and then the next morning can he find Ranboo? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, Ranboo's around! He's at the burger van, making it look slightly nicer. Adding flowers and such. He waves to Q when he sees him.

"--Oh, hey! What's up?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not much. Spent yesterday morning with Wilbur and the afternoon with Sapnap. Yourself?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Did Wilbur...do...anything? Yesterday morning?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, nothing other than making out with me."

He'll help with the flowers? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Flowers! He's also making a little picnic table with an umbrella. "That's... probably for the best."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. 

He, uh, spends a lot of nights with me in Kinoko. Not, like, every night, but a lot of them." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. Um. Okay." Ranboo is not entirely sure why Q is telling him this but he appreciates the information!

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"...which means that we know where he is and whether he's doing things more often than one might expect," he says, since the subtext doesn't look like it landed. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"O-oh! Oh, okay, that's, that's good! That's a good thing.

 

--I live with, um, with Techno and Phil. In the arctic. So I can--keep an eye on him, too? On the nights he's not with you, I mean."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah." He feels like a traitor, saying it. More of one than he felt fixing up the restaurant in Las Nevadas, actually; that was business, which doesn't matter because neither of these restaurants are going to turn a profit anyway and the whole enterprise is kind of fake, and this is personal and real. "That's— probably a good idea." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ranboo is mostly just relieved to have an ally, honestly. "Yeah, sure, no--no problem, man. Thank you for--yeah."

Permalink Mark Unread

...yeah. That's also a mood. He smiles in Ranboo's general direction. "You're welcome." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Do you want a cookie? I still have a bunch from the--uh--yeah."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'd take one, they were good." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“One chocolate chip cookie, coming right up.” Cookie!

Permalink Mark Unread

Cookie! 

"I never did find out what was up with the, uh, yeah? --you can tell me to fuck off if that's personal, I won't be weird about it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It was--I mean, it was a lot of--a lot of conflict. Tubbo said it was--I mean, Tubbo said it was a cookie shop. Wilbur called it a, uh, a palisade, if I'm remembering correctly? It was definitely a little--uh, fortified. I still think--I still think Quackity overreacted a little to it? We didn't actually, like, do anything, he didn't need to--make it a big thing. But I guess in retrospect I can kind of get where he was coming from. At the time it was just like--dude, why are you so mad, it's a cookie shop. Looking back--I dunno, man, we didn't sell many cookies. And it was, uh, pretty big. So."

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh he's so fond of Tubbo. Fuck. Genuinely fuck his stupid idiot easily-attached heart. 

"It did seem a little big to be a cookie shop," he agrees. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I left Quackity--uh, other Quackity, not you-Quackity--a, like, apology chest? With, um, cookies and Yeezys? But it, um--he hasn't--he said that he liked it, I think? I don't know if it actually--helped. I hope it did, but who knows."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Who fucking knows. I don't, I don't really get him at all." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He's--yeah, I don't know. I don't--I mean, he's probably a good person? I think most people are good people, just in--bad situations, sometimes. Tubbo's--I get why Tubbo's wary of him. But I try not to--hold stuff from his past against him, you know? A lot of people did things they regret during the--L'Manberg era. I mean, I'm working with Wilbur."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have no reason to think he isn't a good person." (Dream flinching away, refusing to take his eyes off him. Shut the fuck up.) "—why is Tubbo wary of him?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He, uh--so, during L'Manberg, he wanted to have me executed? And to have Technoblade executed." Ranboo's watching for any visible sign of reaction; when he doesn't see one he pushes on. "And before I joined, uh, he and Schlatt executed Tubbo."

Permalink Mark Unread

That gets a reaction. 

"I— oh." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Uh oh!!!!!!!! Time to pick up blocks and place them back down a bit to the right. "--Like I said, I don't really--I mean, it was a while ago? I wouldn't, um, judge Quackity for it, I mean--he and Tubbo were, uh, friendly after that, they worked together when Tubbo was president, it wasn't, like--I don't think they hate each other or anything? Just, y'know, Tubbo's got reason to be a bit nervous around him."

Permalink Mark Unread

Shit. Okay, stop it, you're freaking him out. Q schools his face back into something approaching neutrality.

He's fine. He's so fucking fine and normal and not going to flip his shit because Ranboo doesn't fucking deserve to have to deal with that. 

"Right, yeah, that— that makes sense. 

Yeah. Obviously I wouldn't judge Quackity for it. We've all done things we regret." He kind of does not manage to sound like he doesn't hate Quackity for it. Whoops. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Yeah." The fact that Q is trying to seem neutral about it makes it slightly less likely that he will do something profoundly stupid with this information? Probably?

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, right now the thing he's doing is keeping his fucking mouth shut, not fucking making it worse, and going back to working on the van. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Okay. They can work on the van together. They can do this.

 

Ranboo considers and discards saying something more about Quackity and/or Tubbo a few times and then decides against it; if Q is going to do something stupid, it probably won't help, and if he's not, it's not like Ranboo was entirely emotionless when he received that particular history lesson from Tubbo. Instead he asks, "Hey, man, you got any spare wool? There's more at the spider spawner if you don't, just, it'd save a trip."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Hm? —yeah, I do." Not, like, a ton, but he's usually got extra left over from sewing projects. Ranboo can have it.

When he gets back to Kinoko and is alone he is going to have some sort of breakdown but for now he's totally, totally fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

“Cool cool.” Then he can finish up the picnic table! Pause to see if Q wants to talk about anything before he says goodbye?

Permalink Mark Unread

He doesn't, really.

...but he probably should. 

"I'm— not going to tell anyone you told me. In case that's, in case that's relevant. Thank you for telling me, I'm glad I know, I'm, I'm not going to make you regret it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ranboo startles and then visibly relaxes. "--Oh! Okay, that's--that's good. Thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're welcome. I—" and then, whatever he was going to say, he thinks better of it. "You're welcome. Bye." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"--Oh, um, bye!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, sorry Ranboo, that was probably weird. But also Q's pretty sure Ranboo doesn't want to be here for this. When he's sure he's alone he stops and pushes his thumbs into his windpipe until the cartilage gives way and it goes from painful-and-irritating to painful-but-satisfying, and then immediately chokes and coughs until his eyes water, and— 

(Schlatt and Tubbo never fucking met, he never had to get between them— he wants to think he'd have picked Tubbo every time and he knows which he'd pick if you made him choose right now but back when he was seventeen, when Schlatt was all he had— he doesn't want to think about this— he can't think about anything else—) 

He doesn't take the Nether back to Kinoko. He goes, instead, the long way so he has plenty of time to pull himself together, to Eret's museum. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The museum isn't large by the standards of Las Nevadas or Kinoko Kingdom, but it's larger than Paradise, or some of the smaller buildings scattered around the Prime Path.

The central exhibit is a van with an on-fire hot dog on top. There are a few different maps; there's a wall made of black bricks; there's a large red egg, encased in glass and with a sign in front of it declaring it to be a REPLICA. There are three rooms, two of which are missing a fourth wall and are open to the people:
- another black-brick wall room, this one with five chests (labeled Tubbo, Eret, WilburSoot, TommyInnit, and Fundy) surrounding a wooden button on the floor
- a stone room, with a wooden chair facing a wooden button on the wall; the walls have writing on them, messy and all-caps and--not quite Wilbur's, but definitely close to it, or maybe trying to be?
- a red brick room with stone brick and wood accents, two windows, and shrubs by the windows

Downstairs there's more maps, along with--

Permalink Mark Unread

Eret herself.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well. It's something else to think about. That is what he wanted, wasn't it?

He can tell that all of these things have significance but it's hard to tell from looking at them what the significance might be. The writing on the wall in Wilbur's handwriting, even when he squints to read it, is little help. 

"...um. Hi?" he says to Eret. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hello!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Right. Now he has to explain himself. His hair's in a ponytail today, the lack of scar is clearly visible, but that's different from explaining yourself. 

"I'm Q, I got to the server about a month ago. And I, uh, keep falling into pits of unfortunate missing context, and— it would be nice if that happened, uh, less often, rather than more? So I asked around and was directed here." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What do you want to know about? I can try to answer your questions, I can show you around the museum, I can show you around the, uh, the SMP as a whole--?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't actually know that I know enough to have more specific questions, I went around the museum and— it's clear that everything here means something and is probably historically important but I don't know what any of the historical importance is." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense. I should probably have books explaining these things. The center of the museum is the camar van, which is from L'Manberg." They press a button on the door and it opens for a moment; they slip in, but if Q isn't on top of it, he'll have to press it again. The inside of the van has brewing stands for potions, which he may or may not recognize.

Permalink Mark Unread

He does not, in fact, recognize the potion brewing stands. He does keep his hands to himself. 

"Books might help more for someone who isn't me, my vision's kinda fucked. —What are these?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Brewing stands, they're for making potions. This caravan--excuse me, camar van--is where the L'Manberg revolution started."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Against— Dream, was it?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That is correct, yes." They head back out. "Wilbur made the van, I believe. And the revolution."

Permalink Mark Unread

...sometimes it's really, really easy to be fond of Wilbur. (Fuck, he misses his Wilbur.) He follows Eret out, still keeping his hands to himself. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Once out, Eret faces the the black-brick wall. "This was the wall that surrounded L'Manberg. I made it because we were immediately under attack by the Dream SMP. Wilbur started it, with the black and yellow concrete, but I added all the blackstone and built it up to what it would become."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What did it become?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Taller, mostly. It didn't--protect the nation inside as well as we might have hoped."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"What made it a nation? Like, as opposed to a household or a group of friends or something." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It was--I mean, we didn't share a household. But it was also a--community, an ideology. And of course part of it was just that that's what Wilbur called it."

Permalink Mark Unread

When your friend group is also your community is also your ideology is also demanding independence and getting it and can order executions, maybe it just is a country. A really, really small country, still, but. 

"...more of an answer than Wilbur had, I'll take it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I suppose that's all I can ask for." They walk to the right of the wall, towards the two rooms. "These are the control rooms. L'Manberg was--it started as an independence movement. My whole thing is-- I wanted to see-- I saw war as a bad thing, I wanted L'Manberg to--reintegrate into the SMP. I wanted everyone to stop fighting, I wanted peace. And the way I saw that--having built the walls and helped L'Manberg so much--" They walk into the room made of blackstone bricks with the chests inside. There's a sign at the entrance, labeling it Final Control Room. "--was to deliver a crushing blow to their military. And in this room, I brought them all into here, pressed the button" (they demonstrate this by pressing the button) "and it opened several doors, letting in the entire Dream SMP army. They slaughtered the L'Manbergians. They were trapped so they couldn't escape."

Permalink Mark Unread

...there's four chests here, plus Eret's. Eret, the Eret he met at sixteen, the Eret who won the fifty-seventh Hunger Games, had four allies— 

"That's— huh. Can I tell you something weird, I don't know if it means anything but—" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Go for it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"So, the thing where I look and sound like Quackity, it's not a one off. Before I showed up here, on this server, I lived near a Tommy and a Tubbo, I was dating a Sapnap, I was friends with a Wilbur. And nobody I've met here is exactly the same, but there's— weird coincidences, sometimes. 

There's someone I know named Eret. And when they were in the Hunger Games— uh, in a death arena that only one person could make it out of alive, that is— they had four allies, and they told them they'd found a source of water and led them into an enclosed space and killed them by pushing a button. And that's, that's obviously not the only thing they've ever done, it's obviously not the only thing you've ever done, but— it rhymes weirdly closely." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It sometimes feels like it's the only thing anyone will remember me for."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"I don't know Eret very well. I know they're friends with Foolish. The two of them collaborated a while ago, on— some kind of kinetic sculpture thing I don't really understand? I think they used to work for an electrical plant. They're in the mentoring ring every single year, most people don't realize how impressive that is but it's really impressive. They turned thirty-one a few months ago." 

(He doesn't in fact know Eret very well and he can tell this is sort of weaksauce but— you can't just tell someone 'oh, yeah, your alternate universe counterpart tried to handle that by coming out and it almost even worked, now they're known almost as much for wearing dresses as they are for the deaths of four people who trusted them.' Even if it's true. Especially if it's true.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm friends with Foolish as well. We haven't done any collaborations. Maybe we should."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think I understand what this Foolish does even less somehow. It'd probably be cool, though." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Have you seen his summer home? You should, if you haven't. It's a bit out of the way but it's worth it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I haven't! I've mostly been around Kinoko and Las Nevadas, I'll check that out." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's absolutely gorgeous. And massive, the amount of time he must have worked on it--I suppose if you've seen Kinoko you have some idea of what he can build."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do." He hadn't actually known that was Foolish but it does make sense. "I live there, actually, it really is gorgeous." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you come over to the maps over here" --they're on the other side of the museum, they have to walk over to them, but the museum isn't that large -- "you can see it--I had to make a whole separate map for it, that's how big it is." There are two maps on the wall. "Here's Kinoko Kingdom and Las Nevadas. You can, uh, see how big they are in comparison."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Holy fucking shit." 

But also, if Kinoko is empty, if Las Nevadas is too much space for too few people, and Foolish's summer home, just for himself, empty most of the time, looks like that— this thought doesn't really go anywhere. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. As I said, it's definitely worth seeing."

Permalink Mark Unread

"—what's it like? Having something that can be called a country, and have that mean anything, and it's only got six people in it?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

“I—wouldn’t know, I’ve never really experienced the alternative. And for most of its experience I wouldn’t know, I wasn’t really part of it after…” They trail off. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...yeah. Fair enough." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...If you have more specific questions I can answer them. Or I can, uh, show you the rest of the museum. I'm--sorry I can't be more helpful."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I—" 

Deep breath. 

"I. Was hoping I could learn the context on Tubbo's execution, and about Wilbur's suicide. —I, I can ask someone else if you're not up for it, I just—" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I--wasn't there for Tubbo's execution, I can tell you what I know but I don't know very much. I know that Technoblade did it on Schlatt's orders.

Wilbur... Let me show you the other, the other control room."

This room doesn't have a sign outside labeling it. The writing inside reads: MY L'MANBERG / A VERY BIG AND NOT BLOWN / MY L'MANBERG / NEEDN'T FRET WITH WILBUR / TOMMY TUBBO FUCK ERET / I HEARD THERE WAS A / SPECIAL PLACE WHERE MEN COULD / GO EMANCIPATE THE BRUTALITY / AND TYRANNY OF OUR RULERS / WELL THIS PLACE IS REAL YOU / UP L'MANBERG / MY L'MANBERG.

"Wilbur--After the final control room, L'Manberg fought back, Wilbur built his force back, they built everything anew. They held an election, and, uh--JSchlatt won the election. JSchlatt, I believe, if I've got my information correctly, was under the influence of Dream, and they worked together to-- expel, all of the main L'Manbergians, like Tommy and Wilbur. And out in the wilderness alone, Wilbur went insane. I can show you their base, Wilbur and Tommy's, Pogtopia, it's--covered in these buttons. But this one was different. Wilbur came into this room, pressed this button, saying my line, the line I said when I pressed the button in the final control room, it was never meant to be. And just like that, L'Manberg blew up. But Wilbur--Wilbur survived the explosion. Phil had to kill Wilbur. It wasn't--I don't believe it was a suicide."

Permalink Mark Unread

Technoblade. Notably, not Quackity. Which— doesn't mean Quackity didn't help. But it's something, anyway. 

"Hm." He's staring at GO EMANCIPATE THE BRUTALITY AND TYRANNY OF OUR RULERS like this will convince it to reveal its secrets, like how on earth Wilbur got away with writing that— or, well, maybe he didn't, if someone killed him for it, he doesn't actually remember whether Wilbur specifically said he'd been trying to die or if he just reacted to Q's Wilbur's thing in a way that implied it— or what the word 'emancipate' means. "Why do you say Schlatt was under Dream's influence?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"They fought together, in the--in the war, at the end. I think they'd been talking before then, there was--some stuff I don't know the details of, that Dream was, cagey around. I--wasn't very included in a lot of conversations at the time. But Dream is--often behind things like that." Eret does not say I would know, he was behind me, but they think it before they're able to redirect their train of thought to something more useful.

Permalink Mark Unread

"...huh. I wouldn't usually say Jonah Schlatt sucking needs someone to be behind it, but—" and he cuts himself off before he can get too bitter. "Anyway. Why did Phil have to kill Wilbur, do you know?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"--Jonah? I'm sorry, I'm going to be honest, I've never heard anyone use his first name. I'm not sure I believed the J even stood for anything."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, he didn't really use his first name, just used the initial when something really needed it, and if I hadn't spent two years living with him I wouldn't know it? But he did have one.

Or, mine did. Maybe yours didn't and the J was just a J, who knows. But, the Schlatt I used to know, his first name was Jonah." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Jonah Schlatt. Huh. --Right, yes, you had a question. Phil killed Wilbur because he blew up L'Manberg, I believe?"

Permalink Mark Unread

That isn't really an answer to the thing he was trying to get at but he isn't sure how to phrase a question to get an answer that would be. 

...also, Eret might be wrong. It kind of sounds like a lot of this is guesswork and assumptions. 

"That makes sense," he says. "Was Phil part of L'manberg?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"--I don't think so? He wasn't really--here--before then."

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, he's increasingly sure he was right the first time and Wilbur's death was, in the meaningful sense if not the technical one, suicide. Not, like, sure sure, but pretty sure. 

"Right. So—" He gestures towards the writing declaring the rulers, whoever those might be, to be brutal tyrants. "How did Wilbur get away with saying that? —if he did." His bet is on the story having been went insane but he wants to check—

Permalink Mark Unread

"--It's the L'Manberg anthem."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's— what?" 

It's weirdly incoherent? Actually Panem's anthem is in Latin and Q has no idea what it says or if it means anything, maybe it's not weirdly incoherent, maybe anthems are just like that. If the brutal tyrants in question aren't actually rulers of a country Wilbur was part of or in then it makes marginally more sense but only marginally. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Or, I mean--pieces of it, it's not in order, but that's what it's from. I heard there was a special place, where men could go emancipate / the brutality and tyranny of their rulers."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I guess if you get the independence you can say whatever you want about your former rulers." 

Not that he's thinking about brutality, or tyranny, or anything. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"They were-- pretty outspoken about their views on the Greater Dream SMP, yes." Not that they're thinking about the next line containing fuck Eret, or anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know the country doesn't exist anymore, was Wilbur blowing it up the end of it, then?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, actually! They tried to rebuild one more time and then Dream came back and finished them off."

Permalink Mark Unread

That does make more sense of how Ranboo having been in its government could have been a surprise to Wilbur. 

"Speaking of Dream, why is he in prison?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ohhhh boy." Small laugh. "He put Tommy in exile--it was a bit of a long story, Tubbo was involved, but I'm pretty sure he was under Dream's manipulation at the time--and he, uh. I don't know all the details, he didn't exactly allow visitors, but I'm-- pretty sure Tommy attempted suicide there because of Dream."

Permalink Mark Unread

...it does not sound right that someone who ran a country would be put in prison and is now okay to torture because he drove an exiled teenager to suicide. Dream seems to have been killing people with impunity before that, he destroyed a country, that doesn't make any sense. 

...except that this is a world where six people can demand independence, and get it. Even if they're not good at fighting. Where if you have Technoblade around and he hasn't destroyed you he must be on your side. 

"Was that, like— the last straw for a bunch of people, or something? I mean, it's definitely a fucked up thing to do, it just— sounds like he wasn't really worried about consequences for anything else fucked up he did—" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It wasn't-- I don't actually know if he was put in prison right away from that, I don't think he was, but it's--what the earlier straws were made of, it's why everyone agreed he was a bad guy, that he should be there. The last straw was just--he tried to kill Tommy and Tubbo again, and instead of letting him get away with it again, the server all showed up and stopped him and put him in prison."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Right. Okay, thank you, that's the only remotely coherent answer anyone has given me about it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Glad I could be of some assistance."

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, yeah, you helped a lot actually. I mean it, thank you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course." Eret walks over to the third room, the one that has four walls and a door, and opens the door. "This is the old community house, the first building on the server. It looks--basically the same?" There are some chests; the floor is crafting benches; there's a staircase leading up, which Eret takes. "Up here there's a fish tank."

Permalink Mark Unread

Q follows. "Is there a reason the floor is crafting benches?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

“—It was originally a prank I did but then nobody fixed it and now that’s just what it looks like.”

Permalink Mark Unread

That's a really cute way to do architecture. He's not going to say that but he's sure thinking it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Back down and out the door, and to the red egg (REPLICA) encased in glass. "This was the egg, it was spreading over the server--you can see the red vines all over the maps--but it's mostly dormant now, the maps are out of date."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...is that a regular thing for eggs to do, I don't generally think of eggs as spreading or having vines...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, it really isn't. The, uh, size and color, that's also not normal."

Permalink Mark Unread

Not a super helpful amount of context but it's not like he doesn't have enough to chew on right now.

"Tracks. ...if I have more questions should I come back, or?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That works for me. I'm usually here, so, uh, you know where to find me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure do. Have a good evening."

 

Kinoko's as quiet as it ever is, which is usually, you know, fine, slightly depressing sometimes but fine. Today, though, the thought of Tubbo and what Quackity may or may not have helped do and Wilbur and a ravine filled with buttons and an insanity plea and the things Wilbur says as soon as he gets independence— it's kind of expanding to fill all the space it's given. 

Q's been avoiding actually taking the drugs he had in his pocket, he doesn't know when or if he can get more of them. He really doesn't want to face himself tonight. One quarter of one of the tranqs is enough to knock himself pretty thoroughly out, and for once in the last month and a fucking half he doesn't dream. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The morning comes as mornings do. Kinoko's even quieter in the mornings, as it always is.

Permalink Mark Unread

He could look for Fundy. He could try again with Ranboo. He could check out Foolish's summer home. He could try meeting other people, there are still people on the server he's never spoken to. He could do any number of things that aren't staying here in the lonely quiet. He has more than just the two options. 

...but in fact what he does is go to Paradise to look for Wilbur, and then checks Las Nevadas when Wilbur isn't there, and then when Wilbur isn't there either he takes the portal Wilbur always does to what he sure hopes is the Arctic. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It is indeed the arctic! There are two cabins connected by a bridge; across from them, built into the hillside, is a significantly smaller and more boxy house with Ranboo peeking out of the window.

Permalink Mark Unread

Right. Yes. Phil and Techno live here. ...can he tell from the outside which of the cabins is Phil's? 

Permalink Mark Unread

The one on the left has a horse and a polar bear tied up outside it, and a basement door entrance. Other than that, there aren't obvious differences.

Permalink Mark Unread

If Ranboo was right yesterday then Technoblade probably does not want to see him, is the problem. 

...actually you know what fuck it this is what asking for help is for. 

Quackity_V68 whispers to RanbooLive: I am here to bother Wilbur do you know which of these cabins he's in

 

Permalink Mark Unread

RanbooLive whispers to Quackity_V68: cabin on the right
RanbooLive whispers to Quackity_V68: without the animals
RanbooLive whispers to Quackity_V68: hes usually upstairs

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Quackity_V68 whispers to RanbooLive: THANK YOU 

Cabin on the right, without the animals. He knocks like a person with manners but if nobody answers he'll just go in, and if he doesn't see Phil he'll head upstairs. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Phil is, in fact, not home. Wilbur's upstairs, as Ranboo said; he's laying on his bed, but he sits up when Q comes in. "Oh, hey Q."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Morning! Sorry, did I wake you up—" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nah, no need to worry, I was awake. --What's up, what brings you here on this fine morning?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Kinoko is very beautiful but if I spend too much time there the quiet starts getting to me. You know how it is." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Yeah. It's--it gets unbearable, sometimes. Like you're dead, like no one exists or cares."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Or like you aren't a real person and everyone around you is a ghost or an automaton and you'll never interact with a human being as a human being ever again. It's— yeah." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur winces in sympathy and reaches out to squeeze Q's arm. "Tell you what, Q, neither of us are fucking ghosts."

Permalink Mark Unread

It's kind of pathetic how fast he melts into being touched but he does, in fact, melt into being touched. 

"Full real living people, both of us." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur's too busy clinging to Q's arm like a lifeline for it to occur to him to find Q pathetic for doing the same.

"Yeah." When he gets like that he normally goes and gets Tommy or bothers Quackity until he feels alive again, like a person who exists in their own skin and not--what he actually is--but he really doesn't want to face that today, so he doesn't suggest it. "What do you want, Q? I--can't promise you I can make it happen but I can do my best."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll be honest I mostly just— wanted to talk to someone. And spending time with you usually helps." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"D'you have your guitar? We could practice for a bit if you want."

Permalink Mark Unread

He does have his guitar with him. 

(Sometimes Wilbur is a phenomenal asshole. He hasn't forgotten that. But other times Wilbur is exactly what he needs in a friend and he can feel himself forgiving it.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur's got a nice voice, too; he sings along, on-and-off.

Permalink Mark Unread

It is a nice voice. It's a really nice voice, actually; Q can sound not-terrible if he actually tries but he can't sound like that. 

This is not really managing to be a distraction. He's still thinking about Tubbo and about Wilbur's handwriting shaky and all-caps on the walls. 

Carefully: "...can I ask something that might be kind of a lot?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Sure, what’s on your mind?”

Permalink Mark Unread

He doesn't want to say this he doesn't want to say this he does not want to say this 

"What happened at Tubbo's execution?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur goes very, very still.

 

"Schlatt ordered Technoblade to shoot Tubbo. It was point-blank, with firework rockets. Him and Quackity were--boxing Tubbo in, on stage, so he couldn't get away. I thought--I thought Technoblade was on our side, so I didn't--I didn't do anything. I told Tubbo not to worry, that Techno was on our side, I told Tommy not to jump in, I didn't do anything."

His traitor throat closes up when he thinks of the pit, afterwards. He's fucking selfish, doesn't want Q to see him like that, even though he was fully willing to throw it in Tommy's face a month ago, to make the kid follow him, fucking stupid selfish asshole hurts fucking everyone and then comes back for seconds thirds because it's never fucking ENOUGH for him--

Execution. He can talk about the execution. (He hides his face in his hands, as though that'll help.)

"He, uh, he did it. Obviously. 'S where Tubbo got his scars from."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

"So Quackity did box him in." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I--think so? I know he was--he was definitely there. I don't remember if Fundy was, too, he might have been. I know there was--yellow concrete. I know--" that I had just called Tubbo a yes-man. that I thought Tubbo was loyal to Schlatt and lying to me. that I didn't know, actually, if Technoblade was on our side, that I didn't believe it, I just wanted to. that I wanted to press the button and kill everyone and myself with it. that I got Tubbo to say the code word for it. that it was all a test I set and Tubbo failed and Technoblade failed and I failed. that I ran away, after it happened, and I told Tommy to run away with me and he ran in instead, yelling Tubbo's name, because he's braver and stronger than I have ever been or ever will be.

Wilbur doesn't say any of that; his throat's closed again.

"--It wasn't anyone's--best moment."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I—"

 

(How can you explain, to someone who barely even knows what the Games are? To someone who's never been in the mentoring ring, who never prayed donations would come in for bread on day sixteen when the prices are climbing higher every second, who has never looked at a teenager in a hospital bed and known nobody was going to put them together but you and you didn't know how but you'd just spent three weeks fighting for them and damned if you were going to stop? Who thinks mentor just means someone I looked up to?)

 

"—Schlatt died, before Tubbo was in the picture. My Schlatt, I mean, my Tubbo. It was about four, five months before Tubbo's Games. And Tubbo's not my kid and it's weird when people call him my kid but also once you pull a tribute that's your kid, your job was to keep them safe and now you're the one responsible for putting them back together, and I was Schlatt's and Tubbo was mine and— and they never met. I, I never had to get between them, I never knew them both at once, I never had to find out whether I'd keep him safe if it got personal—

And I guess I know now. That I wouldn't." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"--You weren't there, Q. You don't know that. You're not the same person." He's not sure if it's true, but it's the nice thing to say, isn't it?

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe." He does not sound very convinced. "But— fucking, you wonder, right? If I'd, if he'd held out for six more months, would I have done a better job if it weren't just me? And— and the answer is no. Here's another universe with the closest thing you're ever gonna get to an answer and the answer you get is that no, it's just fucking worse, you're failing him but if you weren't going it alone you'd literally fucking help kill him." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You didn't, though. A different you, a different universe. You didn't do that to your Tubbo." It's not enough. He knows it's not enough.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's really not. But what else is there? 

"It's sweet of you to say that, Wilbur." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“I didn’t— I didn’t stop Schlatt either, it wasn’t just Quackity, and Tubbo was— more my responsibility than Quackity’s. No one stopped Schlatt.”

Permalink Mark Unread

That actually does help. Not for the reasons Wilbur probably thinks it does, but it does. He can make one fucking choice right. If he'd had doubts about that, and he didn't, he fucking didn't, but if he had, he doesn't now. 

"...guess that's something." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur--does not laugh, but he makes some sort of noise, breathy and strangled. "It's--yeah, fuck, I guess it's something.

 

I should--apologize to Tubbo. Not--not just for that, even, I did--a lot."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Probably a good idea." He's still mostly thinking about Schlatt but there's a correct response to that and it isn't asking about Schlatt; he takes Wilbur's hand and laces their fingers together, instead. "Wanna talk about it?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Fuck, I don’t— I don’t know, man. There’s a lot.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"—If the answer is no you don't want that's fine. You know that, right?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It shouldn't matter whether I want to. It's not like I asked everyone, hey, do you want me to ruin your life, no, oh that's cool I'll just leave you alone."

Permalink Mark Unread

"—so, ever since I got out of the arena, I'm... basically only close with other victors, and that's not because it's convenient, it isn't. It's because nobody else gets it. And one of the things nobody else gets is that you don't bring up someone's arena unless they bring it up first, and you don't bring someone's family unless they bring it up first, and you don't ask about the people they killed, ever, unless they bring it up first. It doesn't matter what they did, I have friends who have killed a dozen people, and unless they bring it up, I don't fucking ask. 

I break that rule with you a lot, because frankly a lot of the time you sound like you kind of want to talk about it but need the excuse. But if I'm wrong, if you don't, then— it matters, to me at least, that I'm the one who's wrong and you don't have to." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't--

There wasn't an arena. I didn't have to do any of what I did, no one was--no one was making me. It was just-- me. I wasn't doing terrible things because I, I had to do them to survive.

I--I appreciate it, Q. I really do. But you don't have to, to coddle me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wilbur, I promise you that I am not under the impression people only ever do bad things if they're being forced to." And can you please stop acting like the problem is that I don't realize human cruelty is a thing that exists. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I wasn't--good. To--a lot of people.

But--I wasn't--everyone just looks at me like I'm some sort of fucking, freak, and I don't--I'm tired of it, Q, I don't know what more punishment they want and I'm trying to be better but it's never fucking enough, is it? They're all still fucking scared of me. No one cared when I died, they wanted it, they liked me better when I was fucking dead. Half of them have done the same or worse, but it's just me, right? I'm the psycho in their eyes. And the worst part is I get it, I hate him too for what he did. But I don't want to die anymore."

Permalink Mark Unread

There's really not a lot of detail there. Q doesn't even know where he'd start asking questions if he was going to. 

...but he also doesn't really have to, to have an answer. 

"That sounds so fucking awful. I'm sorry." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur presses his face into Q's shoulder and cries. (Fucking baby, you don't deserve this you should be dead he should stab you right now a thousand times and twist the knife and it'd be what you FUCKING deserved--he's never going to see you the same way again and it's all your fault your fault your fault you fucking idiot just fucking DIE already and leave everyone else ALONE--)

"I'm sorry, I don't--I don't know what to do or, or how to do--any of this--"

Permalink Mark Unread

"'S okay. I don't think anyone really does." He's holding Wilbur tight, it usually seems like it helps rather than making things worse. Then, on the basis that this will also probably not make things worse: "We'll figure it out. Tell me?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

The holding helps, yeah. The half-discarded guitar is kind of awkwardly digging into his thigh but that's helping too, in its own way.

 

"I don't-- fuck, man, I don't really know where to start. Uh, we were talking about Tubbo, I guess, I--I made him president, did you know that? Right before I blew it all to hell. It was--it was supposed to be Tommy, I was trying to hurt Tommy."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay." Gentle, patient, because those are the things you are when someone is telling you about the worst thing they ever did. He doesn't actually know what he's doing but faking it hasn't gone horribly so far! "Why were you trying to do that?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I was--sick." His voice breaks a little, on the last word. "I wasn't--thinking straight, really. Part of it was--I needed to hurt him, so maybe he, he wouldn't miss me. Guess I did a proper job of that one, at least." He half-laughs; the sound is wet. "Tommy, I mean, not Tubbo, I knew Tubbo'd be fine without me. But I still, I still needed to hurt someone. The way I was hurting."

Permalink Mark Unread

I bet he still missed you, he doesn't say. Didn't talk about it maybe, but didn't not miss you. It's harder than you'd think to treat someone so badly they don't. 

That is definitely the wrong response. He pets Wilbur's hair, almost absently, like it's a stall for time. "The way you were hurting?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The-- I was--" His voice stalls out again. Deep breath. He digs his nails into his arm, tries to focus. "I thought everyone was just--lying to me to hurt me. --Almost everyone, I trusted Tommy. And Phil. I thought they were stupid and naive but I didn't think they were trying to hurt me the way everyone else was. I--I knew I was evil and I kept going, because if I couldn't be happy, no one could be happy. I was just--treating them how they treated me. Golden rule, right?" Another miserable little half-laugh. "And then eventually I was just--trying to make it stop. Trying to make everything and everyone stop. Like I was on a roller coaster and it was going too fast and I couldn't get off so I just blew the whole thing up."

Permalink Mark Unread

If it's pain Wilbur wants he can have it; Q goes from petting his hair to pulling it, steady and gentle. This is also stalling for time while he thinks of something to say. 

"...I don't think any of that is evil," is what he settles on. "Desperate, maybe, but not evil." 

Permalink Mark Unread

And he is back to crying into Q's shoulder, shaking full-body sobs.

"They're all still--everyone's still scared of me. They look at me and it's the same look, like I'm some--nightmare turned reality--and it feels like I'm back there again, back in a ravine with everyone fucking lying to me--"

Permalink Mark Unread

Have you considered not forcing people into trust falls that involve blowing things up, you would probably get fewer people acting like they're scared of you if you didn't do that, he ABSOLUTELY CANNOT SAY THAT AT ALL IT WILL NOT HELP. 

"God," he says, "that's awful, I'm so fucking sorry—"

Permalink Mark Unread

“I— thank you, Q,” he says, and means it. He’s almost entirely limp; when his hands finally drop from his face his eyes are red and puffy and he’s looking at Q like the other man is his savior. “You really— mean it?” It’s a stupid, childish question, and he hates himself for it as soon as the words pass his lips. A part of him hopes Q will say no and laugh in his face and scream at him; what scares him more than that is the significantly larger part of him that hopes so, so badly for Q to say yes, of course I mean it, and keep holding him even though he doesn’t deserve it, has never deserved it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean it." It's even true. Half of it was said while desperately trying to come up with something anything helpful to say, but none of it was a lie. "That sounds awful and miserable and I'm sorry. I mean it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

“No, the—

 

—that I’m not evil.”

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh. That wasn't even one of the things he said because he couldn't think of anything better. That he actually just said because it was true. Evil has a face, and it's not Wilbur. 

"Yeah. I mean that. You're not evil, Wil." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur is going to go completely boneless and stare adoringly up at Q as though he is the most perfect being to ever exist. (It’s an expression he usually makes while laughing with Tommy; it looks different here, paired with his tear-stained cheeks and somber mouth.) 

“I wish I were Dream sometimes. I wish I had been punished like that. Instead of just—coming back to hurt more people.”

Permalink Mark Unread

Wow, that sounds like a great reason to never tell Wilbur what happened to Dream or at whose hands. 

He pets Wilbur’s hair some more. "That's— understandable. I'm glad you're here instead." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Why?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, he can't answer that question with facts about the prison, and he doesn't want to find out what happens if he tells Wilbur that Dream is still trying to hurt Tommy, which leaves him with: 

"...I know this is very cringe of me, but I value my friends' wellbeing and presence in my life." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Awwwwww, Q, you think we're friends?" (The tone is light, clearly intended as an affectionate tease rather than a statement that they aren't.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, actually, I think our relationship is strictly professional, I can see why the amount that we've had sex and/or cried on each other might be confusing on this front but if you look closely you will find— yes, you dipshit, I think we're friends." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Giggle. He tilts his head to the side to kiss Q's shoulder. "You're sweet."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I try." Can he kiss Wilbur's forehead at this angle? Well, if he misses and it ends up on his cheek that's not exactly a loss. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can, in fact, kiss Wilbur's forehead. Wilbur does not say I love you, but in a much more consciously aware way than he normally doesn't say I love you.

"You're too good for me, you know."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Did I say something specific, or..?" (This is also a little bit teasing but only a little bit.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Just--" He's too flopped to gesture, but he makes a valiant effort towards it. "Everything. All of it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's cute. You're cute." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Don't they say something about stones and glass houses?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh no. I might get called cute. That would be terrible. I don't know what I'm going to do." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Get called cute, apparently."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's true. I am not beating the cute allegations. And neither—" he punctuates this sentence by poking Wilbur on the nose— "are you. Wait, shit, have you eaten today?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Phil brought me breakfast." It's not a yes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course it's not a yes. "Well, need to eat, would you like to come downstairs and keep me company?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Only for you." Wilbur sighs and begins the process of unflopping and detangling his limbs from Q's. It's interrupted a few times by him going boneless and looking up at Q with half-adoring half-pathetic eyes, but he gets there in the end.

Permalink Mark Unread

He could get fucking high on being looked at like that, on being adored like that. Shouldn't, definitely shouldn't right this minute. But could.

In the meantime he brings Wilbur downstairs and pokes around Philza Minecraft's kitchen, which is a really weird sentence if he takes a step back from it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There are cookies and golden carrots and steak and bread and all sorts of miscellaneous food items! Wilbur will even deign to eat a little of the bread, with fairly minimal cajoling.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you Philza for your kind donation of steak and a baked potato and a place to cook them. Hopefully they can work their way up to Wilbur eating an actual meal but like, whatever, baby steps, right now he gets forehead kisses for eating at all. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The forehead kisses get the same expression, like Q is the shining source of all goodness in the world. He's genuinely glad Q is eating; Q deserves it, even if he doesn't.

Wilbur doesn't have any plans for the rest of the day, other than avoiding Paradise; if Q wants to spend the day with him in the arctic, he can. Otherwise, Sapnap will probably be awake soon.

Permalink Mark Unread

Q would be totally happy to spend the day with him in the arctic, actually; he'll probably still be here when Phil gets back. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Phil comes up for dinner! He blinks a couple times at Q being there. "Good to see Wilbur having a friend over, you need anything?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I told you. I have friends."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Never said you didn't."

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah no fair enough, Q would be skeptical too. "I think we're doing alright, but thank you!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Holler if you need anything, alright? I'm just building a basement, I should be able to hear. I'm not that old." (The last sentence is directed at Wilbur, who had opened his mouth; he closes it and looks appropriately mildly chagrined.)

Permalink Mark Unread

He looks almost ten years younger than the Philza that Q is familiar with, which... actually is bizarrely young to have a kid Wilbur's age and, wait, now that he actually thinks about it is anyone on this server older than thirty-five, what is up with that, he almost hadn't noticed because there's just so few people in general—

"Will do!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Phil does not nag Wilbur to eat his dinner but he does pointedly put a large meal's worth of food in front of Wilbur. They exchange a series of pointed looks until Wilbur eats; when everyone's done, or close enough to it, Phil cleans up.

Permalink Mark Unread

(Q doesn't nag either but he does quietly observe the series of pointed looks. It's... nice, having allies.) 

He does automatically get up to help with dishes, almost as if he's internalized a very specific set of rules for being polite to people you don't know well whose houses you are visiting, which is in fact the case. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, thanks mate."

Permalink Mark Unread

(He's also developed a habit of announcing when he's behind someone, and especially when he's behind them and holding something sharp, as if he's used to sharing kitchens with extremely jumpy people, which is also, in fact, the case.)

Once he's done: "I— should probably be getting home. Thank you Phil for dinner; Wilbur, I'll see you at some point in the next week or so?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

“See you around.”

Permalink Mark Unread

Home, then. And—

Wow. That did not actually help with his feelings about Tubbo even a little bit. Okay. Good to know. What if, instead of dealing with that, he does not. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, he’s got more tranqs if he wants to use them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He isn't sure he does. Down that path lies becoming George, and it's not that he doesn't love George but, also. 

....but when he's spent an hour curled up in bed with his eyes closed and is no closer to sleep than he was when he started, the little metal box of assorted drugs on his bedside table starts to look really, really nice.

Fuck it. It's not like he's doing anything in the morning, right. Why not. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The next two days pass fairly uneventfully. He doesn't have nightmares on tranqs, but he doesn't take any more, so the nightmares come back. He hangs out with Fundy at Las Nevadas a little bit. Ranboo is sometimes around Paradise, but Wilbur isn't.

On the third day, Wilbur's back at Paradise to meet Ranboo, a grin on his face and a bounce in his step.

Permalink Mark Unread

Q's first thought is, oh no. His second thought is, no, this is a good thing, it is good that he ever leaves the house, if it took him too long I was going to have to show up unannounced at Phil's again. And his third thought is oh no again but in a different tone of voice. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do either of you know what today is? --It's not a trick question, I promise, I know you both joined the server later."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...N...o?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Back home it'd be mid-April but here I'm pretty sure it's August? From the question I'm guessing it's the day something important happened I have no idea what." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"August 3rd. Anniversary of L'Manberg's independence. Come on, follow me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"--O--oh, okay!"

Permalink Mark Unread

He does not remotely trust that face but sure he'll follow Wilbur. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He's not, for the record, walking towards Las Nevadas. He's walking away from Las Nevadas, towards the central area closest to spawn. He sings while he walks:

I heard there was a special place
Where men could go emancipate
The brutality and the tyranny of their rulers

"Do you know that one?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do, yeah."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'd heard of it but didn't know the tune." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, you don't! I was actually just going to talk about the tune, it's--it's from a song called Hallelujah, very good song--I didn't write it, I wrote the anthem.

I heard there was a secret chord
That David played and it pleased the Lord
But you don't really care for music, do ya?

I do like the anthem. Not just because I wrote it--you know what they say, you are your own worst critic--but because of the, because of the story, of why we chose Hallelujah, because I think it's quite cool. I was going to ask if you knew why we chose Hallelujah but I guess, Q, you must not, if you didn't even know it was a song. So basically it was-- the reason I did it is because Tommy used to sing Hallelujah to the plants, in the-- around the-- thing-- you know, the, the caravan, that's the word, do you know about the caravan? Have you heard of the caravan?"

(They've reached the main area and are now on the main oak path; they walk past fields of beetroot next to a little house built into the hill.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, I've--I've heard of it. There's a recreation in the museum. That's about it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The— Camarvan, right? I've heard of it, yeah." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes! Yes. He used to plant stuff around the camarvan, and to make it grow better, my man Tommy--" They pass Tommy's house and Wilbur suddenly processes the giant beet farm that they are walking next to. "--Wait, what is this, this is new? I... won't ask questions."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Um, a lot of-- someone just planted a lot of beets here. I don’t know why."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It looks quite nice, it looks nicer than the Target that used to be here. Let's go visit the museum, actually, see it while we're here. --Where was I. So my man Tommy used to sing to the plants to make them grow better. And that was the song he used to sing, so I thought, what a way to honor Tommy, you know, one of the most, one of the most loyal members of our fair nation, than by basing the song on him, you know? And they’re all singing it based on his little… his little muse, you know? Tommy's our-- Tommy's all of our muse really, I'd say. --Here's the museum! I haven't actually been in museums a lot, but last time-- that's where I met Ranboo, actually, was in this museum! I met you in this museum, right?" He's talking quickly, clearly, like a stage actor or a man animated by some otherworldly force.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah! You saw me next to the, um, the poster of myself. I don’t know why’s that still up. I kinda just put that there and it proceeded to stay there. ...Is that still up? Oh, no, it's gone."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, it was right here, on this wall." He points for Q. "I quite liked it. Apparently it's not worthy enough to be history, though." He laughs a little.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Shame," says Q, because something like ninety-eight percent of his brain is currently occupied trying to figure out if they're about to run into Eret and how he's going to manage that if so. 

Permalink Mark Unread

(Eret's not, in fact, here; it's early enough in the day that they're likely still at home.)

Wilbur walks into the camarvan. "In here, in this-- this is where the Declaration of Independance used to sit, on the wall, here." There's an empty frame on the wall, backed by obsidian; it's the only piece of obsidian and the only frame. It was actually quite- It was actually quite a nice little van. Not as quite as good as ours, I wouldn’t say. I quite liked what you were doing with it, Ranboo, have you been working on it since I was gone?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah! I've been working on it, I added a nice little table outside, did some pathways, got some appropriately themed flowers. --Q helped."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you, Q, for helping my man Ranboo with everything. What could I do without you two? I'm--I'm really excited to be working with you two, man, you're great."

Permalink Mark Unread

Woo! Victory! This should not be as much of a relief as it is but he is going to deal with that later or perhaps never! 

"Yeah! Ranboo's been excellent." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Let's go to L'Manberg. Let's go to--what was L'Manberg. It's just a big glass thing now, isn't it, so. Let's go and see it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think it goes by L'Manhole now apparently."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I-- ah, that's kinda--ah, I'm not a fan. It's kind of--rude, to L'Manberg's history, you know? It's-- It's called L'Manberg. It's called L'Manberg. Not Manburg, not L'Crater, or whatever, L'Manhole, I don't care. It's L'Manberg. It's always L'Manberg, okay? Just how it goes."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mhm. Yeah. Okay."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. So that's why-- that's why the song exists as it is and-- oh, there's no glass!" (They are not quite at the crater, but they're close enough to see part of it. There is, indeed, no glass.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah! It seems to have changed a little bit."

Permalink Mark Unread

Phil did a really good job with the terraforming. If this was in fact Phil, he's pretty sure it was Phil. 

"I assume it wasn't always this... pretty." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yooooooooo! It--it very much did not, I actually didn't know this was here--oh!!!! it's even got the flag, man, can we go down and see the flag? C'mon c'mon c'mon--shit, I'm struggling to climb--I'm like a lemming, I don't care, I'm just gonna jump! Look at this, dude!!!!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"--Oh, uh, careful--"

Permalink Mark Unread

Q picks his way down the canyon walls and notes for later that there's water at the bottom, this might be a good place for elytra practice. 

"You know he's not gonna listen," he says quietly to Ranboo. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Quietly, to Q: "Yeah."

Permalink Mark Unread

Meanwhile: "Damn, I really went down to bedrock, didn't I, holy shit, I did a number on this place. This is amazing! See, this is--this is what it deserved. Not that glass bullshit, y'know? This is what it needed. It needed this, like, beautiful overgrown--it feels like, you know, it happened! It doesn't just feel like, oh yeah, it's a monument. It feels like--this is--you know, nature's claimed it back." He's started climbing back up, through the ruins of an apiary. "Oh, it's got a lake! They've rebuilt the lake, man! And, look, they made the lake flow into, like--this used to be real! This was a real river, it connected about here--" He's at the edge of the crater now, pointing towards the middle of the crater, when he stops dead in his tracks, leans forward, and squints. "Is that--do you see that, Q, is that--is that Tubbo? Ranboo, do you see that?"

(It is, in fact, Tubbo, sitting at the edge of the crater with his legs dangling in, holding a ukelele and wearing a suit at least one size two big for him.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"I— think so? I can't really see—" 

He's in Schlatt's jacket again. He isn't thinking about that.

Permalink Mark Unread

"--Yeah, that's Tubbo."

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur starts running towards the figure, waving wildly. "HEY, TUBBO! TUBBO!"

Permalink Mark Unread

(As they approach, they can hear Tubbo singing the anthem.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"TUBBO? T-Tubbo! Tubbo!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"--Oh! Hello?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"--You okay, bud? Hold on! I haven’t seen you, dude, in fucking ages! Tubbo, you're singing the song! Were you-- were you singing the thing? Hold on, I’m coming, I’m coming, I’m coming. I’m coming, man. I'm coming around. Hold on, hold on, hold on, here I come-- Tubbo, man!" (He's trying to pick his way around the crater to where Tubbo is, on the other side.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hello, Wilbur." He laughs, a little, and it is painfully obvious that it isn't genuine; even someone who didn't know Tubbo could tell. "Where are you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm coming around, man. I haven't seen you in ages! Bro! It's been--"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Weird seeing you here."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What, in L'Manberg? That seems like the most normal place to see me, right?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Yeah, yeah, I suppose so."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What? I mean-- Dude, it’s-- I, I don’t even know what to say to you, man! It’s, it’s like looking-- it’s like looking in a little mirror! Look, you’re even wearing my suit, still? How long have you been wearing that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, I just-- put it on. Just for-- today. I was-- you know, it's been a year now." They're face-to-face now. Tubbo's shaking a little bit.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, you look-- you look good in it! Ranboo, Q, have you met Tubbo?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He's at Tubbo's side before he has enough time to think about it. (Keeps Wilbur firmly on his right, where he can see him.) "Only pretty briefly, I think." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wow Isn't This Grass So Interesting.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm-- I'm really, really happy to see you, man."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh! Well, thank you!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you even know what’s happened? Since--"

Permalink Mark Unread

"--What do you mean, what's happened?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur drags his hands down his face. "Holy crap. I saw you briefly, man. When I was resurrected. I remember you super, super briefly. But this is the first time we’ve actually gotten to speak. I, I-- Okay, I will admit, I was a little bit overwhelmed during that whole thing, you know? It was a bit-- It was a bit-- You know, I was running across the glass--which, thank God, it’s gone, like, Jesus. Like--this is far more apt. But I was running across the glass-- I’m sorry, I wasn’t, you know… entirely on the same page. But, man, I promise you I’ve calmed down. You know, I'm all settled in. I understand, you know, what’s changed, what hasn’t, who’s new, who’s old, you know, who’s still about, you know, who, uh, who, who trusts me and stuff, you know."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Did they-- Did they fill you in with the story? Of, like, what happened here after you died?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. They did, they did. Uh, it’s-- I’ll be honest with you, it’s not a pretty one. Uh, I, I kind of left a bit of a ripple… If there was-- If I was a rock dropped in a lake, I’m a pretty big rock. Uh, which I can't say I'm not-- I'm not flattered. I mean, I am flattered. But I'm not too, you know, upset about-- I quite like being a big ripple. But Tubbo, more than anything, I want to say to you, super simply, man-- sorry, I can't really see you--" He was already a head taller than Tubbo; when he puts down a block like a stepstool, the difference is magnified. "Super simply, I just want to say, I-- I want to say I'm sorry. Uh, from one, from one thing mainly, uh, I’ve been thinking about this for ye- literal years! Literal years, I’ve been thinking about this. I’m sorry for-- I’m sorry for making you president, specifically, before... blowing it up. And I’m sorry for when I--when I did this, and blew all this up, and making this hole. I’m sorry that I, uh, I said that you were the president of a crater. I just want to say, I’m sorry. I’m really, really sorry. I really, really am."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, it wasn't-- this wasn't all you, Wilbur."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We’ll get to that. Just-- Do you-- Just, do you forgive me?" He kneels when he says it.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do forgive you. I do."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Man!" Wilbur stands up and jumps down to be back on equal ground with Tubbo, pulling him into a short, unreciprocated embrace. "My little-- my little secretary treasury. Remember that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, I remember that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Q, did you know, he was treasury secretary. And then he was president! And then he was president."

Permalink Mark Unread

He is startlingly reminded of Tubbo's victory tour.

"...Wilbur, c'mon, let's give him a little more space." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aw, c'mon, Q, it's fine. He forgives me! He's--Tubbo, you'll say if you want more space, right?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Yeah."

Permalink Mark Unread

"See, Q? Fine!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Tubbo absolutely would not say. Which means— fuck, he hopes their tells are similar enough that he's not basing this on literally nothing— does it look like Tubbo wants him to pick this fight? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Not particularly. He's doing his best at smiling politely at Wilbur.

Permalink Mark Unread

"...fair enough. Nice to meet you properly, Tubbo." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nice to meet you as well."

Permalink Mark Unread

"--Wait, so what were you saying about me not being the one who blew it up?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I mean, you-- you definitely blew it up, but I feel like you’re missing some vital information."

Permalink Mark Unread

"--Well, so--what, you rebuilt it? What? Then how did--how long did it stand before this happened?" (He's no longer in Tubbo's space; he's at the very edge of the last drop-off, leaning over the edge and peering down.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah! Me and--mainly Ghostbur, honestly, like, blood and sweat went into--he put so much effort into making everything right again."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Right. Is Ghostbur this--obsidian crap, then, I take it--" (He gestures at an obsidian grid above the crater.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, no! Well, I mean-- Do you know Dream?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"What? Yeah, I know Dream. I love him! I love Dream. Dream’s, like, probably my favorite person--sorry, Q, I mean, it's not a contest--I mean--he saved me! He brought me back to life!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh! Oh. Well, um. Oh, yeah, um, I mean. He was part of it I guess but um, Techno and Philza, yeah, they, um. They built this big obsidian contraption, like, overnight. I couldn’t even see it coming. And they rained TNT for days."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wait. Techno and Phil blew this up...? And-- Wait, that's-- Hold on. Why would Techno and Phil do this? Why would Techno and Phil want to blow up L’Manberg? Didn’t they live here? ...I mean, I don't know about Techno, but..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Techno and Phil, they-- they hated the government. I mean, it was--

It was partially my fault as well." (His voice gets a little shaky on my fault. Not overly so, but enough that Q notices.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"So they-- But you didn't blow it up."

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, I didn't. I would never have wished for anything like this to happen." He answers immediately, confident in the answer.

Permalink Mark Unread

"It was-- just Techno and Phil?"

Permalink Mark Unread

".....Y-yes."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

God. Poor kid. 

(He's angled between Wilbur and Tubbo, still with Wilbur on his right. His Tubbo would know, immediately, what that meant. This one probably doesn't; it's not exactly obvious if you don't know him that he has a blind side.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh my god… Sorry, that’s kinda… hit me. Not--not the blowing-up part! I mean, that, I’ve done that, you know. I’m not, I’m not shaken up about that. The thing I’m shaken up about, man, is that-- you rebuilt this! After I’d gone!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I can't take all the credit, obviously. There was a group effort."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, yeah, the-- the fucking ghost, who cares-- Man, you rebuilt this! Bro, you-- Fuck a grave! I was so pressed about not having a grave. Screw a grave! I built something that you-- that you love! That you, that you wanted to preserve! That’s… Tubbo, that’s worth more to me than a grave. That’s worth more to me than this shrine. Tubbo, this is probably the best gift I’ve ever been given. Just this knowledge, that you actually cared enough to rebuild this community after it fell."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. I'm... glad you're happy."

Permalink Mark Unread

"--I'm sorry. Oh, man. Tubbo, thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It’s alright, I’ve just-- I feel lost without L’Manberg. All my core beliefs, everything, died with it. I have no purpose anymore."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess that’s where anarchy fails." Wilbur sighs and turns to face Tubbo and walk towards him again; the distance that Tubbo had put between them while Wilbur was distracted is closed again in a few sentences. "Tubbo, I have a little--a little thing going. It’s not big, it’s nothing much yet, y’know. It’s just-- it’s not a big deal, y’know, it’s a, it’s a little burger van at the moment. But I’ve got big plans, big plans for it." He reaches face-to-face with Tubbo and then moves so he's on higher ground than Tubbo. Again. "Tubbo, would-- It’s called Paradise. I was wondering, do you-- Would you like to come join me? In- in Paradise? Literally."

Permalink Mark Unread

He moves as soon as Wilbur's moving but he can't actually feasibly get between them without picking a big visible fight that Tubbo doesn't want picked, he can't say anything without picking a big visible fight that Tubbo doesn't want picked. 

Well. If Tubbo says yes, he'll just have to be there. He's already here to keep an eye on things, he reasons, it won't be that much harder— 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hm… I’d-- I’m not sure, Wilbur. I’m, I’m not sure I trust you, man. I need to… In order to follow someone, I need to trust them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wait. Wait. But you-- I thought you forgave me!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, Wilbur, I forgive you, because I like to… hang on to the hope that people can change. But-- I don't trust you yet, Wilbur."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay… Well, Tubbo, I’ve literally-- I was dead for thirteen years. I know it wasn’t long for you! I know it was only a couple months for you but-- Thirteen years, Tubbo…! Thirteen years of my life…! Look at me! I’m not, I’m not the same man you knew! I’ve, I’ve been through it, and in those thirteen years, Tubbo, I wasn’t just sat--twiddling my thumbs going, oooh! this is nice! I’m in darkness right now! You know? I was, I was thinking! I relived that explosion in my head so many times, man, and, and, and I... I get that you don’t, you don’t trust me, I, I do, but like… man. Look at me, bro! I’m not gonna do it again! I’m not gonna, I’m not gonna hurt you again. I’m not gonna, you know-- I know you, you had that-- at the festival? With Technoblade? I’ve never spoken to you properly about this. I-- I could have saved you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...But you didn't."

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur drops to his knees again. "I kn-- Tubbo, I’m-- I’m reaching out to you here, man, I’m, I’m on my knees, bro, like… I-- I’m sorry. I’m really, really sorry, and I literally, your forgiveness means so much to me, but it doesn’t-- give up what I did to you, and it doesn’t give up how I failed you as a, as a friend, you know, as a--I mean, fuck, being as a co-worker but just, y’know, anything, and--Ranboo, you might’ve not known all of this, I’m really sorry if this is your first time hearing, I can explain later on, but like--Tubbo, like, man, I’m... I wanna make it up to you, and you know what? I appreciate that you don’t trust me yet. I do." He stands up, puts himself back on level ground with Tubbo.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wilbur, in order for you to gain my trust back, you have to prove it first. I can’t just give it out anymore. I used to be able to, but I just-- I just can't."

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur takes a few steps back, out of Tubbo's space. "Tubbo, I really appreciate it, and I mean that, genuinely. I appreciate it, and I’m gonna go out, and I’m gonna, I’m gonna prove to you that I’m worth being trusted again. I promise. I'll do it! I'll redeem myself! And you'll--"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You know I still have dreams, right? Of the explosion. And of the fireworks. And-- and all of it. I still-- I vividly see all of it, every day. It hurts, Wilbur."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm--Tubbo, Tubbo, I know, I know--Tubbo, Tubbo, Tubbo, please, I know, I'm sorry. I'm sorry, I--sorry, feels like such a weak word, I feel like there's nothing stronger that I can say. And I, and I understand what you mean, about how my actions need to reflect it, and they will. Give me time. I'm going to--I'm going to make something of this.

Tubbo, do you know how fucking strong you are? And I’m not just trying to say this, I’ve already-- I’ve got your forgiveness, and I know I need to earn your trust, but, man, I just wanna let you know I... You’re so strong, man. Genuinely. You-- Just, just the fact that you proved to me just there that you, you have these memories, you have these nightmares, and you still found it in your heart to forgive me, that’s... You’re a fucking champion, man. You’re a, you’re a hero. Look, I get that you don’t want to join me in Paradise. We won’t talk about it anymore, but… come on. At least come and see! Come and see what me and Ranboo and Q have done! Look, I don’t know-- Ranboo, are you-- Are you and Tubbo friends?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Um........yeah. Yeah, I'd say so." Small nod.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, well why don’t you come and-- you know, come and see what I’ve made, come and see what I’ve got going on, at least! Come on man, let’s go! Let's go, Ranboo, Q, Tubbo--"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think I'm gonna... stay here, Wilbur. I think I'm more-- I'm fine just to stay here." His voice shakes, on the last sentence.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hey, man, no worries. Look at me, bro! Chin up! Look, lucky rabbit's foot! Tommy gave this to me, man. Lucky rabbit's foot, man, chin up. Come on, I'll-- Ranboo, Q, you can come, man, it's cool! Let's, let's go."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ranboo hangs around while Wilbur bounds off, approaches Tubbo slowly.

"You need me to stay here?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, I'd--I'd like to be left alone, please." It's the most audibly emotional Q has heard Tubbo in--not ever, but really damn close.

Permalink Mark Unread

God. Tubbo wasn't that shaky the day he woke up in the hospital. 

He almost, almost, pauses to apologize. But Tubbo doesn't want to hear it, he's pretty sure, doesn't know him, definitely doesn't want a stranger seeing him like this longer than necessary.

"...Okay. —C'mon, let's go."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Are you sure? I mean I can-- I can stay."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Alright."

Permalink Mark Unread

When they're out of Tubbo's earshot, Wilbur exhales loudly and drags his hands down his face again. "Ohhhhh man. This is--I mean, I've got to--you know, I was going to say this is hard, but obviously it's hard, I mean, I've..." Sigh.

Permalink Mark Unread

"You've?" 

Managing just Wilbur is easier, he thinks. He doesn't have to be guessing whether Tubbo wants him to step in, there's no— god, he doesn't want to think about how bad he froze up there, he doesn't want to be thinking about any of this—

Not the point. He just has to keep his voice gentle, patient, kind, all the things he was in the Arctic, because Wilbur listens to him, sometimes, when he's patient and gentle.

Permalink Mark Unread

"--hurt people. I've, I've hurt people. But it's--you know--it's gonna get better! It's gonna get better, and it's gonna be worth it, when I see them smiling, all of them. Tubbo, Jack. Niki. ...Tommy. Anyone! Do you-- do you know who the original L'Manberg group were?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Q's feelings, he reminds himself, are not what matters here. Kind and patient and gentle. "You, Tommy, Tubbo, Fundy, Jack Manifold—" Eret— "Niki? Was it?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You've got it! You've got it down. It was that group and we, um, fought, against Dream. And we succeeded! And we created a-- life for ourselves.

 

Ranboo, Q, I'm going to tell you something, but I need you to--I need you to promise not to tell anyone."

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mhm, sure, what is it?"

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I promise," he says, without hesitation. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I try-- I try and keep this on the low because I don’t want, uh… I don’t want people to use it against me, is the main problem. I didn’t even tell Tommy, I-- I lied to Tommy. I'll be honest, I’m gonna tell him soon that I lied to him because I-- it kinda eats away at me. But I told, I told Tommy that I didn’t actually care about L’Manberg and that it was just, like, a tool, for me? To use, to gain, like, you know, power and stuff, but it’s not--it’s not true. L’Manberg is-- really important to me, and it is still to this day. I want it to, um… I want its history to live on, not as a stain caused by me, you know. I basically just took a big shit on the history books, it feels like. I wanna, I wanna make it feel like it was, you know… It was something that happened, you know, it was a great thing, you know, think of the good times! The, the years of safety! The--well, not years, but, you know--the time of safety! The time of fun! Prosperity, you know? We built parks, we had, you know. No taxes! We had big walls! We had democracy! Albeit a slightly disjointed version of it, but, y’know. I want-- That's how people remember L'Manberg, that's what people think of, when they think of our nation, y’know? And, y'know, Tubbo--Tubbo’s the last connection we really have, I mean he... he said it himself, he's kind of, y’know… He’s got nothing without it. I've heard about what-- Tommy’s, y’know, moved on, and how Jack’s moved on, and Niki’s moved on, and everyone’s moved on from L'Manberg--at least partially--but Tubbo, man, he’s still..."

Permalink Mark Unread

............Wilbur thinks this is a secret? 

"Right," he says, instead of that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Tubbo's… Yeah, he’s still very, very strung up about it even though it's been a… while. He-- he distracts himself, though, with projects and everything, which is nice, but..."

Permalink Mark Unread

They've reached the cookie outpost outside Las Nevadas; Wilbur stops walking for a moment to point at it, give a half-laugh. "Yeah, projects, I mean--! ...I think he's going to be alright, though. He's gonna be alright."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, it's only been about six months, right? You can't really say either way, six months out." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's true. I, um, I hope Wilbur's right and everything ends up alright."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. I hope so too." He does not really have much faith in Wilbur's assessment here but he has some faith in Tubbo, so maybe it balances out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a brief lull and then Wilbur starts talking again. "I wanted to say--thank you two. For--trusting me this quickly. Ranboo, you especially, it hasn't even been a week, but--even you, Q, we've only known each other for a couple months, you know? And you've both--worked with me, and helped me, and built a burger van, and I, I don't know where I'd be without you here right now, man. I mean, Tommy’s great and all, and he's here, but I… I feel like, y’know, I don't want to--I don't want to string him along too much. Because he’s--when I--when I look at him-- When I look at him when he’s helping me out, building things with me, I see the same eyes that looked at me when--when... There were some not so fun times in the ravine of Pogtopia. I wasn't a very well man, and I can just see Tommy from that day." They reach the van. "--Oh! This looks amazing!"

Permalink Mark Unread

You think the fucking burger van is the thing that required trust? He swallows that down for unhelpfulness crimes. 

"Working with Ranboo's great," he agrees. Easy. Chill. Normal. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think this is the beginning of--something beautiful. And maybe Tubbo'll come by to visit and we can have a big party, chat, get to know each other better, maybe he can try one of our burgers. You're--thank you both, man. I really mean it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're--you're welcome! I'm, uh, yeah, that'd be good."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm gonna go for a walk, you can come if you want or you can stay here."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I--I think I'll stay here and work on the van for a bit, thanks though!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll go with you." Bye, Ranboo. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Bye, Ranboo!"

 

Outside: "I love that kid."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, Ranboo's great. Easily a ninety-fifth percentile coworker." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Can I ask you a question? I know I've already asked this before, you're probably tired of it, but-- why do you still trust me?"

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"I mean— trust isn't all or nothing, you know? I trust you in some ways and not others, in particular I don't always trust your judgement. 

But I trust your intentions. I haven't ever, I've never gotten the sense that you didn't want to do right by me. If that makes sense." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"How can I-- how can I help you trust me more? I don't know if that's the best way of phrasing it, I want-- I want to be better, I want you to be able to trust me. I want to prove to you that I'm, that I'm worthy of your trust."

Permalink Mark Unread

You could not push me until I fold and do something you know full well I'm afraid of on purpose because you want me to prove I won't question you. You could stop doing every single fucking thing you just did to Tubbo.

 

"I mean— like you said, I've only known you for like a month and a half. All the people I really trust are people I've known for years, who I've gotten to see in a lot of different lights. It just— it takes time, y'know?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess. I'll just--keep trying.

I'm--glad that you trust my intentions. I just--want to do better, you know?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do know."

He's holding Wilbur's hand again— it could almost be nice, if it weren't for, well. It kind of is nice even given, well. Is that stupid? It's at least a little bit stupid. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why are you--here, if you don't trust my judgement? I mean--not that I'm complaining, I, I love having you here, I think it's great having you around, just--"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, yeah, I get it. Hm. —I do have an answer, I'm thinking about how I wanna put it— 

 

—there's a lot of people who I knew, you know? I had friends, I had family, I— hadn't talked to my family in a while, I was going through some shit, but— I had a community, fuck, I had partners. There were a lot of people who I knew and there were a lot of people who I loved. And now they're just— gone.

In the best plausible scenario, the one I keep worrying isn't going to happen, I never see any of them again. My home is a city with two hundred thousand people in it and if I'm fucking lucky I will never see it again. I'm— grieving, a lot of things, all at once, a lot of people all at once, while, while surrounded by strangers who have the same faces. I'm really fucking lonely, Wilbur. And sometimes you help." 

He shrugs, like it'll defuse the shit he just said out loud. 

"Also I've had a full-time job pretty much since I was thirteen, during that month I had almost nothing but free time and I was constantly inventing new projects just so I'd have anything to fucking do with myself." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well. I can definitely--give you things to do with yourself. No promises on, uh, good judgement." Half-laugh. "I'm sorry about the--everything. If I could--give you everything back, with no problems, I'd take it in a heartbeat, man, it wouldn't even be a question. You know?

 

There are--other people here, too. It's not just me. You don't have to be with me to not be lonely."

Permalink Mark Unread

God. 

"...thank you," he says, quiet, maybe a little too emphatic. "Thank you. That's— it means a lot."

Then, lighter, he bumps into Wilbur's shoulder. "Also, I didn't say you were my only option, I said you help, you're not in fact the only person I ever talk to." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good! That's--that's good." He even mostly means it; the jealousy and fear of who Q's talking to and what he's saying to them are--definitely there but also definitely smaller than the fear of Q only being with him because he has no one else. He squeezes Q's hand. "Want to tell me about home? We can trade stories, I tell you about potato farming and you tell me about--whatever it's like where you're from."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I'd like that a lot, yeah." He squeezes back. "I've got, uh— stuff that happened to me when I was younger, the kind of work I used to do, particularly cool things that other people did— or, like, I can pick, just, if you have genre opinions—" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Whatever you want to tell me about is good to me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Right. So, I moved to Dessa, that's the city I currently think of as home, when I was thirteen, for, mm, call it an apprenticeship. And I know you guys don't have seasons, but for about five months out of the year Dessa's fucking cold and my dorm housing did not have the best insulation so I ended up spending a lot of time in this place a block away from my work, which was sort of a cafe and sort of a corner store but the important part was they had a wood stove, they had kind of weird hours so I could hang out there pretty late, they were never full, and they'd let you stay if you got tea or something and didn't look like you were gonna be a problem.

Now, I was thirteen, and I'd previously been living in a pretty small town, so I did not know what it means when a place is nice but always empty and you can't quite tell how they're staying in business but staying in business they are, I just knew I liked being able to feel my fingers—" 

And so follows the story of the corner store slash cafe that turned out to be a money laundering front, and how teenage Q almost accidentally joined the mob when a local barista took him under her wing. (The way he tells it, it's a heartwarming story about friendly neighborhood organized criminals looking out for the community, in which coming to the attention of the actual police or government is a fate to be avoided at nearly any cost.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur definitely finds it heartwarming-as-intended! He laughs and makes phatic noises at mostly appropriate times.

"So, before--before the Dream SMP, Techno lived on Hypixel. Well--that's not exactly it, he also was on SMP Earth with Phil for a while, that's a different story about taking over the world. But Techno, uh-- I don't actually remember what started it, but he decided he wanted to get ranked number one on Hypixel for having farmed the most potatoes--"

The version Wilbur tells of the potato war is nowhere near as clear or funny as the version Techno told, and he forgets several plot points, but he successfully conveys the gist of it, which is that Technoblade is a fundamentally ridiculous person who does absurdly impressive niche feats just for the sake of it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Man, good for Technoblade. Q, too, laughs at the right moments; Wilbur's version might not be as funny as Techno's but it's sort of an inherently ridiculous story. 

He can produce funny, lighthearted stories about his old accounting job and his sister Leilah's kids and the shit he got up to when he was ten and so on for as long as Wilbur wants to stay on a walk. (There's a fairly conspicuous gap in what he's willing to tell stories about between the ages of sixteen and nineteen, and he never explicitly discusses his family's finances but he does offhandedly mention that a bonus of him moving away at thirteen was that it meant one fewer person to feed. It's probably fine, though.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur's lighthearted family stories: are mostly about Techno, Phil, Tommy, and Tubbo. He's got a lot of them, though.

Eventually: "I should probably head home, it's getting late. See you tomorrow?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, I'll see you tomorrow." 

 

(He has nightmares about Tubbo dying various horrifying deaths all night. He can't even be mad about it.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

He's the first one there in the morning, before Ranboo or Wilbur or even most of the residents of Las Nevadas.

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur shows up before long, though. "Q! Good to see you here, man!"

Permalink Mark Unread

He'd been singing absentmindedly into the empty air— and who in her lonely slip? Who by barbiturate? Who in these realms of love? Who by something blunt?— but he stops when Wilbur arrives, smiles like he did not have the night he just had. "Good morning!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"--You know you don't actually have to be here all the time, right?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I had in fact noticed that I'm here more than you are. —I, uh, woke up early, I figured I'd rather be here than in Kinoko." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure, yeah. Just wanted to-- check in that you didn't think I wanted you, like, working all the time."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Man, I don't think I'm even putting in fifteen hours a week? I've had jobs that wanted me working all the time, this is so not one of them." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Great! Great. --I'm gonna send Ranboo a message--" Type type. "He's on his way." He fiddles with the trapdoors that make up the umbrella above a picnic table. "Did you make this or did Ranboo?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I helped a little but it was mostly Ranboo." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll have to let him know, he's done a really good job." Into the van; he checks the chest, which is exactly the same as it was before: 4 stacks of burgers, 2 and a bit stacks of bread, and some miscellaneous building blocks. "You know, I've never tried one of our own burgers before. Let me--" Two pieces of bread, one burger in between them. "D'you want one?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He has. "Sure." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur hands him the already-made burger and makes another from the chest. He chews loudly while he eats.

"Hmm.

Q, we have to do better than that. It's good. Q, that's the best burger I've ever had. But, like, we gotta do better than that. We’re taking down an entire nation, just out of this burger van, you know? --Sorry! Competing. Peacefully. With an entire nation. Just out of this burger van. We can’t have just the best burgers I’ve ever had. They’ve gotta be the best burgers anyone’s ever eaten in their entire lives, with no-- in any universe!"

(It is, at best, solidly mediocre; more accurately, it's a somewhat below-average burger. It's not bad. But it's not really good either.)

Permalink Mark Unread

He's just... not going to comment on that slip. 

"They're definitely better than the Las Nevadas ones," he says, neutrally. "...not that it's that hard to do better than the Las Nevadas ones. I would not say it's the best thing I've ever eaten. That being said I am never going to get used to how casually available beef is here." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Better than the Las Nevadas ones is--good, that's really good, we need to be better than them. It's like running from a bear, you know, we just need to--to outrun Quackity. We can still do better, though." He's outside the burger van and has started pacing; he stops suddenly on the edge of Paradise. "--Oh, it's the horse! The--Quackity's horse I took, I forgot to put it back--we need that, actually. I want that horse." He immediately jumps in the water and swims to where the horse is, on a tiny island just offshore.

Permalink Mark Unread

...you know what, if Wilbur has decided that his new occupation is horse thief then Q does not feel especially inclined to stop him. He stays where he is, sitting on the roof of the van. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur talks to himself and/or the horse while riding it back. "--Pain in the ass, this is a pain in the ass--here we go, wait, yeah, I'm the boss at horses, I'm the best horser around--"

Permalink Mark Unread

Aaaand here's Ranboo. "--Um, hello."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ranboo! Hey!"

Permalink Mark Unread

He waves. "Hi." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Once he's back by the van he dismounts. "I really like everything you've made here, Ranboo. Especially the--this little toy you've made. This is cool. I like this." Back to flicking the trapdoors. "I'm a big fan of--of everything we've done, actually. Remember the--the boom? And the window?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Ranboo's voice jumps an octave. "Yeah. Yeah, I do remember that. I hope it didn't--hopefully it wasn't too much. You didn't think it was too much, right?"

Permalink Mark Unread

(Wilbur, if you had any damn clue what was good for you you wouldn't be reminding us of the explosion and the window. Not that he would have forgotten. Not that he could have forgotten.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur is oblivious to Q's thoughts. "I thought it was great, man! I'd--I'd be pissed. And I bet he is, dude. I bet that was the stick it to the man that he needed."

Permalink Mark Unread

"But you, you want that--that was like--for like, competition, right? For the business and everything?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Yeah!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah!"

The thing with Wilbur, Ranboo figures, is that he cares about being a good person, or at least seeming like a good person. So if Ranboo keeps reminding Wilbur, of what he's trying to be, or pretend to be, or whatever--maybe it'll help. Maybe he even will be a good person, it's not like blowing up part of a build that nobody uses anyway is anywhere close to disqualifying.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think you've--I think you've taken a stand. And that's a change, you know, I'm not used to it from you. From either of you, really."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, I... When I, like, looked back at everything, especially after you talked to me and everything, I decided to take a look back on just my life and everything, and I’ve realized that… I mean, I’ve been involved in things, but I haven’t really… I haven’t really done anything. I haven't really made anything, like, I haven't really-- I honestly haven’t really done much to alter history. Right now if you were to write a history book… I wouldn’t really be that much, you know, involved in it."

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur has gotten somewhat distracted getting the horse onto the top of the van, for no particular reason other than it being something to do. "You don’t need to have an impact on the world, Ranboo, to matter, you know? You don’t need to be the, you don’t need to, like, go out and do the--" He gestures to Las Nevadas. "--You don’t need to build a fucking Eiffel Tower just to be, to mean something, you know? I, I, Ranboo, Ranboo, don't get me wrong. You're talking to me here. I think it's cool. I think it's very cool that you've decided to go out and, and do things. --Look at this fucking--what's he doing here--" Time to axe crit a zombie that had wandered up to him. "I think-- I think it’s very cool that you’ve decided to go out and, and change how, you know, change this for the better! I think it’s for the better. But I just wanna… like, don’t start going around breaking windows and blowing up walls just because you wanna be different, just because you wanna make something."

Permalink Mark Unread

Holy projection Batman! Right. Yes. Redirecting Wilbur to smaller, less destructive pursuits. "Yeah. This is why I like the little burger shop, you know? It’s small, but at least, at least it’s something, you know? Because I’ve always wanted to kind of make something that’s gonna outlive me, a little bit. So, I think that this is a good... a good start to something, I think! It’s a nice little burger shop, you know?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah! And, man, honestly? I'm proud of you, bro! I know I don’t know you very well, and I haven’t known you for very long--Q I've known a bit longer, but both of you, really, I'm proud of both of you--but you know, I think you’ve done a really good job here. And tell you what, tell you what." He is bringing the horse back down off the roof of the burger van! This is significantly easier and faster than bringing it up in the first place was. "Do you want to see-- have you ever heard of the phrase 'fruits of your labor'?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ye...s?"

Permalink Mark Unread

(Is "taking a stand" the thing that he's doing, Wilbur? Is it? Is it really? Is it Q and Ranboo who are going around breaking windows because they want to do something that matters? And is he seriously under the impression that helping Wilbur build a burger van is the most important and impactful thing that Q has ever done, more so than providing for his sister and her children, more so than saving fucking Tubbo?) 

((This is a little bit unfair, maybe. Wilbur wasn't actually addressing him. He's still annoyed about it.)) 

"I'm familiar with the term."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Shall we go and see the fruits of our labor?" He starts riding the horse towards Las Nevadas. Slowly, just at a walk. "'Cause Quackity's--Quackity's awake. Quackity's here, man. We can go and--see and chat with him about what we did. --Ranboo, I think you left before--I gave him back all the materials and I also left him a diamond or two. Just like, no hard feelings, you know? It was just for--you know--just to prove a point, but, um, yeah. Basically, Quackity is here and I just want to see how he feels." He gets off the horse. "Do either of you want to ride the horse, by the way? --It's Quackity's horse, disclaimer."

Permalink Mark Unread

...

 

....wow, okay, this is gonna go badly. 

"Nah, I'll walk." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll--um, okay?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Normally when I come to the Las Nevadas sign- 'Cause I'm not allowed in Las Nevadas, normally when I come to the Las Nevadas sign, Quackity is the first one to come and tell me to fuck off, so. Let’s go up to the Las Nevadas sign. It's-- half the fun of making something and doing cool things, is that moment where everyone, y’know, where you get to see how everyone feels about it." They arrive at the sign. "So, now that we wait here… Wait here. I promise you, just you wait."

Permalink Mark Unread

At this point he is either going to experience the consequences of his actions or he isn't and running won't help! 

He waits at the sign with Ranboo. He removes Schlatt's jacket, puts it in his inventory, decides he's cold and puts it back on again. Fuck thiiiiis. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"So. Now we just. Wait here. I promise you, just you wait.

Just you wait. Ready? Ready?

...Are you ready? ...Are you ready?

...Um."

(Ranboo has been making vague agreement sounds in the background; Wilbur has been walking up to the sign, backing up, and trying again, repeatedly, as though this will help.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm ready, what are we...?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur has PULLED OUT HIS PHONE and is TYPING.

"Boy, Las Nevadas sure is big from up here!"

<WilburSoot> boy las nevadas sure is big from up here

"Just--just hold on. Give it. Just give it a, just give it a sec. Give it a-- Maybe I can step in a bit further…? I mean, I can come to this level?" He walks forward, into Las Nevadas, just a few steps; it's downhill. Nothing happens. "Uh. Huh."

<WilburSoot> boy las nevadas sure is big from up here
<WilburSoot> boy las nevadas sure is big from up here
<WilburSoot> boy las nevadas sure is big from up here
<WilburSoot> boy las nevadas sure is big from up here
<WilburSoot> boy las nevadas sure is big from up here
<WilburSoot> boy las nevadas sure is big from up heret
<WilburSoot> boy las nevadas sure is big from up heret
<WilburSoot> boy las nevadas sure is big from up heret
<WilburSoot> boy las nevadas sure is big from up heret
<WilburSoot> boy las nevadas sure is big from up heret
<WilburSoot> boy las nevadas sure is big from up heret
<WilburSoot> boy las nevadas sure is big from up heret
<WilburSoot> boy las nevadas sure is big from up heret
<WilburSoot> boy las nevadas sure is big from up heret

⚠️ WilburSoot has been kicked for spamming

"...Maybe if I take another step? Wait, what's that, there's a chest with signs--"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh yeah, that was when-- Oh my goodness, you didn't-- You remember the, um, the cookie outpost thing? Yeah, so basically, right, like, he got, like, really upset so then I tried to, like, apologize and everything because there was, like, a little bit of, like, some, like, dispute with it, but we honestly just decided to really just give up."

(The chest is next to the fountain and is accompanied by signs reading: To Quackity, Sorry we got off on the wrong foot! I would love to be able to talk things out :D I know things have been rough but I think that we can just be friends and just chill at the end of the day :D From Ranboo _Beloved. Inside it: cookies, diamond boots.)

Permalink Mark Unread

...are they both doing this? Man, if Quackity was annoyed about just Q looking like he was trying to play both sides. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur is still poking at his phone, but he's doing so while heading back towards the sign rather than deeper in Las Nevadas. "I'm trying to get back into the--okay, I'm back. He is online. Why didn't--"

<WilburSoot> quackity?

"This guy, I swear to god, like, I feel like I understand him. I feel like I know how his brain works, you know how his, how the, how the cogs in his mind go. And then he just goes and proves that he just doesn’t give a shit. Which is why I can’t wait to show off what I’ve done to him! But he's nowhere to be seen."

Permalink Mark Unread

Q can take a guess at what Quackity is doing. Honestly, it seems pretty obvious? He isn't going to say that out loud, though. 

"Guess there's nothing to do but wait?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I suppose." He kicks at the snow on the side of the road. "Ranboo, the cookie shop thing, what was your intention with this?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"To... give out cookies to people?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"And that was it? That was your be-all end-all, huh?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yep!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Right. Well, how did you feel about Tubbo, doing what he did then?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Doing what he did....? What do you mean?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, he-- Dude, I’ve heard the stories, man. I’ve heard how it turned into more than it was supposed to be, y’know?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Ranboo's voice jumps again, this time defensively. "Well, I mean, that’s--he kinda goes above and beyond on a lot of things. You can't really blame him for making it into a castle. But that's just, y'know, can't be too careful. Especially when, you know. He's-- he has all the right to be nervous about something going wrong, so. No wonder he built all those defenses and everything."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why would-- OH, look who's here!" He doesn't actually jump up and down, but he does put a bit of bounce into his wave.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hello!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hello," he says, in the chill and normal manner of someone who is not keeping both Wilbur and Quackity to his right where he can see them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Quackity! It's lovely to see you, man, it's been a while! How have you been?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wow, how long have you guys been here for?" Quackity's voice is light, normal, teasing but not threatening.

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur immediately and unconvincingly affects nonchalance. "Uh-- I just arrived, you know, I just arrived, I wouldn't-- Quackity, you think I'd wait for you?" He laughs a little.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I didn’t even notice you guys were here. I’ve been busy with much more important things, so. But hey! I mean, it’s great to see you guys! It’s really, really good to see you. Wilbur, and Ranboo, and--other Quackity, all together." (Quackity's also pretty clearly lying.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Wow, that is so totally plausible on both their counts and he totally believes both of them. 

"I've been going by Q to differentiate. Hope whatever you were so busy with went well." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It did, thank you, thank you." He turns towards the horse, now that Ranboo's dismounted it. "What's this?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ranboo was just looking after your horse after I took it for a bit of a joyride." He gets back on the horse before Quackity can react. "Sorry, just taking it for a bit of a joyride. It's a good horse, look how high it jumps! You got a good horse here, bro."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Who told you that's my horse?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well. It was tied up in your nation."

Permalink Mark Unread

Quackity laughs. "That's not my horse. You just got someone's random horse. I think you should probably put it back, I have no idea whose it is. This is really awkward, Wilbur, you should probably--"

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur is absolutely 0% able to hide his frustration as he dismounts. "Look, I wanted to ask you a question."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah! Yeah, what's up?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"So, I, I don’t know if you’ve seen this. Uh--well, you can't actually see it, that's kind of a problem--behind this thing, this sand dune, here, there's a--we built a burger van, Quackity!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Really? A what, wait, a burger van? You built a burger van."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Competition. I mean, yeah."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is that what you’ve been up to, Wilbur? You know, all this time you’ve been settled next to me and this-- this is your big creation? A burger van?" He laughs.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hey man, y'know every-- Rome wasn't built in a day! Small steps and that. I just wanted you to have a look."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, let me take a look, let me take a look!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hold on, lemme cook you up something real quick." He starts walking faster towards the van.

Permalink Mark Unread

This is, admittedly, really funny. If he weren't constantly wondering when the other shoe was going to drop probably he would even be laughing. It is not literally the least subtle thing he's ever seen but if Q was ever this bad at lying it was before he turned twelve. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Now, I don't know if I would trust anything coming from you, Wilbur, but I'll-- I'll give it a shot, I'll give it a shot!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur puts on a mocking high-pitched sing-song-y voice while he throws together a burger from the chest inside the van. "That was a good joke, Quackity, you're so funny and you're very nice to me and you never bring up my past--" He walks to the counter, hands the burger over, and goes back to his normal voice. "Here you go, Quackity, one Wilburger Volume 1. Take a bite."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm actually not that hungry right now. But hey, I’ll keep it in my inventory and I’ll try it sometime!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay! But I did want to ask, Quackity, um, I noticed you have a--um--" (He's gotten slightly distracted by the trapdoors again. Back on topic.) "--you have a little restaurant in your town I saw. Uh, I saw it from a distance! From a distance, obviously!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah! Yeah, yeah, you guys wanna come and take a look, actually? I didn’t wanna mention it, I feel like it would have been awkward given that you have your own restaurant and I have my own restaurant, I feel like that would make it a little awkward, but, you know, you brought me to your restaurant, I wanna bring you to mine. Can I do that? Give you a little tour?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, man! I just wanted to-- I just wanted to say, you know, I’m sorry if you noticed a little bit, you know, a little bit of, ah, superficial damage-- I left you a little gift as well, uh, afterwards, I’m sure that’s okay. That was all three of us--Ranboo, Q, and me--did that, actually."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, I saw it in the, the signs! You guys signed the signs. And then the next day you sent Q to, uh, clean up, I--I appreciated that!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I-- Q-- what?"

Permalink Mark Unread

hahahhaha fuck okay what now he has maybe three seconds to decide—

"What the fuck are you talking about." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I just wanted to take a moment to--to appreciate your consideration! Really, I appreciate it, I wasn't expecting you all to--to care so much about my restaurant and how it's doing that you'd do repairs for me. And I wanted to, uh, thank all of you, actually, for--getting rid of that window and cleaning up all the glass, because, sure, it was a little destruction, but it made me realize, that I wanted a new kind of, neon look, for the restaurant--" They've reached the restaurant; he does a sweeping gesture at the new, lime green window, which does not fit at all with the red-and-white walls. The signs have been taken down. "So, thank you guys! This whole thing just--really made me realize that this place needed a little bit of work. And thanks again, Q, for fixing the corner for me."

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur is making so many expressions while looking back and forth between the restaurant, Quackity, and Q. They're mostly not good expressions, though sometimes they've got a thin layer of pretending to be.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep alright he's going all in on confused indignation—

"I didn't fucking— what are you talking about? I didn't fucking do that!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know why you're lying about it--ohhhhhh. I get it. Wilbur didn't send you, did he. Well. In any case. Thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

Fuck you too you asshole bitch—

"Thank you for what! Why the fuck would I do that, do you literally think I'm that much of an idiot, what would that even fucking gain me—" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why should I know?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur's voice is small. "...Q...?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"—Wilbur, I was with you that day. You know where I was. I—" he lets himself go small and sad and hurt, he can't quite cry on command but he can get pretty damn close to it— "what, do you seriously think I spent the morning with you and then immediately turned around and, and fucking came here? Why would I do that? I— do you really think I would do that?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't--know, okay, I don't--know, I was just--confused--why would--"

Permalink Mark Unread

Now for the kill, before Q can distract Wilbur too much. "As I was saying, your, your little game, with the burger van, made me realize another thing, I decided to hire an employee!" And cue:

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hello!"

Permalink Mark Unread

—oh no

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're-- you're fucking me, you're kidding--!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Tubbo! Hey, Tubbo! Hey, look who came to visit!" His voice is light, laughing, friendly; he gestures at the trio of Wilbur-Q-Ranboo.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hey!" He doesn't, for what it's worth, seem as stressed as he was yesterday. It's kind of hard to tell, with Tubbo, the difference between polite and friendly, but he doesn't seem upset or scared.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's fine. He's fine he's fine he's fine. And if he isn't then it's because he's still upset over being accused of betraying Wilbur, which supports his story rather than detracting from it. Less stressed than yesterday is a really low bar but in fact Tubbo seems as okay as he can reasonably seem. It's fine.

"—Hey." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur takes a deep breath. And then another. "Tubbo, man, it's good to see you! Tubbo! What the fuck!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Uh, well, I mean, y'know, I decided I'd get a job. Something to do."

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur looks back and forth a few times, between Tubbo and Quackity in front of him and Q in between them and Ranboo behind them and off to the side. "No, I mean-- It's-- I just-- I did! I mean, you could-- I offered you to come and work at my burger van, y’know! It was--" His voice drops from high-pitched to a more normal register. "It was yesterday on the-- in the L'Manberg crater. I, I said, I said you should come and hang out and make burgers at my burger van. And now you’re working at another burger restaurant after turning down my burger restaurant--Quackity, what did you tell him?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Listen, listen, I’m gonna tell you this right now: Tubbo is one of the best employees I've ever had. Me and Tubbo had a little talk, and we realized that Tubbo has great aspirations in life, and I told Tubbo that I would offer him maybe one of the best jobs anyone could have, and that's running the only restaurant in Las Nevadas. Tubbo is actually not only an employee, he is managing this place! Tubbo--he manages this place, he cooks here-- you should try his food! He makes these burgers--oh, and what a coincidence, they're named as well! I like to call it the Tubburger. That's so weird!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Great! Yeah! Cool!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Ahahahaha. Ha. What if he places a grass block down and then picks it up and puts it somewhat to the right. Absolutely fascinating, this grass block is.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tubbo seems fine. Tubbo does not seem stressed or afraid even to the extent he does when giving speeches, let alone to the extent he does when he's under threat. Tubbo is hard to read and this Tubbo might not have the same tells as Q's but he genuinely looks like he is okay. 

Tubbo can make his own decisions. Tubbo does not know Q. Q would really fucking prefer that Tubbo wasn't involved in this mess but Tubbo has every goddamn reason to want to be petty in Wilbur's general direction. It is fine. It is fine. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Tubbo, are you... You’re aware that you’re, that we’re in competition now, right? Like, like, this is-- Tubbo, we've always been on the same side, man! We've always been together! Now we're gonna be head-to-head!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, but I mean, I don't look at it like that, you know? It's more just like healthy competition! Healthy competition's good for the consumer, it helps everyone!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wilbur! You're taking this--a little too far, man!"

He is not literally batting his eyelashes while doing a fake-innocent face, but that's the vibes he's giving off.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not-- I am perfectly! happy! for Mister Tubbo."

Permalink Mark Unread

(Man. Quackity thinks he's pathetic but he hasn't been this fucking obvious since he was twelve years old; try surviving ten goddamn minutes in Q's old job and see who's pathetic then, you asshole. Not that he's going to call attention to the fact that he's better at lying than Quackity is, uh, ever, but seriously man come the fuck on.

He's not saying that. He really shouldn't even be thinking that.

Permalink Mark Unread

"We are--at the end of the day, we're all friends here." Quackity's voice is calm and reassuring; he's smiling.

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur's yelling, suddenly. "Where'd you get the idea of naming your burgers from? Where did you get that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Quackity's voice is still calm, even. "Wilbur, listen, I, I told you this once, and I'm gonna tell it to you again, thank you. Thank you for opening my eyes. That at the end of the day, competition is what we need! That's how we thrive, Wilbur! We're healthy competition! You're gonna make your burgers better, I'm gonna make my restaurant better, with the help of--seriously, one of the greatest people I've met--"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aw, thank you, man!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, of course! So, Wilbur, don't take it the wrong way. Don't feel bad about it. This is gonna be good for us!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not! Does it-- does it look like I'm taking it the wrong way. I am perfectly happy! I'm really happy for Tubbo! Tubbo, you were telling me yesterday how you felt like you lacked direction, you lacked purpose, now you have a goal! Bro! How could I be angry about that, man!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. It's. Good."

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur is also really, really obvious, but in a way where Q mostly just feels kind of bad for him.

"Yeah. I'm really happy for you, Tubbo." It ends up sounding... not quite sincere but more worried than angry, which is good enough for government work. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm just, y'know, I was just. Wondering why you chose that over the burger van. But I get it, I get it! Y’know, Quackity, he's a hard man to refuse!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Ah, yes, because you're so easy to refuse, Wilbur, and nobody could ever do things you don't like for actual reasons. He should probably be steering Wilbur away from this conversation but he's not sure what he can say that is more likely to make things better than it is to make them worse. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"And Tubbo is just, y’know, he’s just--he’s just constantly looking for what's next, what's gonna happen now, y’know? Me and Tubbo, we think alike--very much alike, actually--I'm not sure if you remember this, you remember L'manburg? Tubbo was president, I was vice president, this is like L'manburg all over again! I mean, this is all a work in progress, but we're making--we're making big things happen. All I'm gonna say, Wilbur, is-- you know, we’re doing our own thing, you guys are doing your own thing, this is going to be a healthy competition."

Permalink Mark Unread

"May the best burgers win!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"There you go, there you go! I agree with that, yes!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Q, Ranboo, you agree, right? May the best burgers win!"

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Yep. May the best burgers win." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ranboo?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Yeah! Yeah. May the best... burgers... win. Yep."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wilburger versus Tubburger. Match made in--match--partners in--partners against crime. Well, we've gotta go. It was lovely, it was absolutely lovely hanging out with you, I am just thrilled that you liked everything. I wanted to-- what should we do next time we hang out?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think we should--uh, yeah, let's set some time apart and let's--let's talk, you and me. And Wilbur, Ranboo, Q, you guys are always welcomed in the restaurant, in Las Nevadas--any time you like."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wait, I'm allowed in Las Nevadas?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wilbur. You’re not… You're taking this the wrong way, man. You’re not my enemy, you’re my healthy competition!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, you told me I couldn't come in--!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"What kind of person would I be to tell you to leave my country? What kind of person would I be to not allow you in my premises? I wouldn’t be a good person, would I. And Wilbur, you are my friend. I would never do that to you. I’m very welcoming. Ranboo, Q, you two as well, come inside whenever you like. This is all healthy competition, alright?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're a good man, Quackity. I'll give you that. We've got some burgers to flip, though, so we'll--head on out. --Q, Ranboo, let's go."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Bye, guys!"

Permalink Mark Unread

......wow, that probably was not invoking the specter of something incredibly personal that Q doesn't have the context to understand or anything. 

This conversation is going to be so fucking not fun. 

"Goodbye," he says to Quackity and Tubbo. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur half-runs to the van. "Hoooooo boy!" He laughs to himself. It's a bit unclear whether this is all a positive or a negative until he continues: "This is good! This is exactly what I want! Did you see--dude, Q, Ranboo, he was trying to act like I didn't get to him! Did you see, that whole time, ohhhhh it's not MY horse--he named his burgers--" His voice goes high pitched and excited. "He cares! He cares so much!!!!" He spins a little before opening the door of the van. "What about you, how do you two feel about this?"

Permalink Mark Unread

....so Wilbur has apparently either forgotten about the repairs to the restaurant or decided he believes Q about them. That's, uh, fine, except for how it might fall apart at any moment and he just has to keep fucking worrying about it. 

"—it seems probably good?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean. It's--it's just burgers and everything, so I think that's okay?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"What do you mean just burgers? I feel alive! Someone's looking at me and talking to me! I'm alive! I'm alive! This is great!"

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

"...should I be stopping by the arctic more?" he says. He's going for gentle, again, now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aw, no need to worry about little old me, I'm doing great." He's not being sarcastic or fishing for more; he's genuinely in a great mood. He laughs, spins around again, stretching his arms out so they brush the sides of the van when he does. "I'm grabbing life by the horns and fucking riding it, man. This is awesome."

Permalink Mark Unread

...that's fine. Wilbur's not, in fact, his boyfriend. They're only sort of even friends. And he knows how to be fucking realistic. 

"That's great, man," he says, meeting the minimum quota for enthusiasm. (He's banking on Wilbur being too thoughtless to notice but that seems like a safe thing to bank on.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're not--the stuff Quackity said, that wasn't true, right? That was just him trying to bother me? It's--it's fine if it was, I want you to be honest with me."

Permalink Mark Unread

Internal sigh. He's already picked his angle here.

"No, of course it wasn't fucking true. —honestly I'm still pissed at him for that, when he's claiming to be too busy or whatever then sure, whatever, I don't pretend to understand the things you two do for fun, but he can't just say shit about me and expect me not to say anything, what the fuck?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay. Okay. I--I trust you, Q.

At the end of the day, going right now, we're--we're the good guys. Right? We haven't done anything wrong and Quackity, Quackity's done--a few things wrong. So I just wanted to say, like-- in the case of an emergency, right, when we are--head-to-head. You know? --Not head to head with each other, head to head with Tubbo and Quackity. And it's all, maybe shit's hitting the fan, you know? I need to know that we have a--backup plan. To-- save the innocent people in the city, y'know? Like-- like Tubbo and Fundy and-- I need a plan B."

Permalink Mark Unread

...Okay! That's encouraging! He's a little bit suspicious of it but it's encouraging! If Wilbur can tell that this whole— thing— is escalating dangerously, that's really encouraging! 

"Right, that sounds like a good idea." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur drops Q thirteen pieces of TNT. He's got a stack more, but he wants to see how Q reacts. "I want you to set that up somewhere in Las Nevadas."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

 

"Wilbur, how is this a backup plan?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The backup plan is that we only use it if we have to, you know? If things start getting out of hand and we have to do something. And I, I trust you, right?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay, but what are you imagining is going to happen where blowing up Las Nevadas would help? What do you think would make us have to?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not saying we would blow up all of Las Nevadas. I mean--we literally can't, even if we had more TNT we couldn't, it's not actually possible to, there's too much water.

Anyway, I'm just--letting you know. That's what I want you to do. That's your job, y'know, that's--part of working for me. You don't have to, but-- think of it this way, Q, in most cases, in 99% of cases, it won't even see the light of day. It's just like a--security blanket, to know that it's, it's an option. You said Quackity lied about you, right, and you're on my side, so I'm--I'm trusting you with this."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

He's not going to be able to convince him, he knows he isn't, and— god, he doesn't want to find out what happens if he pushes Wilbur on whether or not Q is on his side, but he can't just not try—

"I— Wilbur, I really don't think explosives are a good security blanket." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's just a plan B. For if something goes wrong. Look, Q, I'm not going to force you to place it. Although I'd, I'd appreciate it back, if you're not going to."

Permalink Mark Unread

No. Absolutely not. "No, I'll, I'll place it. I just— wanted to say." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Cool. Good. --So, essentially, the problem is, TNT, as you know, doesn't detonate through water, and Las Nevadas is quite a large amount water--" He points to the fountain. "However! Quackity really seems to care about the inside of the casino, which I've peeked in and there's no water, and the outsides of this tower section, this spire, right--" Point at the Space Needle. "--so what you could do is easily make a section in the Casino that has a chain reaction under to a button somewhere, and each of one of those detonates and hits each next consecutive one. It would take a little bit of work. I know a bit about TNT, I could help you." He's talking fast, almost tripping over his own words, and his hands are animated; he can't quite stand still, shifting from one foot to the other.

Permalink Mark Unread

He did not in fact know that at all but that sounds easy to sabotage. If absolutely nothing else he can ask for a favor from Fundy but he's not even sure he'll need it. 

"I would appreciate the help, yeah, all my experience with explosives was somewhere with really different physics." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur claps his hands and bounces on his toes. "Great! Great. I trust that you will do good work with that-- but remember, make it safe! We don't want it going off by accident."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will make it very safe." This is even true. "...do you want to come with me to place it now, or would you rather wait until a few days from now, or...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Whatever works for you! Whatever--whatever is best for you, man."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Then I'll see you in the next couple days." He's going for cheerful, chill, normal; it falls a little bit flat, not so much that he thinks Wilbur would notice but enough that Ranboo probably would. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure, yeah, okay! And you're gonna-- you're gonna tell me where you put the button, and you're going to tell me where everything's set up...?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I, um, kind of was thinking we'd do it together? Since I haven't actually done this before and you offered to help?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Right! Sure, yeah, I just--wasn't sure, since you said a couple days, but--yeah, of course! I'd love to, man!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Then it's a date." He smiles; it only feels a little bit like his face is made out of plastic. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"A date, huh?" Wilbur winks and then laughs. "Right, I'll--see you then? It was good seeing you today, I love seeing you, man, I love--you, and Ranboo, and everything we're doing, it's great, man. See you--see you around."

Permalink Mark Unread

Fond smile, like he's picked up on that slip and is happy about it and there isn't a pit of nausea in his stomach that's just growing and growing. "You too." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You too, Ranboo."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What? Oh, um, yeah, see you around."

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur--doesn't quite skip, but definitely walks very jauntily to the portal.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good for him. 

Q... kind of doesn't want to go back to Kinoko but kind of really doesn't want to stick around, so, Kinoko it is. It's quiet but maybe that's a good thing; if he's going to be miserable with a voice from the back of his head screaming at him about whether or not he counts as someone, he might as well be miserable somewhere pretty. He doesn't talk to Sapnap. He does manage to choke himself hard enough that he's coughing intermittently for an hour and a half afterwards. It's fine, probably. 

He doesn't find Wilbur the next day, isn't ready to put a smile on and pretend everything's totally okay yet. The day after that, though, he shows up at the Arctic in the late morning. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Phil and Techno and Ranboo are there; Wilbur isn't.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay cool nevermind bye. (He does, kind of, want to figure out how to pitch himself to Phil and Techno at some point, but not right now; right now what he's prepared for is interacting with Wilbur.) Paradise, then? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, Wilbur's there! So's Tommy.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hi! Should I, uh, come back later, or—"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Now's fine! We were just making concrete. Are you here for the TNT or--"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wilbur, you didn't tell me--"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Shut up, Tommy." Back to Q. "--so, are you here for the TNT or are you just happy to see me?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He shrinks, just a little bit, at shut up Tommy. 

"I'm here for the TNT, yeah. Not that I'm not happy to see you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Tommy. Stay here, don't cause trouble."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Whaaaaat? Me? Trouble? Never. I will be the least troublesome person you have ever seen. You will come back and there will be less trouble, three of your troubles will be solved, for free, I know, don't thank me too much, that's how against causing trouble I am. I will put up a sign, NO TROUBLE ALLOWED."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you, Tommy." Then he can follow Q, or lead Q if he doesn't seem to know where he's going, whichever.

Permalink Mark Unread

It will be okay, he thinks in Tommy's general direction. That isn't a platitude, it's a promise. 

He's pretty sure he knows where he's going— Wilbur wanted to do this under the casino, right? Into the casino, which is sort of hard to miss. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Into the casino! Wilbur was originally planning on putting it just below the casino, so if Quackity visited he wouldn't notice, but the casino's insides are covered with posters; he can hide TNT behind those, instead. One every three blocks, so that they chain properly.

Permalink Mark Unread

One every three blocks. Okay. He can do that. He can remember that. (The inside of the casino is really cool actually, holy shit, it is never going to stop being wild that one person did all of this building—) 

He'll pretty much follow Wilbur's lead on where to place these. "So did you have thoughts on where the button would be? We'd want it to be somewhere pretty out of the way, but where we could still get in an emergency, if it's a backup plan." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Underground. And then we can have an underground tunnel at Paradise connecting it up."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Cool cool." He's not, uh, great at this, and his tools are kind of shit, but a tunnel underground is a thing that can happen; presumably they're still placing TNT every three blocks. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We should probably stop now, we don't want to blow up Paradise. I'll connect it up the rest of the way with redstone."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Right. I'll stand back while you do that?" 

(If he removes.... hm, not every third block of TNT, he doesn't want the pattern to be that obvious, but something close to that, then that should break the chain well before it destroys anything that anyone cares about even if some of the explosions reach further than they expected. And he can break the redstone, probably, and tomorrow he can tell Fundy where all of the TNT is and ask him to please not let on that Q is the one who told him. Knock on wood three finger salute and may the odds etc etc.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sounds good." Redstone redstone redstone button. And then they can dig up and come up... Not quite in Paradise, but close enough, and Wilbur can chop down the nearest tree and use it for ladders.

Permalink Mark Unread

Cool cool. That went... not terribly. Wilbur watched him help place it, and knows he did what he said he would, and it's not like it's implausible that someone would happen to find it; "behind posters" is not a very secure hiding place. That might actually have gone as well as it possibly could have. 

Back to Paradise? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Back to Paradise!

Permalink Mark Unread

He smiles at Tommy, which is part a vague attempt to be reassuring and part an attempt to gauge the mood before he says anything. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Tommy smiles back! He stands up, dusting snow and sand off his knees and butt from where he had been playing with it. "Wilburrrrr can I interest you in it being your turn to make concrete. I spent the whole time when you were gone working on it and now I deserve a break."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You literally did not."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I spent some of the time you were gone working on it, and also I am me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's honestly better than I expected. Give it here."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hey! I resent that. Did you see how much stone I got you, it was a fucking lot, let me tell you." He does hand over the concrete powder, though. After a moment he hands over a bucket of water, too. "It's a pity bucket."

Permalink Mark Unread

He digs a hole in the ground for the water and starts placing concrete powder next to it and mining it back up as concrete. "You're right, of course. My deepest apologies to the one, the only, TommyInnit."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fuckin' right, bitch."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You guys are cute." He does not intend to help make concrete even a little bit but he can watch as they do whatever it is that they're doing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Tommy isn't making it either, he's placing down some of the finished black concrete into a pathway. "What?! Me? Cute? I'm taller than you, you know. Also I had a really long poo this morning, wasn't even very satisfying. You must have me confused with some other man. Wilbur, maybe."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Face it, Tommy, the people think you're cute even if you overshare about your bathroom experiences."

Permalink Mark Unread

The best way to respond to Tommy Innit oversharing about his bathroom experiences is to simply not respond to it. He lives near the kid and has learned these things. "I said what I said."

Pause. This is nice; he isn't sure he wants to ruin it. But he knows the face Tommy made when Wilbur mentioned the TNT, and—

"It'll be okay," he says, before he has a chance to second-guess himself. It doesn't sound nearly so much like he's joking. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Course it will. I'm here, aren't I?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Indeed you are." Quiet. Grateful, if you're paying attention. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am--overseeing this whole project. Nothing gets past me."

Permalink Mark Unread

Q doesn't quite think that's true but it might be nice if it were. "And what an excellent overseer you are." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you, thank you. I do my best."

Permalink Mark Unread

...he has no idea how much any of the subtext there got through. He doesn't know Tommy that well but hasn't really gotten the impression that the kid speaks subtext. 

But he's not making it text in front of Wilbur, so. "I'll see you around?" he says to Wilbur. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"See you around."

Permalink Mark Unread

He's not going back to Kinoko today, he'll scream, and also he wants to keep an eye on when Wilbur leaves Paradise. So instead he'll hang out in the space needle for a while. 

(It's a gorgeous view. Would be a really good place for elytra practice, if he set his spawn nearby; it's not just tall but taller than everything else around it, there's all this water right nearby, and it has an elevator so he wouldn't have to tower back up every time.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur leaves Paradise in the afternoon. Tommy hangs around a bit longer, but not that much longer; call it an hour or so.

Permalink Mark Unread

Right, okay. Once Wilbur's definitely gone he goes back to the tunnel. Breaks the line of redstone, and then removes not the first TNT block but the second and the sixth and the ninth and the tenth and the thirteenth and so on, not in any regular pattern, such that you'd have to check every single one to make sure you'd replaced all the ones he removed. And then he starts looking for Fundy. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Fundy's around!

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hello." He is maybe kind of visibly stressed, mostly because it's a relief to get to be kind of visibly stressed. "Uh— can I ask you for, like, a medium-sized favor—" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Probably? What is it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"There's a bunch of TNT in the casino. Mostly behind posters rather than in the walls. It goes down to a tunnel between Las Nevadas and Paradise. I broke the redstone and removed enough of it that even if the button's pushed nothing should happen but if you could check that and maybe remove what's left, and not tell anyone that I'm the one who told you and ideally pretend you just randomly found it, I would really, really appreciate it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Wilbur? I mean--yeah, yeah, I can do that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...yeah. I— sorry, I try not to bring him up around you I know it's kind of a sore spot, I just— didn't have anyone else I could ask.

Thank you. It means a lot." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You don't have to, um, avoid bringing him up, just--

--does he--talk about me? Ever?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He has to think about it, which is probably already damning.

"He's— mentioned you? He brings you up sometimes? Not in a lot of depth, but— I mean, I'm avoiding the subject with him too, right, because I know it's a sore spot—" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, it is.

"Right, no, yeah, I get it. I'll get the TNT."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Thank you. I'm really sorry." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not your fault."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Doesn't mean it doesn't suck." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I should-- probably tell Quackity."

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, okay, he'll drop it. "Probably. I'll clear out for that, I'll see you sometime this week and we can hang out?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah! Yeah, that sounds great, I'd love to."

Permalink Mark Unread

Then, plans made, he'll head elsewhere. 

 

...he still doesn't know the full story with Fundy, he reminds himself. Wilbur might have some incredibly sympathetic explanation for that, and Q wouldn't know it, because he hasn't been asking, and because when there's a thing someone won't talk about there's always a chance that the story is really, really bad. His Wilbur went to quite some lengths to ensure he'd never have children. Q doesn't know. 

But he can kind of suspect. It really hasn't been a good week for his regard of Wilbur.

Permalink Mark Unread

Las Nevadas is as quiet at night as it is during the day. (If he's been checking his phone, he'll know there are two new people on the server, Eryn and Tina.)

Permalink Mark Unread

He has been. It's kinda nice not being the only new guy? It'd be nicer if they were names he knew; it'd be even nicer than that if they were people he knew.

It's only been a month. He hasn't given up hope yet. 

 

He heads back to Kinoko for the night but the next day he's up in the space needle again; Las Nevadas is just as quiet but in a way that makes him want to scream less, maybe because he hasn't spent as much time here and maybe because he knows there are people here other than himself and Sapnap.

It really is beautiful. He doesn't want to live here especially and if he were designing a city from scratch it wouldn't look like this but he can definitely see the appeal. It's going for austere and imposing much more than Kinoko is; he wonders, vaguely, what Quackity's design specs were like. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Quackity was up all night getting rid of the TNT, double-checking that there wasn't more, removing the item frame art and then putting it back piece by piece, and then he stayed up even later than that, drinking about Wilbur fucking Soot, trying to decide what to do about him. The problem, Quackity figures, is twofold. The first half of it is that letting Wilbur know he got to you is a surefire way to have him do it again and again and again, to escalate it and giggle the whole way there. The second half of it is that he is, in fact, really fucking pissed about the TNT. Everything before-- that was just a game, taunting each other. He's not going to let Wilbur fucking Soot waltz in and actually destroy his country.

He goes up to the needle with the plan of chain smoking and thinking off-and-on (not in any real way, he's not Wilbur, just a sort of abstract pondering) about throwing himself off it. All that goes out the window when he sees Q.

"What are you doing here?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He jumps a little but only a little, turns so Quackity is to his right. 

"Questioning my life choices," he says, and sounds about as tired as he feels, which is not as much as Quackity sounds but still pretty damn tired. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's probably not worth playing the game with Q the way it was with Wilbur. (This is what he tells himself, anyway, to avoid the fact that he's too damn tired to play right now.)

"Did you help Wilbur with the TNT?"

Permalink Mark Unread

So they're not doing the semi-sarcastic saying things that are obviously false just to establish which story they're all sticking to, this time. That's nice. 

The chances that Wilbur won't hear about this, after last time, are fucking nil; Q specifically asked Fundy to leave his name out of it for a reason. But he's too relieved to be able to pretend not to be. And, well— they're already being sincere.

"Oh thank fucking god Fundy came through.

—which is to say, yes, and then I went back and removed a third of it so it wouldn't chain and broke the redstone and told Fundy where it was." 

Permalink Mark Unread

This surprises Quackity enough that he laughs. Not a short laugh, either; it goes on for about ten seconds.

"That's interesting. What kind of game are you playing, Q?"

Permalink Mark Unread

...huh. 

"It's— I don't care about the rivalry thing. The restaurants are both fake, neither of them will turn a profit and it doesn't matter if they do or not, at the end of the day the whole thing is an excuse for you two to posture at each other. Which is fine, but Wilbur's going to keep escalating— you know he is, I know he is, he can say 'it's easy to replace why are you acting like it's a big deal' and 'the TNT is just a plan B, it'll never see the light of day' all he wants and I think he might even believe it but everyone else can see perfectly well it's not true, and if he keeps doing this shit someone is going to get hurt for real. 

If I thought it would just be him, whatever, he made his bed, he can fucking lie in it. If I thought it'd just be me, I could just spend my time somewhere else. But it's not just going to be him. It's going to be Ranboo, or it's going to be Fundy, or it's going to be Tommy, or it's going to be Tubbo, and I would really rather it not be. 

And the leverage I have, the best fucking tool I've got here, is that he trusts me. That's the game I'm playing." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's not worth trying to deescalate for him. It is never--it is never going to be worth it. And he's not going to trust you forever, especially not if you keep going behind his back like this."

Permalink Mark Unread

Well. That sounds like it comes from experience. 

"And that would be why I am questioning my life choices."

Permalink Mark Unread

The disgust isn't fully gone, but it significantly lessens, at that.

"Well, congratulations." Pause. He's still holding his cigarette. He brings it to his mouth, lights it. "Do you want one? I'd offer to pour you a drink too but I don't have one with me."

Permalink Mark Unread

Don't congratulate me yet, I haven't actually decided, he wants to say. He kind of has, though, is the thing. 

"I don't really smoke. Thank you, though." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good for you, man," he says, and he almost means it.

(He picked up smoking from Schlatt, in the days where he and Tubbo and Fundy all passed cigarettes around when they needed a reason to go outside for a break, kept the habit in the caves of Pogtopia with Wilbur, stealing back and forth from each others' pockets from clothes discarded at the end of the bed. It wasn't good for Wilbur, made his asthma act up until Tommy yelled at him, but that never stopped him, and it wasn't a fight Quackity thought was worth picking. Anything that got Wilbur through the day was a win in his book, back then, and if he saw the suspiciously circular burns dotting Wilbur's wrists, he never said anything.)

He leans over the railing to blow smoke into the night wind. Tommy was right, as much as he hates to admit it, hates to think about it like that. He's a good kid, he doesn't deserve to be thinking about this shit. Still. It's a pretty good place to die, if you wanted to. Which Quackity doesn't. "So, what, are you here to talk to me or just here to think?"

Permalink Mark Unread

(Q probably would have picked up smoking from Schlatt, if he hadn't had a stylist who didn't want him wrecking his voice. As it stands he's just vaguely nostalgic about the smoke. Being seventeen was awful and he wouldn't go back for the whole fucking world, but like, in a way where he still wraps himself in a jacket that smells like that year and buries his face in the lining.) 

"To think, mostly, I didn't know you'd be here. ...Also a little bit because if I spend one more hour in Kinoko I will start screaming just to prove there's someone there who'll make noise." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Quackity's face twists at the mention of Kinoko. "I'm going to tell Wilbur about the TNT even if you don't, you realize that, right?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I kinda figured. He'll try something else but like, presumably you know that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fucking-- obviously, it's Wilbur."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah." Tiny almost-but-not-quite laugh. "I'm, uh, currently debating whether I want to ask you to leave my name out of it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Snort. The disgust is creeping back. "Sure, sure. Give me the sales pitch for why I should do that."

Permalink Mark Unread

He opens his mouth to give his sales pitch—

He closes his mouth.

 

"You shouldn't, you should force me to face the consequences of my actions and also make better choices, but that doesn't mean I want you to." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"And what are you going to do about that? Beg? Cry about it?" He takes another drag of his cigarette, flicks the ash off the end of it. The words come automatically. "Some advice, if that's the best you can do, don't bother asking."

Permalink Mark Unread

...man. Even Q doesn't miss Schlatt that much. 

"Oh, that wasn't asking. That was realizing my sales pitch was terrible, making up my mind, and asking you not to. I hope you tell him I went to you on purpose because he treats me like a vending machine and I'm sick of putting up with it, and I hope you do it where I can see the face he makes about it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Now that I can do." The disgust completely melts off, replaced by an easy grin.

Permalink Mark Unread

It is absolutely definitely extremely pathetic how much part of him glows at being something-vaguely-like-approved-of. "Glad to hear it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"How long are you good with waiting? I was going to make him wait at least a couple days, it's good for him."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Definitely at least a couple days. Probably within the next month, even if it would be funny." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Done."

This makes up for the TNT. This makes up for the TNT and then some. Fuck, Wilbur'll be pissed.

Permalink Mark Unread

Man, it's actually really nice to have someone ask what he wants and then take the answer into account when making decisions that involve him. This is the kind of thought that would make his Wil raise an eyebrow and say things about lives being liveable but he's enjoying it anyway. 

"Excellent," he says, and he's kind of surprised at how much he means it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll send you both an invite within the next week."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And I will see you then." 

This is about as good a conclusion as he's likely to get; he'll head down. 

Permalink Mark Unread

(Quackity stays up. He's in a much better mood than he was an hour ago.)

Permalink Mark Unread

It's fucking incredible how well that went. Holy shit, he was not expecting his next conversation with Quackity to go that well. All the dread and fear and vague nauseous panic has been replaced with...

...well, different dread and fear and vague nauseous panic. But like, in an exhilarating way! He can just fucking do that! If he wants to leave Wilbur he can just fucking do that! 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sapnap and Karl and a woman Q doesn't recognize with what looks like white cat ears at a distance but are revealed to be horns wrapped in white wool if you look closely (and George, presumably, but he's as quiet as he always is) are in Kinoko; Tommy and a boy Q doesn't recognize, about his age with brown skin, two circular scars on his forehead, a black hoodie, and one red eye, are in the main area next to spawn; Purpled, Sam, two people Q doesn't recognize (a young woman with fairy wings; a young man, grayscale except for his green frog hat) and an anthropomorphic siamese cat Q also doesn't recognize are in a different part of the main area next to spawn. Wilbur's at Paradise. Techno, Philza, and Ranboo are in the arctic. Other than Quackity, Fundy and Slime are at Las Nevadas.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah he's going back to Kinoko. He's visibly happier than he usually is, when he heads back to Kinoko from Las Nevadas. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then he will get a young woman he doesn't recognize running up to him! "Alex! Alex, hi! I'm sorry how yesterday went, I was, um, I was going to make you an apology present but I don't really--have much stuff yet--it's good to see you in Kinoko, did you and Karl figure stuff out?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I— sorry, what, who's Alex? I don't think we've met?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, um, sorry--Quackity? Is that--you look just like him."

Permalink Mark Unread

"—oh, okay— yeah, no, I totally do, I just didn't know his name was Alex. Uh, hi! My name's Q. Nice to meet you." Handshake? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Handshake! "Hi, I'm Tina, nice to meet you too! He mostly goes by Quackity here, sometimes nicknames from that, I don't think anyone else calls him Alex, that's, um, my bad, I'm just used to it, I knew a few of them before moving here. Do you live in Kinoko or are you just visiting? I think Sapnap mentioned you but Karl seemed-- confused, and I didn't realize that you weren't the same person as Alex. Not sure if you're invited to the wedding." She laughs a little, a small self-deprecating giggle more out of habit than because she thinks anything she said was funny.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I live in Kinoko, yeah, I don't super talk to Karl but Sapnap and I hang out sometimes. I, uh— did not actually realize the wedding was still on?" Or that they were engaged? What? "Last I heard Karl and Quackity were, uh," screaming at each other and accusing each other of murder, "having some issues." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I live in the, uh, the Airbnb here, I don't know if I'm actually a citizen yet. Karl definitely wanted me to be. Sapnap and Karl are definitely still on for a wedding, I--don't really know what's going on with Karl and Alex--Quackity, sorry--they were really weird about--everything? I know that he was going to be part of the wedding and now he's not. Sapnap's sad about that, I think, he's not saying so but I can tell. That's why I was excited to see you here, I was hoping maybe they worked it out. Probably not, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

Wow! Yikes! Also, he refuses to think about that in any detail! 

"Yeah, no, probably, probably not. —my experience is that if you live here long enough you just sort of become a citizen without anyone really questioning it but my experience might have been weird. There really haven't been... people... doing things here at all, except Sapnap and sometimes me," and normally he would not say this to a stranger but it's about the same level as what she's sharing with him and so far she's been a total sweetheart, so, "I— kind of think he's really lonely." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You think so? I guess I only saw him the one day, there were a lot of people here yesterday and he went to sleep kind of early. --Not a lot. Me and Karl and Sapnap and Punz and BadBoyHalo and Antfrost. Alex for a little bit at the beginning but he didn't come to Kinoko. And Callahan but he's not really a person, you know? Not in, like, a mean way, he'd just rather be my dog and float around and disappear and stuff instead of, y'know, doing person things."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, I get you," even though he absolutely does not, "but for here that's a lot, it's usually literally just Sapnap and Karl and me, and Karl doesn't leave his house that much and I'm out a lot because it's so quiet.

—what, uh, what happened with Quackity? If you, like, wanna say, I just—" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"With Karl or last night? I... Don't actually know what happened with Karl, it didn't seem like the sort of thing where asking questions would help."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Last night with you, I mean, I am also not asking what happened with him and Karl." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I sort of--um, he got me to steal BadBoyHalo's sword, and then he was trying to get me to trade it back for some netherite armor and he kept trying to get me to up the price, but I felt bad, and then Bad took Alex's netherite armor so I made a joke about, we could just do the trade without him, and he got really mad, started yelling about how I was betraying him and cutting him out of the deal, so he hit me with his axe and threatened me? But then, like, he didn't actually kill me, and he was just trying to get me a good deal, so. I dunno, I kind of felt bad. And, like, everyone has a good side, right? Sapnap wouldn't love him if he wasn't a bit of a softie."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I— he threatened you with an axe and you were going to apologize to him about it?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Y-eah? I felt bad and I wanted to... smooth things over, you know, make him something nice. I think we were, um, a little too harsh on him at the time? I think people are too harsh on each other a lot here. This is technically his armor I'm wearing." Pause. "--Karl didn't think I should either."

Permalink Mark Unread

"—so my impression of Quackity is that he hates when you do that. I've tried smoothing things over with him and it literally never helps, he just gets angrier." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mm. Alright, I guess. I want to do something, though, to let him know I don't hate him or anything and I do feel bad about the whole thing. I mean, I still don't have much stuff, and he won't visit Kinoko anyway, so I've got lots of time to decide."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, you've definitely got time. I don't think you did anything wrong, for what it's worth." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. It's good to meet my new neighbors! Punz said I shouldn't join because it's a ghost town but I figure, maybe I can make it a bit better? Also it's a really beautiful free house in a gorgeous area next to all my friends. I asked Alex if Las Nevadas had any empty apartments, to be fair, and it didn't, so. I don't remember if I asked Bad about the Badlands but honestly I don't know if I want to get involved in the stuff he was talking about."

Permalink Mark Unread

Doesn't Las Nevadas have that giant hotel no one lives in? —not the point. "It is a bit of a ghost town but I believe in us! I don't actually think I've met Bad, I haven't been here very long." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Longer than me, I just joined yesterday! Bad's really nice, you should definitely say hi to him. He's the, uh, sort of black smoke looking guy with the red and black color scheme and the glowing white eyes and the big horns, likes muffins, doesn't like swearing? I could introduce you sometime but honestly I don't know him that well either. You could ask Sapnap."

Permalink Mark Unread

'Likes muffins and doesn't like swearing' is such a way to describe a person. "I should! Tomorrow maybe I will, actually." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Tina squeals. "It's cool that you're new too, like, obviously less new, but at least I'm not the only one, you know?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, definitely! I've been here about a month? It's great to not be the only new guy." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I haven't talked to the other new people yet but I think there's a few of us, it's exciting!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You, me, and Eryn, right? I'm just really glad to know people where I'm probably not gonna find myself in pits of horrible missing context all the time, honestly." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think someone was going to join today too?" She checks her phone. "Yeah, Boomer's here now!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Another name he doesn't know. Not that he'd expect to know everyone's alts even if they did exist, Panem's big— "Oh, neat, I haven't really been checking." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think there's going to be anyone else but I don't really know?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Neither do I, I hadn't actually heard there were gonna be new people at all—" 

He'll talk to Tina for a while longer but he did not actually get any sleep last night and if he's here too long he will a little bit start falling asleep on his feet. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh no, Q, you should-- probably get some sleep, I'm sorry for keeping you. Do you have anything you want me to tell Karl or Sapnap?"

Permalink Mark Unread

It's so nice to talk to someone who's just unabashedly nice. 

...that was a tired thought. He is thinking this because he is tired.

"I should in fact probably do that, you are not wrong. I'm good, I think, but thanks for the offer, I'll see you tomorrow?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"See you tomorrow!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Tired smile. He really does like Tina. And then he is going to go home and flop for the next sixteen hours. 

(He dreams about the smell of cigarette smoke and what are you going to do, beg? cry about it? and Wilbur and Wil and faces that blend together. It's not a bad night, all told.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

When he wakes up, George is awake, too. He and Sapnap are outside talking; when he sees Q, he waves. "Oh, look, it's Quackity. Want to come with us?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Wait, George can wake up?? At this point he'd kind of assumed he was in a coma or something. 

"Uh, yeah, sure! Where are you guys going?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

George throws Q a few pieces of TNT. "Around," he says, drawing the word out.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hey, you didn't give me--"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Stop whining, you have 40 TNT and a flame bow. And a sword. And an axe."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Still."

Permalink Mark Unread

Apparently the sound of George and Sapnap bickering over stupid shit is exactly the same everywhere. He takes the TNT. "Thank you, thank you. Got any special plans for—" he mimics George's accent— "around?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not really. I figure we go through the first nether portal we find and then unleash Sapnap on it."

Permalink Mark Unread

That's a little ominous. No actually that's a lot ominous. "Sounds cool." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Great. Let's go." They go through the portal in Kinoko and take it to the main hub. "What's this path," George says, pointing at a cobble-and-brick path decorated by cakes along the edges.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Only one way to find out," Sapnap says, and starts placing TNT.

Permalink Mark Unread

uh??

"How is that even going to lead to finding out," he says, pitches his voice so it sounds like a joke. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Either someone shows up to tell us why we shouldn't be doing this, or we get to blow stuff up. Well. We get to blow stuff up either way." The path leads to an honestly fairly cute teal-and-purple house.

Permalink Mark Unread

As if on cue, when they reach it, a young woman with fairy wings and roses in her hair comes out and starts breaking the TNT. "Sapnap, stop, you're going to blow up my house."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's, uh, kinda the point, yeah."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Guys, wait--all my music discs are in there--"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Your music discs, huh? I'll show you what happens to music discs on this server."

George laughs. Sapnap's not stopping. Hannah starts running back and forth into and out of her house, putting down chests.

"You know we can blow up the chests too, right, you're not actually saving anything."

Permalink Mark Unread

She switches tactics, starts trying to juggle stuff with her enderchest; George watches her for a moment and then mines her enderchest.

Permalink Mark Unread

You can't appeal to morals with George, is the problem, and you can't really even with Sapnap either. To the extent that they have a sense of decency it doesn't run on morals, it runs on— 

"—dude, literally what are you two, are you three year olds? Is that what you are?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you're not going to be fun you can leave."

Permalink Mark Unread

No, fuck this, he is fucking TIRED OF THIS. 

"If you're gonna act like my sister's toddlers maybe you need to go back to daycare." 

Permalink Mark Unread

George turns to Sapnap. "What's gotten into Quackity today?" He laughs a little.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sapnap shrugs. "I dunno, dude." He draws his sword; his voice stays friendly. "Q, it might be better if you leave us for this one."

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh fuck—

—he absolutely cannot win a fight with Sapnap, he can't, his only options are don't get in one or let him kill you, death only matters if it matters but this would matter, does he value taking this stand that much

—this isn't the arena but it runs on arena rules, George and Sapnap do and can and will just kill people for fun because you can do that you can get away with that—

—and Sapnap's at the top of his list of who he can beg for protection if he really needs it, does he really want to set that on fire, he doesn't have a better option—

—he is so fucking TIRED OF THIS

"Sure." He only sounds a little pissed off. Sorry, girl with wings, hope you don't hate me too much. Sorry I'm such a fucking pushover. Sorry for being pathetic. "Hope you've got someone to hold your hands when you cross the street." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sapnap rolls his eyes but puts the sword away. "Dude, fuck off."

Permalink Mark Unread

He fucks off, because he's pathetic and a coward and pathetic and pathetic and pathetic.

Back to Kinoko, not that he's staying; everything he cares about, which is just his jacket and Wil's headphones and his guitar and his elytra, goes in an enderchest where George can't destroy it for fun. And then he leaves, not aiming for anywhere in particular but sticking towards the north. 

Fuck, he needs better options. He still doesn't have anything to offer Phil and Techno (unless he goes crawling back to Wilbur, say what you want but Philza does love his son) (but he's not crawling back to Wilbur, he literally can't, Quackity will zero percent cooperate with that plan). Eret seemed nice enough but he has no clue what they want in a person; Ranboo won't say no to anyone either; Fundy could probably do a cave in the wilderness with traps at its entrance if Q really needed it but currently what he needs is not that; Quackity— is Quackity. Sapnap was his best bet for a reason, he's good at fighting but not sadistic— or at least, Q didn't think he was— 

It's fine. It's fine. It was a reasonably good-natured 'fuck off,' the sword went away, there wasn't actually a fight, he hasn't burned that bridge too badly. If he really, really needs to, Sapnap's still an option. It's fine. 

He's so tired of this. 

Permalink Mark Unread

hannahxxrose was slain by GeorgeNotFound
hannahxxrose was slain by GeorgeNotFound
GeorgeNotFound was slain by hannahxxrose
hannahxxrose was slain by GeorgeNotFound
GeorgeNotFound was slain by hannahxxrose
<BadBoyHalo> o_O

In the north is Snowchester, where a group of people (George, Sapnap, the girl with wings, but also now Punz and BadBoyHalo and Foolish and Eret) are moving towards; past that, Logstedshire, a bombed-out wreck of craters and a one-block tower with no way to get back down; past that, Techno and Phil's (and Wilbur's, and Ranboo's) houses in the arctic; and past that is nothing but unexplored wilderness.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good for Hannah. 

He's basically at Snowchester when he sees the group of people there. This is not really in the spirit of fucking off, he thinks, and then he moves within earshot anyway. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Kill Bad! Kill Bad!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Whoa whoa whoa don't do that--"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We own Snowchester, we took Snowchester over!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"How about-- kill that little piglin thing in that house, you know what I'm talking about?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I hear someone potting--oh, Foolish is potting--good thing I can just sit here and just--"

Permalink Mark Unread

"George is in diamond armor, just kill George, he's so free."

Permalink Mark Unread

"He's killing me, he's killing me! Sapnap, do something!" (This is in reference to Foolish.)

Permalink Mark Unread

The overall impression is that they're very invested in fighting each other. The approximate sides are Foolish and BadBoyHalo vs George and Sapnap; everyone else is mostly watching.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah okay Q neither gives a shit about nor can do anything about the fighting. 

...but that's Tubbo's house, he's pretty sure. If there's something in the house, something that can be killed, maybe he should be taking care of that, before George and Sapnap notice. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There are, in fact, several houses: four small ones and a mansion.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hannah didn't really indicate which one so he'll go with the small ones first, if he can get into them without being too obviously in George or Sapnap's line of sight, they look easier to search. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The first house he checks is empty (or, well, it has stuff in it, but nothing alive.) The second house he checks has a young anthropomorphic zombie-pig-like being living in the upstairs along with a chicken, in a lovingly decorated room: there are beds, bookshelves, flowers in vases, a half-eaten cake, a bed big enough for two. On the walls are photographs and drawings, all with the same focus: Tubbo and Ranboo and the zombie pig-boy.

(Quackity has about five minutes before Sapnap opens the door.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Five minutes is absolutely not enough for a real barrier, a real weapon, or a real trap. 

Five minutes might be enough to get the kid downstairs via the ladder, and then to break a hole in the floor under him, mining down one block at a time so the kid doesn't get hurt, and then to replace the floor and two blocks below it so it's not obvious what he did. Then, for good measure, he starts tunnelling away, replacing the blocks behind him as he goes; he can't get very far before he'll have to stop making noise but it's not like George is the kind of person who'll put in effort if he makes it annoying. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can make that happen in five minutes. He can't really manage to do much tunneling before he hears footsteps above him, but he and the pigboy are hidden.

Permalink Mark Unread

Above him, still in audible range:

"Hi!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do I kill Eret, George?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, I'm good, I don't have anything on me."

Permalink Mark Unread

As soon as he hears the door open Q stops and goes quiet, sits down on the floor so he can hold the kid in his lap. This, at least, is a problem already solved; "keep a small child quiet for an amount of time best measured in minutes" is not easy but it's doable if there's nothing else that needs doing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Doors open and close. Sapnap's voice gets fainter again and then disappears completely.

Permalink Mark Unread

Quackity_V68 whispers to The_Eret: do you think they're actually gone

Permalink Mark Unread

The_Eret whispers to Quackity_V68: not yet
The_Eret whispers to Quackity_V68: I'll let you know
The_Eret whispers to Quackity_V68: did you get Michael?

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Quackity_V68 whispers to The_Eret: is that the kid's name? yeah i did
Quackity_V68 whispers to The_Eret: thank you

Permalink Mark Unread

The_Eret whispers to Quackity_V68: thank you

About fifteen minutes later:

The_Eret whispers to Quackity_V68: everyone's gone except me and BBH

Permalink Mark Unread

He stands and mines directly up, still holding Michael.

"Has someone already texted Ranboo or Tubbo, I can do that if not—" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"They didn't respond. Best plan is probably to hide Michael somewhere far away for now in case George comes back and let them know, leave some texts with coordinates, maybe a sign letting them know who to ask if they don't get the texts for some reason."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Right. My usual strat is 'not so much hard to find as annoying as hell to look for,' you might know better than me where a good choice for that would be." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fastest thing to do with the least chance of him running away or hurting himself is probably to take him by boat and make a little room in the side of a cliff somewhere, but that might fail being easy to find."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nah, that works, easy enough to get to if you know where to look but George is never gonna put that much effort into searching cliffsides. I, uh, do not actually know how boats work, do I just— hand him off to you—?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure, that works fine." They put the boat down in front of Michael and nudge him into it. "I'll take him from here?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sounds good." Weak smile. "Seriously, thank you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's no problem. Thank you for getting him, really. I was going to try if they left for long enough, but--" They turn their hands over each other, a nervous gesture. "I don't know if that would have been in time. Hannah's better at distracting them than I am, I'm not good enough at fighting." Self-deprecating laugh.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, I get you. Neither am I." Less-weak smile. "I see Ranboo and Tubbo pretty often, if they're still not responding to texts let me know the coords and I'll make sure they get them?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure. Thanks."

Permalink Mark Unread

"No problem." 

 

He'll take the long way back to Kinoko. He doesn't, in fact, have anywhere else to stay yet. 

(At least he isn't literally so pathetic that he'll let Sapnap kill a toddler rather than take any action at all.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hannah's still got George and Sapnap distracted; they aren't there. Tina and Karl are; he can catch snippets of their conversation. (It's about where to find cats; Tina wants to adopt some.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, today is not the day he stops avoiding Karl, and he doesn't think he can really face Tina right now. 

The thing is— he always knew that George didn't have a moral compass. And he always knew that Sapnap would be violent and enjoy it and have fun the whole time, if you pushed him hard enough. He just didn't realize that "if you pushed him hard enough" really just meant "if he could get away with it." He's never, before today, felt anything but safe around Sapnap, either this one or his own; how much of that was only true because back home murder is a crime you get punished for? 

He should talk to Ranboo tomorrow. Maybe while he's at it warn him that he's going to be breaking up with Wilbur, not doing that is kind of terrible ally behavior. 

 

Q almost doesn't want to go to sleep tonight. He's going to dream about arenas and swords and dead children and hiding in the dark. But he does anyway, and was totally wrong; he dreams about Sapnap's hands in his hair, gentle except for how everything smells like blood. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It takes a while for morning to come, but it arrives eventually.

Permalink Mark Unread

So it does. 

To— fuck, wherever, just not here. He finds himself at Paradise mostly out of habit. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur's the only one there. He smiles when he sees Q, radiant, adoring.

Permalink Mark Unread

God. 

He doesn't want to—

(No, fucking own up to it you spineless son of a bitch, you did want to. You absolutely fucking wanted to. You looked at yourself and you looked at Quackity and you thought about Wilbur and you thought it'd be fun and dramatic to propose hurting him on purpose for the bit. You're not going to be able to convince Quackity to let you off this train but you fucking put yourself on it.)

"Good morning," he says instead of that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good morning!" He twirls around, takes Q's hand, kisses it. "Anything I can get for you today? We've got--well, mostly we've got burgers, but I'll do my best."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

 

 

What's one more questionable decision on the pile, he thinks, and this is the last time he's ever going to look at me like that, and—

"—would you like to find some very quiet stretch of forest and not stop until neither of us can string two thoughts together." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'd love to. No Tommy, no Ranboo..." He keeps Q's hand in his, leads him into the forest. "Just us."

Permalink Mark Unread

He pulls Wilbur's hand to his mouth to kiss his knuckles. "Just us." 

 

A very quiet stretch of forest might not be so quiet, for a while. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur certainly isn't quiet. (At first when he touches Q it's gentle, reverent. Like Q is extraordinarily precious, or extremely fragile, or both. It doesn't take long for him to get greedy, desperate, grabbing and biting. "More," he says, over and over, "more, please, Q--" until eventually he can't form any words at all, just inchoate noises.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Q thought, once, that he could probably get high off being looked at like that, being adored the way Wilbur adores him. He wasn't quite right but it's a closer thing than one might think. 

Wilbur can have it if it's touch he wants, if it's affection, if it's praise, if it's pain. If he asks for more he'll be given more. Usually Q doesn't like pain at all but— just this once— Wilbur can leave as many marks as he likes; Q will take them all and ask for more and give him more. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur wants all of it. He had been lonely, yesterday, the only one in Paradise, and now someone else is here, is looking at him, is touching him. He's real and he can do things and his heart thrums with proof that he is alive, alive, alive.

I love you, Wilbur thinks and does not say.

He doesn't let go of Q, after, doesn't collapse bonelessly; instead he holds Q tight, desperate, squeezing one finger at a time.

Permalink Mark Unread

He lets himself be clung to, alternates between petting Wilbur's hair and pulling it, kisses his forehead occasionally. It is the absolute least he can fucking do. 

(In his head he's writing a speech, composing and throwing away paragraphs. Wilbur adores him, he is not going to let Quackity be the one to end that, if he doesn't want to be a vending machine for Wilbur then he wants to be a weapon used to hurt Wilbur even less.

But he doesn't want this to end and being held is so nice and he already knew he was selfish and spineless and awful.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I missed you yesterday. I mean-- I know it's just been a couple days, and you have a life outside me-- It's just, it's good to see you today, man."

Permalink Mark Unread

He is not going to start crying. He will not cry on the shoulder of someone who adores him about the fact that Q is being a total asshole. That is— that is Wilbur behavior. 

(He'd thought Wilbur would be awful again, and this would be easy— except for how, no, he really wasn't thinking at all—) 

"I'm sorry," he says, and he's not crying but wow it is not exactly subtle that his throat feels like it's got a cork in it. "God, Wil, I'm so sorry." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur's breath stutters, for just a moment, before calming again. "It's alright. You're here now, right?" He kisses Q's forehead.

Permalink Mark Unread

He leans into the forehead kiss. God he is the worst fucking person alive. 

"No, it isn't that, I—" 

Deep breath. Swallow. Game face on. This will not be the hardest thing he's ever done. 

"—I want you to know," he says, voice gone calm, "that I meant everything I said that day in the arctic. I don't think you're evil, I don't think you're insane, I never have, I don't think I ever will. I know that you really, sincerely, want to be a good person, and I know you want to do right by me, and I know you can change and I know you're trying to. All of that was true and I'll stand by it. You know that, right?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur goes still.

 

 

When he speaks again, his voice is small. "Not really."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Then I'm sorry for that too." Game face stays on. If he doesn't do this, he reminds himself, Quackity will, and it'll be so, so much worse. "I hope someday you do know it. If I were the person you think I am, I would stay until you did." 

Deep breath. 

"But, Wilbur, most of the time you treat me like shit, and I'm tired. I'm tired of being pushed into trust falls with things you know full well scare me, because you want me to prove I trust you more than you want to be trustworthy. I'm tired of being endlessly understanding and patient for you, only for you to turn around and tell me to my face that you don't think I count as someone. And I am tired of having my trust and my safety and my grief used as a ruler in your dick measuring contests. Every time I try to stand up to you I regret it and every time I don't I regret it more and I care about you a lot and I don't intend to stop but Wilbur I'm so fucking tired. I'm tired of doing this to myself, and I'm tired of you doing this to me, and I'm tired of letting you do this to me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

His muscles go slack as soon as he figures out what Q is saying; he's not holding Q anymore. No no no no no no no no no no NO--

 

He wants to argue it. There are at least a couple points in there he could argue, he's pretty sure. He can't hold onto them long enough to put the words together. If it were anyone else--no, anyone but Tommy--he'd be able to, but he can't. The world is sliding away from him. He can see them both from above, Q's black hair, his own greasy brown, the grass and trees around them. Their skin, dotted with reddening hickeys and blue-purple bruises and dark brown beauty marks. He can't see Q's eyes. He can't tell if he's covering his face or if he's just closing his eyes. Maybe both. Maybe neither. He can hear a woman's voice through the speakers, warning him to not leave luggage unattended, luggage left unattended may be removed without warning or destroyed or damaged, 24-hour CCTV recording is in operation at this station for the purpose of security and safety management.

 

"Then stop me," he says instead, because it's easier, because he's been down that path enough times to know the way even when he can't hear himself.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am. I'm going to.

I care about you a lot, Wilbur, but caring about you cannot mean that I keep letting you do this. Which is why I told Quackity about the TNT, and it's why I'm quitting, and it's why I'm breaking up with you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

NO NO NO NO NO NO NO--

 

"Please, Q, please, I'll do whatever you want--tell me how to be better, I'll be better, I promise, please, give me one more chance--just one more chance--I can learn, I can atone, I, you said it yourself, you know I can change, please, I'm begging you, Q, I'm begging you, please don't leave, I'll do anything, please--" He casts around desperately in his brain for buttons to press, any buttons, comes up empty.

Permalink Mark Unread

God. Fuck. He's the worst fucking person alive. 

Fortunately, he's already being a professional, speaking from somewhere hidden deep deep down inside himself where nobody can touch him, looking at himself and his life from the outside. And from the outside there's only one answer. 

"If I give you another chance," he says, "then you will be very nice to me for two days, maybe three, and then I will find myself folding and giving you what you want, again, because you begged or yelled or asked me to prove I trust you, again, and two days after that I will be screaming at myself for letting you do that to me again, and— Wilbur, I have given you so many chances. You keep telling me you can change, and I know that you can, but you aren't going to, you're just— punching buttons on the vending machine until forgiveness falls out." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur's muscles are attached to his body enough that he clings, again, holding Q as tight as he can. Pressed up against him like this, Q can feel his breathing, fast and shallow and panicked. A woman's voice says Whilst waiting for your train please stand behind the yellow line. "It'll be different this time, I'll--I'll be worse, without you, I'll make Quackity madder, please, Q, please. Tell me what to do and I'll do it."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

"Do you literally not fucking hear yourself, or do you actually for real think that trying to threaten me into doing what you want will help your case here." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I--I won't do that then, I, please Q, just tell me what you want me to do."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Let go of me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Fuck. Fuck. He can't tell if it's a test or not. "If I-- will you--"

He makes his arms loosen. "Please don't leave."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you." 

Being physically able to walk away— helps, a lot. His breathing returns to normal, which is the first he's noticed of it not being. 

"What I want from you, Wilbur, is for you to treat me like a person, and not like a prop. And maybe you can do that but whether you can is different from whether you're going to and you've proven over and over again that you're not. 

I hope I'm wrong, I really do. I hope you actually change. But I am not going back to being your emotional fucking wet dream on the off chance you manage this time." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I want to. You don't have to--to be my, my emotional wet dream, just, stay, please, Q. Tell me how to prove myself and I will, I'll do anything you want, please."

Permalink Mark Unread

He stands up. "I hope you have a good life, Wilbur." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"No no no wait--Q--you can't just fucking, leave me here--"

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, he can. He picks up his clothes and walks away. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur's reflexes aren't fast enough to grab him.

This is a security message, a woman's voice says. Your safety is very important to us.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good thing, that; if Wilbur had managed to grab him it would not have gone well. 

He gets dressed when he's a ways away but not actually out of the woods. His shirt covers... most of the bite marks, which is going to have to be good enough for government work. 

(That went about as well as it possibly could have; Q would have thought hey, not my worst breakup ever literally no matter what happened but this isn't just his best, it is raising the bar for breakup possibilities. Is that a normal thing to think? Whatever.) 

Next order of business, tell Ranboo and Quackity he did that, not necessarily in that order. He heads toward Las Nevadas. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Quackity can be found fairly easily in Las Nevadas, if you're looking for him.

Permalink Mark Unread

—hm, actually, no, backtrack, he thinks he knows what he's gonna say but if he's got any bite marks showing that story doesn't work. Can he find Fundy. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can also find Fundy!

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hi. I have another weird request and I'm very sorry for how many times this week I have shown up with weird requests. Do you have a button-up shirt I can borrow." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do, yeah." He eyes one of Q's hickeys but doesn't comment, just gets him a white button-up.

(It's ironed and starched, the lines crisp. It fits Q better than it fits Fundy.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you you're the best." 

Shirt buttoned hickeys covered hair tied back looks basically professional and now he'll approach Quackity. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hey, what's up, man?" He puts his hand out for a fistbump.

Permalink Mark Unread

Fistbump. 

"Hey, man. Slight change of plans, I have broken up with Wilbur." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"And you didn't think to, what, tell me beforehand?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Bitch, you are not my fucking handler team, I am not going to ask for your permission to break up with my quasi-boyfriend. If you want me to be your cute little victor status symbol you have to pay me victor money, and also fuck off. 

"Honestly, no, I did not think of it, it was not super planned out beforehand." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Quackity thinks of the breakups he's had and sighs, presses two fingers to the bridge of his nose. Professional. He can do professional. (He needs a drink. Fucking Wilbur Soot. No, he doesn't need a drink, he needs Wilbur to pay him 5 diamonds for every time he has to think about him.) "Alright. I appreciate you letting me know. Is there anything I should be aware of."

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, it went shockingly well actually. No one even died."

(This is obviously a joke, and equally obviously a joke from someone who has genuinely never had a breakup that didn't involve at least one death before.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. That's interesting. Quackity has three feelings, approximately simultaneously:

One, he is grateful that nobody died. He tells himself it's just that he doesn't want to deal with hauling Wilbur Soot's corpse out of his stupid fucking burger van, and he doesn't believe himself even a little bit. (If Wilbur Soot does die, he promises himself, he is going to leave his corpse in his stupid fucking burger van. Someone else can fucking deal with it. He isn't Quackity's problem, dead or alive.)

Two, he's pissed, because he didn't actually want it to go well, he had a whole fucking plan and Q went and ruined it.

Three, he wonders how Q and Schlatt broke up. If they broke up.

He doesn't say any of that. "That's good, that's good."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah! I'm—" and then he thinks better of that. "I should probably warn Ranboo. Have a good day." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure, yeah. See you around."

Permalink Mark Unread

The problem with this plan is that now he has to find Ranboo, and going to the arctic sounds like a terrible idea. Snowchester? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ranboo's not there; Tubbo is.

Permalink Mark Unread

"—hello." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hey. Fancy seeing you in Snowchester."

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah that's very fair. Sorry for just showing up at your house whose location you didn't tell me! I promise I have legitimate business here! "Did you get Michael's coordinates or do I need to bug Eret?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I got 'em. Haven't brought him back yet 'cause bringing him back safely's gonna be a whole thing but I know where he is, checked on him to make sure he's safe there for now and everything."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh good." The relief is as genuine as it gets. "That's most of what I wanted to check on. Do you know where Ranboo is?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"No clue." It's, like, 90% true. Okay, maybe 85%.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fair enough. Have a good day." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You too."

Permalink Mark Unread

He still doesn't want to go to the arctic; even if Wilbur's inside and avoiding the world it's just— well. So once he's definitely outside of Snowchester's borders he texts Ranboo instead. 

Quackity_V68 whispers to RanbooLive: just broke up with wilbur
Quackity_V68 whispers to RanbooLive: to the extent that you have to deal with the fallout im really sorry
Quackity_V68 whispers to RanbooLive: also we should talk in person about info stuff at some point but doesnt have to be today

Permalink Mark Unread

RanbooLive whispers to Quackity_V68: okay
RanbooLive whispers to Quackity_V68: cool cool cool
RanbooLive whispers to Quackity_V68: info stuff?

Permalink Mark Unread

Quackity_V68 whispers to RanbooLive: i mean im not telling quackity anything i wouldnt have told wilbur which is like. almost all of the things
Quackity_V68 whispers to RanbooLive: but i learned some things yesterday and it seems worth having a conversation about?

Permalink Mark Unread

RanbooLive whispers to Quackity_V68: where do you want to meet?

Permalink Mark Unread

Quackity_V68 whispers to RanbooLive: not paradise. the crater?

Permalink Mark Unread

RanbooLive whispers to Quackity_V68: sure

Permalink Mark Unread

The crater, then, at least he knows where that is. 

It's still gorgeous. It's been kind of a long day, considering, but also as soon as he stops he's gonna have some sort of breakdown and he's not excited to find out what kind so perpetual motion it is. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ranboo approaches the crater slowly. "Hello?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hi. —uh, to be clear, I'm not telling anyone anything about you unless you give the okay, I just— was at Snowchester yesterday." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"--OH. Oh. Um."

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Isn't that just about the shape of it.

"Michael's a really sweet kid. I'm glad he's okay." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am too. I, uh, I guess you saw why I don't tell people about him much. Sorry I wasn't there yesterday to help."

Permalink Mark Unread

He shrugs. "I got him underground, Eret and Hannah distracted George and Sapnap, we were fine, it's— you don't need to apologize to me that your kid was in danger. I'm glad I could help." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Right. Yeah. Thank you, though, I really do appreciate it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're welcome." 

Pause. 

"I, um— I don't usually expect people to keep things from their spouses." (That's only sort of true but it's true enough for this purpose.) "I, I don't know if that's the situation, or what the situation is, but— anything I tell you is fine to say to Tubbo, I don't, I'm not gonna ask you to hide stuff from him." 

Permalink Mark Unread

I hide lots of things from Tubbo, it's fine, is probably not the right answer. Nor are... most of the ways Ranboo has to respond to that. Actually, the marriage itself is safe enough ground, it's not more information than Q already has from seeing Michael. "We got married, um, earlier this year, yeah. Tommy knows, so it's not, like, a secret or anything, but we don't really--advertise it?" Especially not around Wilbur and Quackity goes unsaid.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, it does. Wilbur asking are you friends and getting the answer yeah, I would say so is kind of funny in retrospect, though. 

"Congratulations, man." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thanks, man, it means a lot."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I— did mean it, about being sorry. Not, like, sorry for not wanting to deal with Wilbur anymore, but sorry for not warning you I was gonna do that, that was kind of shitty friend behavior." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. Um. It's alright, man. I mean-- I think we'll be alright."

Permalink Mark Unread

It has not exactly been subtle how often Ranboo lets— let— Q take point on handling Wilbur, but he doesn't say that.

"Yeah, I'm sure you will be. But it leaves you worse off and I wanted to let you know, I guess, that I didn't just— not care." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I--appreciate it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

...yeah, this is not really a conversational path he wants to be down but he doesn't know how to rescue it so instead he is simply going to shut up and stop digging.

Permalink Mark Unread

How about Ranboo just... moves this grass block a bit to the right.

Yeah, that's better.

"Wilbur will-- It'll work out, I think. And, uh, Tubbo and I. It'll be okay. I mean, Wilbur still has Tommy and me. And Michael's, Michael's safe, that's good."

Permalink Mark Unread

...yeah, of course Ranboo and Tubbo are having issues. That was probably predictable from how they're on opposite sides of whatever symbolic burger war is going on between Wilbur and Quackity but Q didn't in fact predict it, so. 

"Yeah. Wilbur's got Tommy and Phil and you, and you and Tubbo can work things out." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah." It is suddenly embarrassing the extent to which Ranboo doesn't know who Q has. "If you ever need anything, let me know?"

Permalink Mark Unread

(Well, Q also doesn't really know who Q has anymore, so.) 

"I will. Thanks." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, of course!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll see you around, yeah?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"See you around!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Back to Kinoko, then. He gets his guitar out of the enderchest— and his jacket and the elytra too, now that George seems to be asleep again; honestly he should really get his own enderchest— and practices for a bit, trying to remember or feel out the chords of literally any song he knows from home.

He's kind of avoiding Sapnap still but there's enough room to be in the public spaces of Kinoko without talking to Sapnap. He can make this work. And eventually it gets late enough to go to sleep. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He dreams of Wilbur, touching him, kissing him. He dreams he says no and tries to push Wilbur away, and Wilbur says, do you want me to hurt Tubbo? because I can hurt Tubbo, and suddenly they are in Snowchester, in Michael's room, and Wilbur is placing down TNT while Michael plays with his chicken, and if Q tries to stop him Sapnap is there with a sword against his throat but if he kisses Wilbur gently and lets Wilbur touch him back and says I'm so sorry, I was just kidding, I swear, I would never leave you, they can be back in the arctic, safe, alone.

Permalink Mark Unread

(They can be back in the arctic, safe, alone, or in a Capitol hotel room with soft carpet under their feet, the scene flickering between them, it isn't like it matters, and Wilbur can kiss him and push him into bed and q will nod and smile and kiss him gently back and wrap his arms around wilbur's neck and be so so patient and sweet and kind and say i'm so sorry and of course i didnt mean it and i'd never leave you i swear and i love you and i forgive you and yours and yours and yours because he can be good he knows how to be good you dont have to hurt tubbo he can be good hes a good little district slave he knows his place he knows he knows he wont ever

try to stop you

again)

He wakes up in Kinoko and it takes him a solid three minutes to remember where he is. To remember, more accurately, where he isn't. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The morning passes quietly.

 

That afternoon:

Quackity whispers to Quackity_V68: meet me at the needle

Permalink Mark Unread

Are they still on for that? Apparently they're still on for that. He puts on makeup for the first time in almost two months, braids his hair, wears Fundy's shirt and leaves Schlatt's jacket at home. Looks professional. Looks pretty. 

To the Las Nevadas space needle. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Quackity's at the top, drumming his fingers against the railing. One of the tables is set for two. He nods at Q when he comes up, pulls out his phone. "I'll let Wilbur know to come."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I assume the table's for him and you?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah." He puts his phone away, fixes his eyes on the skyline. They keep darting down anyway, trying to catch glimpses of Wilbur. He's not too hard to spot, especially with Tommy trailing behind him, two moving dots against the snow.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Right. So do you want me standing behind you, with you two but without a place setting, at a different table, what's the plan here?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Honestly, he was expecting Q to pace and parkour around; expecting people to stay in one place is a recipe for being disappointed. "Standing behind me is fine."

Permalink Mark Unread

So there isn't so much a plan, or if there is one it doesn't have blocking and Quackity doesn't want to tell him the rest. That's cool, he can work with that. 

Nothing to do now but wait. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Here's Wilbur! (He's alone; Tommy must still be at the bottom.) When he sees Q he looks for a moment like he's been slapped, but he recovers quickly. "Hello Quackity, Q."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Welcome, welcome! Wilbur, man, it's good to see you. Please, take a seat."

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur sits. The shabbiness of his trench coat--more stain than fabric, really--stands out against the polished white quartz of the restaurant, the matching starched white shirts of Quackity and Q. He doesn't seem to notice. "As much as I'm enjoying the view, Quackity, I have to ask, why exactly did you invite me here?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"To talk."

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, you don't want me here just to talk. You're gloating."

Permalink Mark Unread

If Quackity lets Wilbur rile him up, Wilbur wins. He counts his breaths, keeps them even. "I can't just ask for the pleasure of your company?" He cuts a piece of steak, wipes his mouth after eating it.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not without wanting something."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And what do you think I want from you, Wilbur?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm here, aren't I? You have my time. Hell, you even have my money, Prime knows no one else is buying your burgers. I'd even say you have my attention." Quackity raises an eyebrow. "Which is a lot for me. You want--my dignity? My burger van? You can take it." Wilbur gestures with his fork rather than eating, the piece of steak speared on the end of it forgotten.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't want your dignity, Wilbur. Or your burger van. I want for you to stop leaving TNT in my country. I was actually considering giving you a position today, did you know that? I was actually thinking, you've proven, maybe you're not who you used to be, maybe I can give you a second chance."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...You still could."

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, Wilbur. I've let a, a violently unstable man in charge of my country once, and I'm not going to make the same mistakes twice."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not--"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No? Really? Look around you, Wilbur. Tubbo's not on your side, Quackity just broke up with you and defected. Healthy competition's good for the consumer. Lets them choose where they want to be, where they'll be appreciated. I mean--this is embarrassing for you, Wilbur. Now's your chance to surrender."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You know me, Quackity. You're more insane than I am if you think I'm surrendering."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sorry, I thought you might have changed. That's what you keep saying, right? That you've changed?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have changed."

Permalink Mark Unread

(Q, standing behind Quackity's left shoulder with his hands clasped behind him, doesn't drop the polite, impersonal customer service smile. He does raise an eyebrow.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"Have you?" Quackity sips at his wine. "Look behind you, Wilbur. I'm running a country now. No one else, just me. I'd say one of us has changed." More than he can say to Wilbur, even; he thinks of Dream's voice, begging, and there's something vicious in him that makes him want to show Wilbur how much he's changed. He takes another sip of the wine.

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're running a ghost town. You wish you were running half the country L'Manberg was."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I ran L'manburg, too, or did you forget you lost the election?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I got more votes than you did. Schlatt ran L'Manberg. Wasn't that your point? That you didn't need him anymore, now you can run a second-rate country all on your own?"

Permalink Mark Unread

If Quackity lets Wilbur rile him up, Wilbur wins. "I honestly don't know why I invited you. We're done here. Q, take his plate. Wilbur, get out of my nation."

Permalink Mark Unread

Does Wilbur not know what he's invoking, or does he just care that fucking little?

 

Q steps forward and, making direct eye contact with Wilbur, takes his plate. The customer service smile does not drop but he is doing his level best to put go fuck yourself into every motion.

Permalink Mark Unread

Wilbur makes the eye contact right back. "So you'll let him order you around, is that how it is?"

Permalink Mark Unread

There are any number of things Q could say, several that he really fucking wants to, and absolutely none that wouldn't be either a concession or handing Wilbur more ammunition. So he doesn't. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wilbur. Leave."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Or what? Gonna make me?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It'd be a waste of both our time even more than this already is. I'm asking. Out. Now."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You could still change your mind. We could--we could work together, I'd stop bothering you, you'd never have to think about me again--"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think about you at all." It's not even a little bit true, but it doesn't need to be; Wilbur's face falls on cue. There we go, Quackity thinks. Fucking finally.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Q, if you ever--"

Permalink Mark Unread

Quackity interrupts, voice faux-sympathetic. "Oh, Wilbur. How relaxing it must be to have a mind unburdened by embarrassment."

Permalink Mark Unread

...He takes the hint and leaves.

Permalink Mark Unread

Now the customer service act drops. 

"That went better than it could've." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Damn right." He's not sure if he believes the conviction behind his words. Doesn't matter. Fake it till you make it. He drinks the rest of his wine in one swallow. Wilbur's glass is untouched. At least they both ate most of their food.

Permalink Mark Unread

He steals Wilbur's wine and sips it— he isn't a capital-letters Wine Guy but he knows more than zero, enough to tell if it's any good and enough to pretend to be a capital-letters Wine Guy at parties if he really has to, which is more than enough to know you're not supposed to drink it like a shot. 

(He's not thinking about Schlatt. He's absolutely definitely not thinking about Schlatt. He is totally thinking about Schlatt but he would rather not be so he isn't and also fuck you.) 

"I'm almost curious what he thought he still had to offer me," he says, mostly so that they aren't just drinking in silence. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's Wilbur. He thinks he has something to offer fucking everyone."

Permalink Mark Unread

And they're back to Q being looked at like a dead rat in your kitchen. Joy. 

"This is true," he says, in the same neutral nothing way he'd say it to a stranger he had to make small talk with, and takes another sip of wine.